Ekaterinburg expo 2025 by Bruno Manuel dos Anjos Marques Albano

Volume 1

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

September 4, 2017 Dmitry Medvedev Prime Minister Of the Russian Federation

Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General  International Exhibitions Bureau  34, Avenue d’Iéna 75116, France

Dear Secretary General, On behalf of the Government of the Russian Federation I hereby confirm the commitment to continue constructive cooperation with the International Bureau of Expositions for the purposes of promoting the bid of Ekaterinburg to host the Universal Exposition Expo 2025 from May 2nd to November 2nd, 2025. Ekaterinburg is the largest industrial, academic and cultural center of the Ural Region. I am confident that Ekaterinburg holds all necessary conditions for a successful hosting of such grand-scale international event as the World Expo 2025. The theme of the event proposed by the Russian Federation “Changing the World: Innovations and better life for future generations” will provide an opportunity for all participants to showcase the most advanced achievements of science and technology, as well as to share experience in development of innovative economy sectors. If granted the right to host Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg, the Government of the Russian Federation guarantees full adhering to the provisions of the Convention on Universal Expositions, insures to provide high level of hospitality and organizational quality of the Universal Exposition Expo 2025, as also: To Provide finances for all stages of preparation and holding of the Exposition; To Appoint a Commissioner General and confer powers regarding organization and holding of the Exposition;

To Provide privileges and most comfortable conditions for the International Bureau of Expositions, Commissioners General of participating countries, their families, personnel of the participating countries and guests of the Exposition, customs registration of commodities imported to the Russian Federation and allocated for the Exposition, taxation of the activities associated with holding of the Exposition. To attract the maximum possible number of participants, the Government of the Russian Federation will undertake all reasonable steps to provide necessary assistance for developing countries. We count on your support and we would be delighted to host the Universal Exposition Expo 2025 in Russia.

Sincerely,

Dmitry Medvedev Prime Minister Of the Russian Federation

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS 3.5 COMING ELECTIONS 24 3.6 INSTITUTIONAL AND SOCIAL SUPPORT 24 3.7 HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 26 3.8 LOCAL ENVIRONMENT. SUPPORT FROM BUSINESS AND TRADE UNIONS 27

1. Title, opening and closing dates and opening hours 1.1 TITLE 10 1.2 THE THEME 10 1.3 DATES 10 1.4 OPENING HOURS 10 1.5 TYPICAL DAILY SCHEDULE 10 1.6 HOLIDAYS AND COMMEMORATIVE DAYS DURING THE EXPO PERIOD 11 1.7 SCHOOL HOLIDAYS 11 1.8 WEATHER CONDITIONS 11

2. Reasons to organize the Expo. Main objectives 2.1 WHY EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG? THE THEME’S MEANING, VISION AND MISSION 16 2.2 OUR VISION 16 2.3 OUR MISSION 16 2.4 WHY IS EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG SO IMPORTANT? 17 2.5 INNOVATION’S IMPACT ON OUR WORLD: CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES 18 2.6 THE THEME’S RELEVANCE 18 2.7 IMPORTANCE OF THE THEME AT THIS TIME AND PLACE 18 2.8 WORLD EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG: BENEFITS TO PARTICIPATING NATIONS 19

4.1 INTRODUCTION TO THE THEME 32 4.2 THE THEME. “CHANGING THE WORLD: INNOVATIONS AND BETTER LIFE FOR FUTURE GENERATIONS” 33 4.3 THE THEME. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 37 4.4 THE IMPORTANCE AND INTEREST OF THE THEME 42 4.5 A PERFECT CHOICE FOR RUSSIA AND EKATERINBURG 44 4.6 LINKS TO OTHER EXPOS 47 4.7 THE SUB-THEMES 49

5. The application of the theme 5.1 THE THEME AND THE EXPO SITE 70 5.2 THE THEME PAVILIONS 70 5.3 THE BEST PRACTICES PAVILION 76 5.4 ENTERTAINMENT VENUES 76 5.5 CULTURAL AND ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME 77 5.6 SPECIAL DAYS 77 5.7 THE EKATERINBURG 2025 FORUM 78

6. Legislative,

3. Political and social

organizational, operational

environment 3.1 NATIONAL, REGIONAL AND LOCAL POLITICAL SUPPORT 3.2 AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL 3.3 AT THE REGIONAL LEVEL 3.4 AT THE LOCAL LEVEL

4. The theme

and financial measures 22 22 23 23

6.1 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY AND GUARANTEES FROM ALL LEVELS OF THE RUSSIAN GOVERNMENT

6.2 BID COMMITTEE 85 6.3 STRUCTURE OF THE FUTURE EXPO 2025 ORGANIZING COMMITTEE AND ITS LEGAL FORM 87 6.4 BOARD OF DIRECTORS (SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE) 89 6.5 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (CEO) 89

7. Communication plan 7.1 COMMUNICATING EXPO 2025 98 7.2 METHODOLOGY 99 7.3 CHALLENGES 100 7.4 OBJECTIVES 101 7.5 STRATEGY: “LIQUID” COMMUNICATIONS 105 7.6 AUDIENCES: TYPOLOGIES, BRAND TERRITORIES AND ACTIONS BY SEGMENTS 109 7.7 WORLD EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG BRAND: BRAND IDENTITY 112 7.8 CHANNELS AND ACTIONS 116 7.9 TEAM: PARTNERS AND ALLIES 123 7.10 MEASURING RESULTS 124 7.11 PHASES AND CALENDAR 127 7.12 MEDIA PLAN 130

8. The Host City and Region 8.1 THE COUNTRY. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 136 8.2 MODERN AND DEVELOPED COUNTRY 137 8.3 EXPERIENCE 137 8.4 HOSPITALITY 139 8.5 CULTURE 139 8.6 TOURIST DESTINATION 140 8.7 AREA OF INFLUENCE 141 8.8 REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN 143 8.9 THE CITY AND THE SITE. HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT 146

TITLE, OPENING AND CLOSING DATES AND OPENING HOURS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

1.1

1.2

TITLE

DATES

The exhibition will have the

The Exposition will last six

following titles:

months or 184 days, as the

•• Universal Exposition Ekaterinburg 2025, Russia •• Ekaterinburg Expo 2025, Russia •• For commercial purposes the exhibition will also use the following titles: •• Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg •• World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg •• Expo 2025

maximum allowed by the BIE

The title of the exhibition will be an internationally registered trademark, protecting it from misuse, while also enhancing the commercial nature and purposes of the exhibition.

Opening Day will be May 2, 2025, Friday. This will be the first day open to the public. It is very likely the official inauguration of the Exposition will take place the previous day; that is, May 1, a national holiday in Russia, marking one of the holiday periods throughout the country.

THE THEME The Theme of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” The Theme expresses the global need for a renewed and responsible reflection on our world and the challenges we face by focusing on humanity and innovation as interlinked drivers to improve quality of life. The Theme is presented as a unique opportunity to explore and reflect on the living social process dominated by continuous technological change, with Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg serving as a critical platform for interpreting the conceptual triad ‘People, Innovation and Quality of Life’ – and its roles – through interrogation and analysis. Balancing each constituent part of this triad is a difficult task that is dependent on the approach taken, while the result of this shapes the path the world will take.

1.3

regulations. The reason for this is the Organizers’ desire for the Exposition to be visited, experienced and enjoyed by as many people as possible.

The Closing Day will be November 2, 2025, Sunday, at the end of the last week.

OPENING HOURS

1.4

Expo 2025 will run every day for nearly 15 hours, from 09:30 until midnight. For operational purposes it will be divided in two parts: Expo Day and Expo Night. Expo Day will run from 09:30 to 21:30, with the International pavilions and the Thematic pavilions following this schedule. Expo Night will start at 19:00 and finish at midnight, with the Expo gates closing at 00.30

TYPICAL DAILY SCHEDULE 08:00 Parking areas open 08:45 Ticket offices at the visitor gates open

1.5

TITLE, OPENING AND CLOSING DATES AND OPENING HOURS

1.6

09:00 The visitor gates open, although the pavilions will still be closed at this point, with visitors starting to form lines at their gates. 09:30 All pavilions open their gates 11:30 National day or other commemorative day ceremony 18:30 Parade starts 19:00 Expo Evening starts. This will generally be mostly attended by local visitors, who are already familiar with the Expo and its attractions and who want to enjoy the entertainment side of the Expo. 21:30 All pavilions close their gates. Expo Evening gets fully underway. 22:00 Night Show commences 00:30 The Expo gates close

•• June 12 (Thursday) Russia National Day, marking the Declaration of Sovereignty of the Russian Federation in 1991 •• June 28 (Saturday) Inventors Day •• September 1 (Monday) Knowledge Day. The start of the school year •• October 4 (Saturday) Teachers’ Day

HOLIDAYS

holiday period lasting until

AND COMMEMORATIVE

September 1, taking place

DAYS DURING THE EXPO

concurrently with much of the

PERIOD

Expo 2025 period.

The following main holidays

This will make it possible for children and their families to visit the Expo. In addition to that, as mentioned above, the festivities which take place at the beginning of May (Labor Day on May 1 and Victory Day on May 9) are also short holiday periods in Russia that will, no doubt, significantly increase the number of visitors to Expo 2025 over these dates.

and commemorative days are observed in Russia between the opening and closing days: •• Opening Day will be the day after May 1 (Thursday), Labor Day, which is a Russian holiday, and marks the beginning of a short holiday period. •• May 7 (Wednesday) Radio Day. The anniversary of the demonstration of the first radio receiver by the Russian scientist Alexander Popov, in 1895 •• May 9 (Friday) Victory Day, marking victory in World War II •• May 24 (Saturday) Day of Slavic Writing and Culture •• June 6 (Friday) Pushkin Day

These dates are highly significant in Russia and can easily be used to create special group visits or for thematic celebrations on-site.

SCHOOL HOLIDAYS

1.7

The academic year finishes at the end of May, with the

WEATHER CONDITIONS Ekaterinburg has a continental climate, with very cold winters and mild summers. The Expo period, from May to September, will coincide with warmest days

1.8

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

experienced by the city, with average high temperatures of around 20 degrees for much of the Expo.

The event will also be able to take advantage of the longest days of the year, with nearly 17 hours of sunlight in mid-July.

CLIMATE DATA FOR EKATERINBURG Month

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

RECORD HIGH °C (°F)

5.6 (42.1)

9.4 (48.9)

17.3 (63.1)

28.8 (83.8)

33.4 (92.1)

AVERAGE HIGH °C (°F)

−9.1 (15.6)

−6.8 (19.8)

1.0 (33.8)

9.8 (49.6)

17.4 23.0 (63.3) (73.4)

24.4 (75.9)

DAILY MEAN °C (°F)

−12.6 (9.3)

−11.1 (12)

−3.8 (25.2)

4.3 (39.7)

AVERAGE LOW °C (°F)

−15.7 (3.7)

−14.5 (5.9)

−7.6 (18.3)

0.0 (32)

RECORD LOW °C (°F)

−44.6 −42.4 −39.2 −21.8 (−48.3) (−44.3) (−38.6) (−7.2)

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

37.2 (99)

31.9 (89.4)

24.7 13.5 (76.5) (56.3)

5.9 38.8 (42.6) (101.8)

21.1 (70)

14.5 (58.1)

6.8 (44.2)

−7.9 (17.8)

7.6 (45.7)

11.3 17.1 (52.3) (62.8)

19.0 15.9 9.8 (66.2) (60.6) (49.6)

3.4 (38.1)

−5.8 −11.0 (21.6) (12.2)

3.0 (37.4)

6.2 12.1 (43.2) (53.8)

14.4 11.9 6.4 (57.9) (53.4) (43.5)

0.7 (33.3)

−8.3 (17.1)

−0.7 (30.7)

−13.5 (7.7)

−2.3 (27.9)

1.5 −1.0 −9.0 −22.7 −39.2 −46.7 −46.7 (34.7) (30.2) (15.8) (−8.9) (−38.6) (−52.1) (−52.1)

90 73 (3.54) (2.87)

35.6 38.8 (96.1) (101.8)

AVERAGE PRECIPITATION MM (INCHES)

27 (1.06)

20 (0.79)

21 (0.83)

28 (1.1)

50 (1.97)

75 (2.95)

AVERAGE RAINY DAYS

AVERAGE SNOWY DAYS

0.4

AVERAGE RELATIVE HUMIDITY (%)

MEAN MONTHLY SUNSHINE HOURS

164

206

256

Source #1: Pogoda.ru.net Source #2: NOAA (sun 1961–1990)

Oct

Nov

−2.8 (27)

Dec

−13.7 (7.3)

Year

58 (2.28)

39 (1.54)

33 (1.3)

27 (1.06)

541 (21.3)

147

144

272

269

217

143

1,834

TITLE, OPENING AND CLOSING DATES AND OPENING HOURS

REASONS TO ORGANIZE THE EXPO. MAIN OBJECTIVES

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

2.1

WHY EXPO 2025

understanding of the concept

EKATERINBURG?

of “Innovation” in a way that

THE THEME’S MEANING,

ensures it has a positive

VISION AND MISSION

influence on our world. Expo

Expo 2025’s theme, “Changing

2025 Ekaterinburg will also

the World: Innovations

enhance and expand the idea

and Better Life for Future

that Innovation is a benefit that

Generations”, expresses the

improves the quality of life of

global need for a renewed and

all humankind.

responsible reflection on our

2.2

world and the challenges we

OUR MISSION

face by focusing on Humanity

The Expo 2025 Mission is to

and Innovation as interlinked

provide an international forum

drivers to improve quality of life.

for global debate and dialogue;

It addresses a universal phenomenon of innovative development and progress that affects human existence all over the world. The Theme is presented as a unique opportunity to explore and reflect on the living social process dominated by continuous technological change, with Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg serving as a critical platform for interpreting the conceptual triad “People, Innovation and Quality of Life” – and its roles – through interrogation and analysis. Balancing each constituent part of this triad is a difficult task that is dependent on the approach taken, while the result shapes the path our world will take.

a space where participating

OUR VISION The World Expo 2025 Vision is to expand humanity’s

countries, organizations and companies can present their ideas about the opportunities and challenges that innovation presents worldwide. This international forum will allow Expo 2025 to meet the principle objective of a World Exposition: “The education of the public”, and fully take advantage of the fact that an Expo is perhaps the only kind of event that provides a real opportunity for international audiences to explore universal challenges pertaining to our mutual development while also ensuring the preservation of our planet.

2.3

REASONS TO ORGANIZE THE EXPO. MAIN OBJECTIVES

The participants will jointly explore how to use innovation processes as a unifying strategy focusing on connecting entrepreneurs, innovators, angel investors, venture capitalists, and all other parties involved in creating startup companies that aim to improve quality of life worldwide. Through joint efforts, we will present and translate ideas, inventions and innovations into outstanding products and services that will create value for people everywhere. Participating countries will have the opportunity to discover how to obtain ever more value, as well as different benefits, from their resources, by using Innovation and its processes. The Expo will help generate ideas, and assist with turning these into useful products worldwide, in order to further satisfy the needs of humanity, improving quality of life for all.

2.4

WHY IS EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG SO IMPORTANT? Technological advance, driven by Innovation, is continuous and businesses and institutions worldwide are pushed to adopt the most cutting-edge approaches to keep up with competition. It can be seen that innovation has both benefits and risks, meaning an exploration of these is highly relevant and advantageous, with the major of benefit of Innovation being to improve quality of life. Worldwide advances in communications technologies, particularly over the past 50 years, have markedly increased the pace of

change driven by innovative technologies. AÂ fundamental question that arises from this is what exactly are the true benefits and costs of this process, both now and in the future? Innovation covers many areas; it can be aimed at reducing unit costs and improving global productivity. Augmenting production capacity and the flexibility of a business allows it to exploit economies of scale, while better quality products and more innovative, better provided, services are more likely to meet customer needs, leading to higher customer satisfaction as well as increased sales and profits. Innovation, too, enables businesses to reduce carbon emissions, lower waste production and reduce environmental damage. Moreover, and a point that is often overlooked but is nonetheless very important, innovative businesses tend to acquire a reputation for being inspiring places in which to work, raising quality of life for employees. World Expo 2025 will seek to develop these possibilities, and is also a natural and logical forum for integrating the Innovation phenomenon into a social context, producing new methods for creating alliances and jointventures; allowing for flexible work hours and improving buyer purchasing power. Innovation, at the same time, is synonymous with risk-taking. Organizations that develop revolutionary technology, products or services take on the greatest risks, because they must create new markets for these. Researchdriven, innovative companies must invest, with no guarantee of future revenues or profits. Expo 2025 will explore methods of ameliorating these risks and improving the situation of innovators in the face of these issues. This is fundamental because innovative products and services are highly effective in raising quality of life. We will further show how Russia and World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will meet the challenge of helping the world understand more clearly the transformative processes of Innovation at work across a wide array of domains.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

2.5

INNOVATION’S

THE THEME’S RELEVANCE

IMPACT ON OUR WORLD:

Technology, trade interests

CHALLENGES AND

and commercial pressures

OPPORTUNITIES

are often today the driving

Innovation is essential for a

framework for geopolitical

better world; every country

decision-making, thus the

can and should become

relevance of the Theme to our

part of this line of progress,

world, across so many fields,

creating a genuine impact

cannot be overstated.

and making a positive

Understanding innovation’s implications for our future is part of the core mission of Expo 2025.

difference in a constantly evolving world. When our collective efforts are combined, we create unique opportunities to improve the world for ourselves and for future generations. World Expo 2025 will showcase the international success innovation has, and focus on its impact on improved quality of life, superior international relations and a better environment the world over. Thanks to technology, our world is constantly evolving. Innovation brings new approaches, giving people creative solutions about how to achieve happier, healthier and better lives everywhere. Innovation helps to bring together and unite all of humanity, by opening up access to real time communication and reducing geographical boundaries. Thus, with the help of technology we can evolve better approaches to our problems, creating methods of breaking down barriers and of working collaboratively together. Innovation challenges traditional ways of thinking and inspires talented people to create fundamentally different, better ways of living.

IMPORTANCE OF THE THEME AT THIS TIME AND PLACE Our theme, “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations”, addresses the impacts of the innovation process on our life and world, while offering means to improve our control of it, as well as bettering its management to improve sustainability.

2.6

2.7

REASONS TO ORGANIZE THE EXPO. MAIN OBJECTIVES

The Theme presents revolutionary ideas in many spheres. It will bring together researchers, innovators, policy-makers and entrepreneurs to discuss the impact of innovative technologies in the future. The theme opens up a dialogue to explore the changes and economic impacts that Innovation produces. The global interest of “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” as the Theme for Expo 2025 is based on the importance of the Innovation process itself – and its technological basethat affects all fundamental aspects of our lives across every field.

2.8

WORLD EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG: BENEFITS TO PARTICIPATING NATIONS Russia has long been a world leader in international affairs, while a World Exposition is an exceptional platform for dialogue, the exchange of ideas and enhancing both multilateral and bilateral relations among nations. Thus, Russia and Expo 2025 make a unique and powerful combination for participating nations to help facilitate better, and possible even create new, relationships in political, economic and cultural spheres.

The world’s largest nation, Russia straddles two continents and is home to 146 million people representing over 190 ethnic groups. This culturally rich and geographically diverse nation is ideally suited to be a platform for the continued exchange of perspectives and ideas from around the world. Moreover, Ekaterinburg’s location as the meeting point of the European and Asian continents is also a perfect metaphor to express the values of the BIE – Cooperation, Solidarity and Innovation. Russia offers an fascinating national platform with World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg – providing each participating nation with a rich cultural and intellectual experience that is unique to Russia; an ancient nation, but a young country. Despite Russia’s long tradition of involvement with, and experience at, World Expos, it has not yet had the honor of hosting one, something it is keen to remedy. Russia’s new, fast-paced economic growth, will provide participating nations with major commercial opportunities in virtually every economic sector: from technology to banking, from health to natural resources. Participating nations will have the opportunity to meet, interact and work with some of Russia’s most dynamic companies, offering bilateral prospects for new commercial endeavors. Russia is also widely known for its famous “Russian Hospitality”; the people are warm, friendly and intensely interested in the world and other cultures. At the same time, Russia’s tourism infrastructure has undergone a major overhaul and continues to improve, thanks in part to the Sochi Winter Olympic Games in 2014 and the FIFA World Cup in 2018. Expo 2025 is a beneficiary of these existing plans and Ekaterinburg is ready to be the perfect host to both participants and visitors alike, meeting their every need at Expo 2025.

POLITICAL AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

3.1

NATIONAL, REGIONAL AND LOCAL POLITICAL SUPPORT The World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg candidature is a national priority for the Russian Government, perfectly aligned with the long-term goals for the country through 2025 and beyond. The complete support of Russia’s governmental institutions is a necessity for Expo 2025 to be an unqualified success, and this support has been directly forthcoming, as set out below. Russia’s political system offers the stability essential for hosting a mega-event, such as the World Expo. The country’s representative constitutional democracy provides fundamental rights and freedoms aimed at furthering personal and social development to all of Russia’s citizens. Along with free elections and local self-government, Russia allows free expression of a diversity of viewpoints via its multi-party system, as well as for a system of checks and balances through a division of authority and power between independent legislative, executive and judicial bodies. The Federal Government has been careful to create an atmosphere which encourages growth in every sense, reinforcing an already strong national economic outlook. Russia has a stable political environment, which is one of the reasons for Russia’s prosperity and stability since 1991. This candidacy and, if awarded, the hosting of Expo 2025, will reinforce Russia’s image, confirming that all levels of government in Russia have pledged their unwavering and official

support to Ekaterinburg’s candidacy to host Universal Exposition Ekaterinburg 2025, Russia. There is no possibility of current or future political developments in any way affecting this candidacy or Russia’s ability to host the event if Ekaterinburg is awarded the honor.

AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL The Government of the Russian Federation explicitly supports Ekaterinburg’s Candidature for Expo 2025. This Candidature aligns with the Federal Government’s long-term Vision 2025 strategy, as well as with the Sverdlovsk Region social and economic strategy 20162030 and Ekaterinburg City development strategy up to 2020. Not only does the Federal Government provide supervision to the Bidding Committee, through the work of the Federal Organizing Committee, but the highest levels of the Government have also given their support. Prior to the confirmation of Russia’s Candidate City with the BIE, there were numerous internal discussions and consultations between the regional and local authorities with the Russian business communities, research communities and the culture and sports sectors. The idea was to integrate all sectors and social entities and institutions (both physical and virtual) into this effort so that their voices could be heard and their needs accounted for. The result is this Candidature, which represents not only Ekaterinburg and the Sverdlovsk Region but all of Russia, lending the support of the entire country to a potential World Expo in 2025 held in this great city. Dmitry Medvedev sent the Bureau International des Expositions the official notification confirming the nomination of the city of Ekaterinburg as Russia’s Candidate City to host World

3.2

POLITICAL AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

Expo 2025. He underlined that the Russian Federation guarantees comprehensive support for the project including all legislative, financial, organizational and legal support as required by paragraph 2 of Article 10 of the BIE Convention. The Federal Government support includes that of all those ministries, government agencies and other governmental bodies involved in the candidature. All parties in the State Duma of the Russian Federation have expressed their full support for the Candidature and the Exposition itself. The representatives of all parties, including the opposition, believe that the bid of the city of Ekaterinburg is extremely timely and will contribute to enhancing economic growth in Russia. The Council of the Federation, as the representative chamber of Russian Regions, also supports the candidature and expects that World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will strengthen the positions of the Russian Regions in general and the Sverdlovsk Region in particular. They believe it will bring benefits to all countries, companies and participants of World Expo 2025, and will establish a global, constructive dialogue.

3.3

AT THE REGIONAL LEVEL The initiative to bid for the World Expo 2025 comes from and is driven by the Sverdlovsk Region and its Governor, Mr. Evgeniy V. Kuyvashev, meaning the candidature has unqualified regional support at all levels. Governor Kuyvashev has confirmed this full governmental support to Expo 2025, telling delegates of the General

Assembly of the BIE that the application is a priority for the entire Russian state, all citizens of the Urals and all residents of Ekaterinburg. The Governor is a member of the Federal Organizing Committee and leads and supports the Bid Committee through these structures, as well as personally, holding regular meetings with the management of the Bid Committee and authorized representatives of the Russian Government. As mentioned above, Governor Kuyvashev also promotes the Bid outside Russia, by attending official BIE meetings.

AT THE LOCAL LEVEL All local political bodies fully support Expo 2025, both throughout the Bid and, should the candidacy be successful, during the Organizing Committee stages. A continuity of decision making at all levels of government ensures local level structures will be supported at all times. Like the Federal and Regional Governments, the Head of the Administration of Ekaterinburg is also strongly involved in the bidding process as a member of the Federal Organizing Committee. The Administration of Ekaterinburg cooperates very closely with the City Duma (the representative body of the city of Ekaterinburg) on the development of the Strategic plan for the socio-economic development of Ekaterinburg up to 2025 in particular.

3.4

3.5

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

COMING ELECTIONS In accordance with the country’s Constitution, Russia is a democratic federal republic. The power of governance is divided amongst the legislative, executive and judicial branches, each of which operates independently of the others and is bound by its own constitutionally mandated roles and responsibilities. The Legislative Branch, the Federal Assembly is comprised of two entities: the upper house (or Federal Council), whose 166 members are elected by regional lawmakers and the lower house (or State Duma) whose 450 members are elected via a nationwide ballot and a proportional voting system. The judicial branch operates independently of the legislative and executive branches of the government. A nationwide system of courts administers justice throughout, upholding the laws of the land and ruling on constitutional, civil, administrative and criminal matters. Recommended by the President and approved by the Federation Council, judges for all courts serve lifetime appointments. The President of the Russian Federation is the head of state, elected by a nationwide ballot for a term of six years, with no president able to exceed two consecutive terms. President Vladimir Putin assumed office in March 2012, and will serve the balance of his sixyear elected term until the next presidential election, which is set for March 2018. Across the Russian Federation, there are 74 registered political parties covering the full spectrum of viewpoints on all issues. It is this diversity of political opinion that ensures all perspectives are considered in political debates. Of the 74 political parties, four have seats in the State Duma, having achieved the minimum 5% threshold of votes needed in order to gain seats. The table below lists the parties.

Name of the political party •• All Russian Political Party ‘United Russia’ •• Communist Party of the Russian Federation •• Liberal Democratic Party of Russia •• Parliament Group – A Just Russia As detailed above, Ekaterinburg’s candidature enjoys an extremely high level of popularity and support throughout all levels of the Russian Government, as well as in the business and educational communities. We expect this support to continue for the entirety of the candidacy and into the Organization of Expo 2025 itself. During the Bid process, there have been no publicly voiced concerns about Universal Exposition Ekaterinburg 2025, Russia from any of the opposition parties with representation in the federal, regional or local legislative bodies.

INSTITUTIONAL AND SOCIAL SUPPORT The idea of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, and the proposed theme: “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” has the full support of the main scientific, research, and educational institutions at both federal and regional levels. The Russian Academy of Sciences is certain that the participants’ exhibitions will demonstrate a unique understanding of the main trends in the

3.6

POLITICAL AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

world of Innovation, showcasing the main achievements of science, industry and economics. The Russian educational communities also provide a significant level of support for this project. They feel it represents an invaluable opportunity to increase international ties with both Russian companies and Russian universities. Our educational support includes, but is not limited to, the following institutions: •• The Russian Academy of Sciences •• Ural Federal University •• Ural State University of Economics

•• Ural State Law University •• Ural State Mining University Ekaterinburg’s universities are at the forefront of Russian education as measured by the proficiency level of their graduates, particularly those who enter the Russian administrative systems. In terms of popularity and achievements, the universities of Ekaterinburg are only surpassed by those of Moscow and Saint Petersburg. As of today, Ekaterinburg plays host to over 24 state institutions for higher learning, and the student population exceeds 121,000. In addition to this, there are over 108 industrial scientific and

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

research institutions in Sverdlovsk Region, with over 33,000 people engaged in research and development. The Ural Federal University and Ural State University of Economics – the biggest and most respected educational institutions in the Ural Federal district – have expressed their full support on behalf of all professors and students for the bid, and would like to stress that most of them are eager to take part in Expo 2025 as volunteers. There are several projects already in development to meet the city’s needs. These projects include the creation of the biggest research center for applied sciences in the country at the Ural Federal University, creation of competence centers through the Ural Federal University and the creation of a center for the transfer of technologies in the field of machine tools construction. Expo 2025 has received social and public support as well as event management experience and support from local agencies and citizens who have also participated in and volunteered for past events in the city. This support is essential in reflecting the needs and wants of the city’s inhabitants. The Sverdlovsk Region has signed an agreement with all the adjacent regions to adopt all possible measures assisting with the preparation and successful holding of World Expo 2025. As mentioned previously, the city is a center of ‘human intellectual capital’ due to its reputation as a hub of higher education and science. During World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, the city will become the focal point of intellectual debate and discussion on innovation. From a local perspective, the project also serves as a guarantee of the continuation of the investments that have already been committed by the public and private sectors. This will build upon Ekaterinburg’s selection as a Host City for the 2018 FIFA World Cup in

Russia, and culminate with World Expo 2025 itself, with legacy plans to continue investment far into the future. In addition, due to the interest from universities and educational bodies, the legacy of the World Expo will be ensured well into the future, through the teaching of students from around the world. The current growth trend of Ekaterinburg and the Sverdlovsk Region is forecast to continue. The integration and collaboration between the public and private sector (PPP) and especially the collaboration between educational institutions and the private business sector will strengthen the economic stability of the region as well. Through its Vision 2025 plan, Russia has been implementing strategies and programs for the good of the country and the good of its citizens, which will also enhance the overall experience of World Expo 2025.

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Russia’s relative stability since 1991 has allowed the country to grow and prosper, and also insulated it from many of the negative effects of the worldwide recession in 2007 – 2009. Events like the Sochi 2014 Olympic Winter Games and the FIFA World Cup Russia 2018 are bringing ever more prominence and attention to the country at a time when Russian business are expanding ever faster abroad. This situation facilitates the development of relationships and programs that foster

3.7

POLITICAL AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

international cooperation both politically, economically and socially, which is an important tenet of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. As part of the preparations for Expo 2025 a collaboration with the Federation of Independent Trade Unions of Russia (FNPR) is planned, including a no-strike protocol between the Trade Unions and the Sverdlovsk Region Government to be applied during the period of Expo 2025 (both its preparation and during the Expo itself). The Constitution of the Russian Federation provides for the right to strike, but it states that all strikes can be held only in accordance with current labor legislation, i.e. the Labor Code of the Russian Federation. Chapter 61 of the Labor Code of the Russian Federation provides a list of measures and sets out various procedures to solve collective labor disputes and avoid strikes. The chapter cites the following solutions for collective labor disputes, in order: an analysis of the dispute by the arbitration commission (this is imperative); and an analysis of the dispute either by an intermediate party or by labor arbitration. If these measures do not solve the dispute, only then, in accordance with current legislation, can a strike be organized. In order to avoid strikes in Russia it is common for agreements to be concluded that contain provisions on the settlement of collective labor disputes and on countering violations of labor relations. In particular, in the General Agreement between the national trade union associations, national employers’ associations and the Government of the Russian Federation for 2014-2017, all sides pledged to take all measures within their power to settle collective labor disputes and to counter violations of labor relations. The promotion of the candidature dossier, along with educational work on the Expo, has attracted a great deal of attention and raised awareness among the business community,

the trade unions and the public. The creation of new jobs, the attraction of massive investment to the economy of the city and the region, the development of transportation infrastructure, the attainment of high, modern, standards of public services and consequently an improvement in the quality of life for citizens, together with the hugely beneficial legacy of Expo 2025 as a whole (please refer to Chapter 15 for details) are highly attractive to these groups.

LOCAL ENVIRONMENT. SUPPORT FROM BUSINESS AND TRADE UNIONS The Region of Sverdlovsk is a strong player in Russia’s economic landscape due to its natural resources and position as a hub of innovation and thought. It is also a major transport hub between Europe and Asia, and as such is a crossroads for trade and culture. The region currently has a BB+ rating from Fitch Ratings, with a long-term stable prognosis. The region offers companies economic stability and sustainability, in addition to modern, developed transport and logistics infrastructure, making it an ideal location in which to grow their business. The Sverdlovsk Region counts on well-developed industrial centers, a unique pool of employee talent, with

3.8

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

vast scientific and innovative potential, as well as an effective investment policy promoted by the Regional Government.

best practices; and to boost business links between industrial companies and technology developers.

The Sverdlovsk Region is a hub for innovation and the quality of human resources available here have seen a wide variety of companies locate their headquarters in Ekaterinburg. An added business incentives in the region are its industrial parks, such as the Special Economic Zone ‘Titanium Valley’, the chemical technological park ‘Tagil’ and the Ural Pharmaceutical Cluster. Finally, due to very high demand, two new parks were launched in 2012, the Koltsovo Industrial Park for large business and the Kamensk–Uralskiy Industrial Park for small business. These parks cover over 250 and 70 hectares respectively, with RUB 2.7 and 1.2 billion in investments respectively. Total investments in the region in 2016 reached RUB 345.8 billion. Over 400 foreign companies have a presence in the region with foreign investments amounting to USD 9.7 billion in 2011 alone. Foreign trade turnover was USD 9.7 billion (2016) and trade partnerships are currently established with 135 countries.

Ekaterinburg’s young, dynamic population has influenced the city’s development and is one of the reasons Ekaterinburg is such an exciting cultural and innovative center. The Vision 2025 plan which the Federal Government has laid out for the country has allowed the Regional and Local Governments to improve education and educational facilities to the point where the city has become hugely attractive not only for Russian students, but international ones as well.

Trade fairs take place regularly throughout Ekaterinburg and the Sverdlovsk Region, and this activity is financed, up to 2024, under the regional target plan ‘Improvement of investment appeal of the Sverdlovsk Region’, approved by Sverdlovsk Regional Government Decree No 1002–PP on November 17, 2014. Every year, about 200 industrial exhibitions take place in the Sverdlovsk Region, the most significant of which is the Ural International Exhibition and Forum of Industry and Innovations (Innoprom). This annual forum has been held since 2010 in the international Ekaterinburg Exhibition Centre, and is the main national platform in the field of innovation, and a major exhibition for business both nationally and internationally. The goal of both the exhibition and the forum is to present advanced Russian-developed technologies, which are ready for implementation; to promote Russian industry, innovation and

This is one of the reasons we firmly believe that our theme, The “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations”, is such a strong fit for this city, and why we believe that our unique viewpoint on the world will ensure Expo 2025 is a complete success. The framework of a number of developed and approved strategic documents (programs, concepts and strategies) determines and guarantees the direction of the country’s development in both the short and long term. These measures will continue, resulting in further positive changes in fundamental indicators (GDP growth, decrease of inflation and unemployment rate, foreign investments and trade turnover etc.). It will provide Russia with an even stronger economic environment during the years to come. Our Vision 2025 document serves to reinforce the seriousness of the Russian Government’s intentions to implement these measures. All the documents are in the public domain and are available to be viewed by all interested parties on the official websites of the President of the Russian Federation and the Russian Government. The current positive economic trends in Russia are expected to continue, and Russia will continue to grow as a dynamic and modern economy over the next ten years. Expo 2025 has the secure guarantee that stems from Russia’s position as one of the

POLITICAL AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

leading economies in the world. The OECD data demonstrate that Russia has the capability to weather any possible economic issue that might arise, either nationally or globally.

this growth will be maintained, and that the international community will continue to increase investment into Russian industry and innovations.

Expo 2025 will be a catalyst of economic growth given its strong attraction for business and corporations from around the world. Local and regional companies, as well as Russian business groups will receive exposure to potential international investments, and international corporations will have the chance to take advantage of previously untapped regional and local expertise.

Russia is also known for its highly successful ventures in public-private partnerships (PPP), which will be an additional incentive for participant Governments and companies who wish to have access to this knowledge and expertise. Indeed, it is as a result of these kinds of partnerships that World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will have additional funding. This is common for other major events like the Sochi 2014 Olympic Winter Games or the Russia 2018 FIFA World Cup. The Bid Committee anticipates that sponsors will make up a good percentage of the Organizing Committee budget, and many of those sponsors will stem from Russian public-private partnerships.

After the worldwide recession in 2007 – 2009, Russia’s economy was able to rebound far faster than most G20 nations, and was able to then continue to grow. Russian economic analysts anticipate that

THE THEME

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

4.1

INTRODUCTION TO THE THEME The History of Humanity is a narrative that takes place within and runs alongside change. It is a history of continuous movement and transition where change – technical/ technological, social, economic, political – drives development and is a major stimulus of the progress of civilisations and the constant search for a better life. This historical constant of change finds its highest expression in the convulsive contemporary world. A world dominated by a complex ensemble of interconnected forces, hugely powerful, that affects both the processes as well as the perceptions of all human activity. This is so overwhelming that it is hard to assimilate the fact that just 20 years ago, a day in the life of any individual was ordered in line with models that have little to do with those that govern our lives today. The digital world generates continuous movement that leads to transformation. The dizzying velocity that technological change and innovation give rise to has significantly altered life for humans across a multiplicity of spheres. The digital world facilitates and heightens interconnectivity, the internationalisation of markets, globalisation, multipolarity and the knowledge economy through ICTs, having an impact that is as profound as it is dramatic, in our immediate environment. On the one hand, this digital world, with its foundation of Science, Technology and Innovation (STI), and present across all sectors of activity, favours movement and the interchange of information and culture, cooperation and collaboration between nations,

the development of economies; and bringing societies and individuals together. And at the same time, it deconstructs and dehumanises environments, creating new ones that follow new rules; it erodes social cohesion and generates divides in line with its demand for a capacity of reaction, reply and adaptation which must be as agile as it is continuous. This is the renewal the digital world imposes and, also, with which it can enslave. The main driving force in the world of today and tomorrow is Innovation: the authentic precursor, agent and protagonist of change. As a corollary and in parallel to the activity change generates, a series of concrete tendencies, which are seen at a large scale, sketch out and characterise the present moment, and at the same time, give cause for concern to the extent they foreshadow an uncertain future that affects us all: demographic changes, health and aging of populations, life and the concentration of people in cities, climate change and the management of natural resources, incessant digitalisation, the disruption of markets, migrations, inequality and poverty, terrorism and war and the maintenance of peace. World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg fully accepts the challenge of this irrefutable situation. Its mission and message are born out of the global need for a conscientious reflection about our world and the challenges we face, focusing on three interconnected, interdependent factors: (1) the wealth, capabilities and values of humanity, and (2) innovation, as fundamental concepts to maintain and improve (3) the quality of life of today and for future generations. Starting with this approach, “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” turns to the apparently simple Socratic question: How should we live? Going on to ask: What kind of humanity do we want to be? How can we use innovation to improve quality of life? And, where does this change lead us?

33 THE THEME

4.2

THE THEME. “CHANGING THE WORLD: INNOVATIONS AND BETTER LIFE FOR FUTURE GENERATIONS”

4.2.1 Conceptual

orientation

“Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” expresses a volitional and aspirational desire: for a change to the direction the world is headed. A change in which the conscientious management of Innovation, across all its dimensions and domains of action, improves or makes possible an improvement in the quality of life of every individual. From this initial concept, World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg represents a call to the conscience of all, inviting them to reflect and react in the face of the complex, changing scenarios that make up our world. And from that point, lay the foundation for and promote a new humanism to act as a framework and as a sustainable and inclusive way of managing a model that favours all.

Expo 2025 incentivises enterprise and Innovation and foments creativity and the human spirit, accentuating the powerful forces with which we are capable of acting and highlighting the incredible things we can do.

With a foundation of humanistic, ethical and democratic values, with the aim of building a better, fairer world and with the certainty that culture is the peak of human development, “Changing the World” appeals to the importance of innovation, in balance with humankind and in its service, as the way to improve the quality of life of people. And supports this approach as a way to reflect upon and meet the challenges to our societies presented by current-day situations and those which will appear in the future.

On this basis, and aligned with the humanist framework of the UNESCO Constitution in favour of peace, “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” subscribes to the words of Irina Bokova, Director-General of the organisation: Globalization has accelerated the mingling of peoples and cultures. The rapid development of information technology has multiplied opportunities for rapprochement and social interaction. It has also exacerbated misunderstandings and expressions of discontent. Climate change and the depletion of natural resources have contributed to a hardening of positions. This new context demands that the conditions necessary for mutual understanding and peace-building be rethought. Changes in the world call for the development of a new humanism that is not only theoretical but practical, that is not only focused on the search for values – which it must also be – but oriented towards the implementation of concrete programmes that have tangible results.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

4.2.2 Mission Call on the International Community, organisations, the corporate world and individuals to recognise the importance of cultivating and managing Innovation in a responsible, ethical and inclusive manner, as being key to improving the quality of life of everybody. 4.2.3 Vision Improve the world through Innovation. 4.2.4 Objectives As well as embracing the objectives of the BIE inherent to the Expos – that aim at educating the public, sharing innovation, promoting progress and fostering cooperation “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” aims to attain the objectives set out by the mission and vision of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

As an Innovation Platform: •• Boost Innovation as a key to improving quality of life. •• Define and clarify the concepts of Innovation and quality of life and interpret and explore the relationship between the two. •• Highlight the transversality of Innovation, its enormous potential and its reach and development across a range of sectors: from science to education and the workplace, from energy to farming and food processing, from transport to health. •• Make known technological advances in a multitude of areas and the benefits of their applications: ICTs, energy, environmental management, health, biotech and robotics. •• Stimulate economic growth through Innovation. •• Raise awareness of the responsible use of technology. •• Encourage committed support from governments for innovation as a means to improve quality of life for all using incentivising instruments, programmes, policies and strategies.

With the principal objective explicitly set out in its name, Expo 2025 dreams of a change in the world which will guarantee quality of life for all. That is a quality of life based on the implementation of innovation and the governance and management of a humanism which, in a conscientious and responsible manner, directs and applies that Innovation. On this basis, two groups of objectives instruct the theme “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations”:

As a Platform for Humanism •• Promote humanism, its principles and values, as key to the management of innovation. •• Establish Ekaterinburg as a centre for the celebration of the human condition and its diversity. •• Generate a cultural and entertainment programme which helps preserve identities and cultural differences, while promoting respect, brotherhood and universality.

35 THE THEME

•• Make artistic creation and its disciplines one of the principal manifestations of human expression, creativity, innovation and diversity. •• Analyse and evaluate change tendencies in a critical manner, to understand how they affect our lives and the planet we share, in search of solutions that are better and fairer for all. •• Propose directions and strategies for the management of the use and orientation of innovation in a responsible manner. Ekaterinburg 2025 addresses the theme with a focus that favours a plurality of viewpoints and which eliminates a surfeit of categories of analysis and preconceptions, because of the understanding that its very essence – “Changing the World” – is dynamic. 4.2.5 The

Better Life for Future Generations” opens a dialogue regarding the meaning of quality of life and how people and innovation can improve it from a variety of standpoints. The Theme is thus multifaceted and encourages interdisciplinary self-exploration due to the impact it has on such varied spheres of life as: the environment, sustainable development, technological innovations, education, health and welfare, work and economy, social progress, security, leisure, sports and the arts. It is a Theme that sheds light on the systemic functioning of societies as well as the convergence and interdependence of the spheres themselves.

The theme and its concepts

theme and its meaning

“Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” expresses the global need for a renewed and responsible reflection on our world and the challenges we face by selecting (1) people and (2) innovation as interlinked drivers to improve (3) quality of life. The theme is a unique opportunity to explore and reflect on the living social process dominated by continuous technological change, and World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg serves as a critical platform for interpreting the conceptual triad “People, Innovation and Quality of Life” – and its roles – through interrogation and analysis. Balancing this triad is a difficult task that is determined by the approach taken, and its outcome forges the path of the world. These three concepts are as complex as they are vast, and they are susceptible to being broached from an infinite array of perspectives, creating a very broad, attractive topic for Participants to address. Thus, “Changing the World: Innovations and

1. People Within the process of “Changing the World”, people are both the key-agents of the impulse of change and their beneficiaries or recipients. It refers to human beings as a collective, to equity and social justice, to cooperation and solidarity, to everything that brings us together, to our wealth and diversity, our values and abilities. It refers to us. 2. Innovation The concept of Innovation refers to “new ideas” and to the effective result of a specific process. It means products, services, procedures, models or systems, applied to

4.2.6

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

a multitude of fields, such as government, economy, society, cultural disciplines or the market. Thus, innovation also entails a value in itself because it improves aspects that directly impact people’s lives; it perpetually rises and is renewed: It is inexhaustible and it is becoming, more and more, a central topic.

health, psychological state of mind, degree of economic independence, family or social environments or personal beliefs are all factors to be considered when defining and evaluating the quality of life concept.

About the title “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” We live in a world driven by technological change that undergoes constant and rapid renewal. This force generates a mood of uncertainty and threat, but it also offers hope and opportunities.

As a theme, Innovation is directly connected to science and technology (STI, Science, Technology and Innovation), but the context and the sources of innovation are not exclusive to these fields, but rather are established and evolve in others such as the environment, the economy, companies, ICTs, sociology, the arts and culture and various branches of engineering. The Content Plan of Expo Ekaterinburg will explore the process of Innovation in many of these fields and looks at innovation as a collective exercise and at concepts such as open or collaborative innovation as well as inclusive innovation.

“Changing the World” is a call to collective action. It is an invitation to participate in the mindful, reflective transformation of the world to make it a better place for everyone, both today and in the future. The title refers to a world ready to be enhanced through innovation and technological convenience. Further, the title fosters an inclusive world that actively resolves inequalities and promotes the wellbeing of all people.

3. Quality of Life Quality of life is part of the political and social agenda headlines of our time, but its definition depends on the perspective applied and the indicators chosen to measure it. It is a permanent aspirational objective of any society or any individual. Wellbeing, health and leisure relate to different aspects of life: contact with nature, sports, cultural recreation, physical and mental

Thus, “Changing the World” calls upon a world that is co-created by and for all and that is ready to take on the challenges of the future.

4.2.7

37 THE THEME

The World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg proposes a shift to create the best possible world, in which Innovation plays a role that is both active and responsible. The Expo stimulates a change in making things not necessarily better, but different in an innovative and inclusive way, with the aim of spreading quality of life to all people. The World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg calls for a joint reflection, for us to innovate together and jointly solve our challenges and problems, appreciating our cultures and leaving a better legacy for future generations.

4.3

THE THEME. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

4.3.1 Immediate

context

According to the United Nations rates of ill health and extreme poverty have fallen over recent decades, but their eradication continues to head the agendas of international bodies as one of the 21st century’s main objectives. We live in times characterised by anaemic, sluggish growth in the world’s economies after the terrible crisis of 2007, which together with high unemployment, foreshadows a potentially unsettling future. Long term social trends, which are on occasion contradictory, constrain economic growth and give rise to social breakdown and political tension, which, in addition to military conflicts and a migration crisis, add to the situation a feeling of confusion and doubt. Technological development and sophistication, as well as the incessant digitalisation in every sector, is the backdrop and virtuality of the world of today. Technological convergence, which drives the digital revolution, eliminates barriers between physical, digital and biological spheres, and is the setting for these new frameworks. But it also gives rise to new uncertainties.

Set against this panorama, disruptive markets convulse economies and generate risks for traditional models and opportunities for others that are capable of being constantly updated. Consequently, income inequality and a lack of competitiveness give rise to cracks in social cohesion and demonstrate the need to think about and reinforce educational models which answer the growing demand for highly qualified jobs and professional profiles. In this context, where the need to stimulate prosperity with exactitude is urgent, Innovation is one of the key engines for growth, competitiveness and nations’ productivity. Innovation. Promise, Hope and Policies This is where the concept of Innovation emerges as both promise and hope for a form of economic progress driven, to a great extent, by digital platforms characterised by technological convergence and solid R&D based structures.

Contemporary societies expect, to an evergreater extent, that Innovation will generate wealth and employment while finding solutions to environmental, economic and social problems. It is expected, or is desirable, for Innovation to reduce the social divide and end inequalities in access to education and ICTs, tools, which are indispensable for, change. A change, which is also notable in the design and implementation of Innovation policies with

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

a tendency to further, tighten the relationships between universities, firms and governments (what could be called the knowledge triangle), as well as to involve other external players, such as citizens or industry. For this reason, three strategic approaches for the future should be implanted across the policies of governments and institutions, as well as in the public and private sectors: (1) Support and promote Innovation to improve the activities of the markets, (2) Create a favourable and open environment for Innovation and (3) Improve education and stimulate the potential of human capital. In this knowledge economy, evaluation is a key element in determining the policies and programmes aimed at an Innovation focused on economic growth, the environment and inclusivity. Science, Technology and Innovation (STI)

The triad that underpins this new economy that galvanises the present and the future is Science, Technology and Innovation (STI). The most promising sectors are those which propose solutions to the challenges societies face: climate change, economic and demography growth, aging societies, increasing digitalisation, the future of work or different health challenges.

These sectors or areas, with vast STI development potential include the internet of things, smart energy technologies, robotics, artificial intelligence, big data, 3D printing, nanotechnologies, biotechnologies or advanced materials, among others.

About innovation About the Term â&#x20AC;&#x153;Innovationâ&#x20AC;? While everybody has a perception and an idea of what the concept of innovation is and what it means, which can be more or less accurate, the semantic dimensions of the term multiply and increase in line with the contexts under consideration. And this occurs to an even greater extent in the current period, where the ubiquity of the concept of innovation, along with praise for it and discussion of it, seems to hold it up as a philosophersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; stone able to offer solutions to every one of the challenges facing the world. The concept of innovation is, therefore, complex and has as many shades and nuances as it has possibilities of application. As an idea, it is related to the new and, in short, it is, or it represents, a change that adds value. Innovation implies the consideration of the process itself. In this sense, we could say that Innovation is an integrated, continuous process. Thus, innovation should be considered from the design that arises from its goals, to the plan to take it or its products to market. Innovation is not only this new product or service, it can also be one of the phases of the process of its creation or implantation. In all of these cases, innovation is always a dynamic process, driven by human creativity. While the world economy slowly recovers from the crisis of the past decade, innovation reaches ever more sectors to generate new forms of economic growth, to make the world more inclusive and favour sustainability for the entire planet.

4.3.2

39 THE THEME

Definition of Innovation

Types of Innovation

There are numerous definitions of “Innovation”, but Expo 2025 adopts the following two: 1- The Centre for Economic and Social Studies of the Republic of Tatarstan defines novelty as a new phenomenon, discovery, idea, method, etc. designed as a result of research, developments or experimental works on the efficiency improvement in specific areas, and the innovation as the implementation of novelty, including a complex process of creation, distribution and use of novelty as a new practical tool to meet the human needs that change with the development of social and cultural systems and subjects. 2- According to the OECD: an innovation is the implementation of a new or significantly improved product (good or service), or process, a new marketing method, or a new organisational method in business practices, workplace organisation or external relations… But innovation goes far beyond the confines of research labs to users, suppliers and consumers everywhere – in government, business and non-profit organisations, across borders, across sectors, and across institutions.

From the vast map that records the spread of the concept of Innovation across a wide range of markets and sectors and of the multitude of categories of innovation, we can highlight the following types of Innovation. Taking a straightforward approach, we can distinguish two basic types, which group together many of the following, more sophisticated, categories: •• Incremental Innovation: such improving or renewing an existing product or service. The incorporation of 4G technology in a smartphone or improvements in its design. •• Radical Innovation: products, services, processes or technologies that are radically innovative. As the Internet was when it burst on the scene or electric cars, which were originally presented at the World Expos at the end of the 19th century and the start of the 20th, and which have returned to occupy an important space in the current market. Looking to the types offered by the OECD we can distinguish:

It is precisely the width of these definitions what allows for a broad, extensive variety of categories of possible innovations. And what allows Innovation, today, to be present everywhere.

•• Product / Service Innovation: A good or service that is new or significantly improved. This includes significant improvements in technical specifications, components and materials, software in the product, user friendliness or other functional characteristics.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

•• Process Innovation: A new or significantly improved production or delivery method. This includes significant changes in techniques, equipment and/or software. •• Marketing Innovation: A new marketing method involving significant changes in product design or packaging, product placement, product promotion or pricing. •• Organisational Innovation: A new organisational method in business practices, workplace organisation or external relations. Other Types and Classifications of “Innovation”: •• Disruptive Innovation: characteristic of technological change, affects existing markets in favour of new models. Amazon or iTunes are clear examples of this type of innovation. Or the arrival of digital cameras, which disrupted the traditional, analogue photography market. •• Open Innovation: refers to outside knowledge or values being used in the innovation process. The ever more common collaboration between universities, businesses and government (knowledge triangle) or crowdsourcing which allows other participants to take part in the Innovation process. Open Innovation opens the door to concepts such as Participative Innovation, which is parallel or synonymous. Companies hiring external talent are an example of this type of Innovation. •• Inclusive Innovation (closely linked to Inclusive Growth): is Innovation which is created for excluded social groups or groups with low acquisitive levels (at the bottom of the pyramid, BoP), allowing them to access the digital economy and integrating them in the dynamics of the market and in the distribution of wealth, improving their wellbeing. Innovation policy is oriented to improve the quality of life of these social groups, fostering their access to knowledge

and to the economy. These policies are central for social inclusion and their creation and promotion, by governments, is key to overcoming the social divide. This type of Inclusive Innovation opens up new economies with new markets and new jobs. The Green Economy (agriculture, water and energy as resources) or Green Growth hugely galvanise this type of innovation. A clear example of inclusive innovation would be a solar powered torch or other types of energy supply in domestic environments where there are no other ways of accessing energy. Frugal innovation also derives from the concept of inclusive innovation. This offers simplified, yet still high quality, versions, which are more affordable for these social groups. •• Social innovation. Following the definition proposed by Stanford Graduate School of Business: “Social innovation is the process of developing and deploying effective solutions to challenging and often systemic social and environmental issues in support of social progress”. Social innovation may refer to areas such as work, education, health, housing or the Environment with the aim of strengthening civil society with the direct involvement of nonprofit, public, and private sectors. Examples of social innovations could be crowdsourcing, crowdfunding, social platforms for social change, socially innovative businesses, microcredits, online learning, supporting disable people and their families, bridge-platforms between the social needs and the governments, innovative centres to promote social innovation, among others. The Internet has made possible great advances as a scenario for a large number of social innovation projects favouring the spread of different causes and the participation of civil society.

41 THE THEME

4.3.3 About

quality of life

In the same way, as with the term innovation, quality of life is a concept whose semantic and pragmatic scope differs according to cultural contexts, the population groups or the countries in which it is analysed and the indicators used to measure it. For this reason, although there is no single, definitive definition of what it is, we all have an idea, more or less concrete or abstract, about what quality of life represents. But, what is far easier to perceive, is that everybody wants it. A Multidimensional Concept Quality of life is a multidimensional, dynamic concept. As such, it includes both negative and positive aspects that make up the human experience, in all spheres, that allow an analysis of the state of wellbeing, satisfaction and fulfilment of an individual or a group. Hence, its ubiquity in all sectors and areas of life, and the preoccupation over it in the political agendas of governments and international organisms, making it, as of today, a priority. The quality of life of individuals and societies is determined by multiple aspects and conditions: applicable attitudes and context, contact with nature, abilities, capacities and values of each individual, interpersonal relationships, physical and mental health, level of culture, salary and material possessions, possibility of travel and the sense of dignity, among many others. Hence, and because according to the trends of the changes in these variables and the fact that the factors which measure quality of life also alter it, it is necessary to reiterate that the concept of quality of life differs substantially between cultures, individuals and moments in time. A Universal Goal â&#x20AC;&#x153;Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generationsâ&#x20AC;? promulgates sustainable principles that can assure the

collective well-being through innovation. Quality of life and human welfare are both relevant issues in the global context. How and where we live, how we take care of ourselves and how we treat our surroundings are all actions that directly affect the universal wellbeing and quality of life. According to the United Nations, one in five people in developing regions still live on less than $1.25 a day, and there are millions more who make little more than this daily amount, plus many people risk slipping back into poverty. But poverty is more than the lack of income and resources to ensure a sustainable livelihood. Its manifestations include hunger and malnutrition, limited access to education and other basic services, social discrimination and exclusion as well as the lack of participation in decision-making. Economic growth must be inclusive to provide sustainable jobs and promote equality. Thus, Expo 2025 embraces the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) of the UN that aims to eradicate all forms of poverty and promote prosperity at the same time as the planet is protected, because only by working together to end poverty through different strategies can economic growth be favoured while dealing with questions such as education, health, work, social and environmental protection, while being able to leave a decent, positive legacy for future generations.

A humanistic Đ&#x2022;xpo The uncertain direction in which the world is headed, as previously described, marked by permanent social and economic change, with its attendant threats and opportunities and the different paths opened up by science and convergent technology, create a series of intervening spaces which raise axiological and ethical questions. The circumstances therefore require a conscious, sensitive capacity to reflect and ensure the best possible direction is taken

4.3.4

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

to guarantee a future that is favourable to everyone who lives on this planet. And it is here that Expo Ekaterinburg favours and promotes the importance of philosophy and its role in the advancement of values in society. That is why “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” proposes a philosophical reading of our time and advocates a humanistic approach that makes equality for all and respect for each individual, their liberty and dignity, unquestionable principles. A Call for the Practice of Humanism “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations”, in this way, calls for the conscientious practice of humanism, which appeals for the elimination of poverty and inequality. “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” seeks a humanism characterised by the celebration of the human condition and the rights inherent to individuals, by the confidence and stimulus of the capabilities and potential of people, by solidarity and for love of life. As has already been mentioned in the Conceptual Orientation, Ekaterinburg 2025 aligns itself with the idea of humanism as expressed in the UNESCO Constitution, echoing the challenges set out in the United Nations Objective 2030. Moreover, the Expo embraces the concept of humanism as a foundation for morals and values. A humanism based on reason, reflection and empathy, recovering the traditional ethics of western philosophy. In this way, Ekaterinburg 2025 leads a discussion premised on humanity’s best efforts to understand its own nature and circumstances. Expo 2025 promotes, definitively, a humanism that empathises with and understands the efforts and feelings of others. It accompanies and commiserates, it stimulates, empowers and enriches.

It is a humanism that believes in the life well lived, in everything that is human and forms part of the experience of being human, including pleasure. It is a humanism towards doing good to the others and creating just and decent societies. Based on these premises, World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg encourages an innovative and entrepreneurial culture. It promotes a creative spirit and its expression through the intellectual, professional, artistic-aesthetic and emotional capabilities of humankind. Expo 2025 issues a call to its audiences to promote the active role of all of us in this on-going process of paradigm shifting – technological, economic and social – to promote and ensure a better life for everyone. To assure the best possible quality of life for every individual in a world which is a source of opportunities, threats and challenges.

THE IMPORTANCE AND INTEREST OF THE THEME “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations”, the theme of Ekaterinburg 2025, is a conscious wake-up call in the face of the need to change the direction in which the world is headed, using innovation to improve the quality of life of every single person on the planet.

4.4

43 THE THEME

This approach might suggest, a priori, a causal relationship between innovation and quality of life, but that could be misleading. Because to interpret and manage these two concepts requires conscious reflection, based on the values and ethics that are an inherent part of the human condition. Thus, Expo 2025 invites reflection, exploration, debate and the representation of Innovation as a key tool to improve quality of life in societies in every possible area. Attention is focused on aspects as vital as the fight against poverty, inequality, ill-health and climate change; the management of natural resources, the demographic explosion and aging populations; the future of cities and food; digitalisation; social changes and the promotion of peace. A Theme with Universal Appeal “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” is a highly relevant theme for the international community because it involves and affects the interests of all the nations, putting the focus on individuals and on how to champion, by guiding and managing innovation and their quality of life. It is also of interest because it asks for the world’s peoples to reflect on the present moment and the importance of identifying and developing the necessary tools to map out, manage and achieve a better future. “Changing the World” is a significant theme which concerns states and the future of the world we all share. The theme necessarily includes an understanding of the inclusive pro-noun “us” and is a call to governments, international organisations, companies and citizens of the world to take part in and manage, in an ethical and responsible manner, the transformation of a world in constant change. Changes which, fast and multidimensional as they are, create uncertainties, opportunities and threats, and which our human condition should guide in the most positive direction possible.

“Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” aims to take a detailed picture of the current moment and the direction in which we, as a people, are headed. The theme is aligned with the strategies of the policy programmes of governments around the world, which hold up these two concepts – “Innovation” and “Quality of Life” – as fundamental in their visions, strategies and road maps. “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” is, on the basis of its philosophy – and its definition, vision, mission and objectives – and for the inherent appeal of its poetic nature, a universal theme with a global reach which isn’t just common to every individual because it is based on the aspirations and inclinations of everybody, but because it is a theme which depends on every individual. A Multidimensional Theme The theme is multidimensional because innovation can be seen and has a direct impact in our surroundings, as well as in every system and field. Its scope affects every sphere of life, and as a topic it is as broad as the interest in it and the need to address it. Both in the cities and the natural world we inhabit, as well as in the management of resources, science and the economy across all sectors of activity; and in culture, education and at work, innovation and its impact on people’s quality of life is unquestionable. This multidimensionality inherent in Innovation is expressed, at the same time, through the concept and practice of convergent technology and its immense potential as a catalyst to help solve multiple problems. And that is because Innovation as a resource is not exclusive to the domains of science or technology, although it is in those fields where it reaches levels of exponential growth, as it has done particularly in recent times. The evolution and dynamism of the concept is such that it exceeds the mere results that innovation

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

is understood to provide as an end in itself; rather, it extends its working methods across the entirety of its processes, manifesting and installing itself in every area. Evidence of the importance of the theme – Google returns 512,000,000 results for the term “Innovation” in English – is the enormous production of cutting-edge academic literature and investigative projects, across all disciplines, addressing the theme of Innovation, as well as the infinite number of forums focused on its practice and potential. A Theme that Favours Participation Innovation, as an omnipresent concept in the route maps of governments and in the principles, rules and objectives of intergovernmental organisations and international cooperation agencies, emerges as an antidote or solution to many of the challenges and global trends humanity is facing in terms of the standards of quality of life. The extent and range of subthemes made possible by “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” is so vast that it favours participation, facilitating a multitude of possible ways of approaching the concept and ways of thinking about it. Hence it represents, as well as an invitation to think, an exceptional opportunity for all nations to express their vision on the direction of this change and what innovative contributions they can offer to improve the quality of life for their citizens and those of the world. Moreover, and given that the theme places special emphasis on the creative and conscientious role of individuals, the expression of diversity and the identity of the world’s peoples and the exploration of the concept of “Quality of Life”, it allows the identification of common denominators among the participants as well as highlighting their unique aspects. “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” adopts and adheres to the values promoted by the BIE:

education, cooperation, solidarity, exchange and progress. So much so that Expo 2025 is an international calling that requires an active, conscientious expression of the roles, commitments and specialisations of the different participants in the change process. Finally, with the choice of this Theme, “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations”, and for the first time in the history of Expos, the very title of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg expresses concepts such as innovation and quality of life, which are inherent to the Expo movement and have been part of its philosophy and intentional core since the very first World Expo in London in 1851. In the words of the Secretary General of the BIE, V. G. Loscertales, “Innovation is the hallmark of Expos”. And according to the BIE’s website, “This [Expos] will lead to a change in attitudes towards life, encouraging people […] to promote quality of life and, more generally, to live better lives”.

A PERFECT CHOICE

4.5

FOR RUSSIA AND EKATERINBURG Russia and technology Russia enjoys a successful history of scientific and technological development. The country’s interest in science and the disciplined curiosity of the Russian character has been behind numerous advances in the development of a wide range of industries, including aerospace, energy and nuclear, nanotechnology and medicine, logistics and information technology. In a firm commitment to diversification and the search for new sources of economic growth, Russia is actively guiding its future by modernising traditional sectors and promoting

4.5.1

45 THE THEME

high tech industries in emerging markets while fostering the entrepreneurial spirit of the country. To face global challenges and as a consequence of incessantly changing technology, the network of innovation cities, hubs, centres and science and technology parks have grown exponentially in recent decades, not just in Russia but internationally. Science and Technology Parks According to the International Association of Science Parks (IASP), the aim of these parks is “to promote the economic development and competitiveness of cities and regions by creating new business, adding value to companies, and creating new knowledgebased jobs known”. Science and Technology Parks (STP) form part of the global “knowledge economy” and drive innovation, development and the commercialisation of technologies in a public-private collaborative conglomeration that includes governments, universities and companies. The investigative focus of these parks is present across all sectors of production and they create favourable surroundings for Innovation, technological development and competitiveness. Within this framework, the Skolkovo Project (Skolkovo Innovation Center together with the Skolkovo Institute of Science and Technology) is one of the projects which best represents Russian vocation for Innovation, technological development and interest in science: it is one of the world’s biggest high-tech innovation cities. With links between government, universities and different business areas, this 400-hectare key technological hub foments Russian economic growth. The project gives rise to a transdisciplinary crucible that makes the convergence of technologies – the meeting of various disciplines of science and technology for specific purposes – a major development pathway. The Skolkovo project brings together

researchers, entrepreneurs and investors and is divided into different “clusters”: IT, biomedical, energy-efficiency, space and nuclear technologies, all of which have deep roots in Russia. Other examples of Russian technological parks include: Zelenograd Innovation and Technology Center (ZITC), Silicon Sloboda, Silicon Taiga (Akademgorodok) and Innopolis. Equally, and underscoring this predisposition towards innovation that brings together intellectual and economic potential, the Russian government plans to create by 2035 forty new “factories of the future”, 25 test facilities and 15 digital certification centres. “Future factory” or “digital factory” is understood to mean a new form of industrial platform that combines technological and business solutions. Among the technologies considered are robotics, new materials, additive technology and big data. Strategy Russia 2030 Thus, it is worthwhile highlighting how the theme “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” links directly to the strategy “Russia 2030: Science and Technology Foresight”, a blueprint by which the country commits itself to participate in and lead projects and investigative work in science and technology areas that use Innovation as the key to offering solutions to economic and social problems. Russia responds to the challenges set by global trends through this strategic document, which identifies the most promising scientific and technological areas that could play a key role in the solution of social and economic problems, as well as increasing competitiveness in the country. Strategy 2030 highlights the opportunities and risks that growth in these areas has in terms of the future and seeks out those niches of interest that favour the capabilities and efficiencies of the country in international markets.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

There are seven principle areas in this future strategy: •• Information and Communication Technologies •• Biotechnology •• Medicine and Health Care •• New Materials and Nanotechnologies •• Environmental Management •• Transport and Space Systems •• Energy Efficiency and Energy Saving

today has a similar appearance under the Russian Federation and its republics. Russia is a superpower and unquestionable linchpin of the planet, with a firm belief in the future based on the power of advanced technologies. 2

All these areas, which are contemplated in the sub-themes and the Content Plan, underscore how the theme of the Expo is linked to the identity, vision and key-drivers of Russia’s future progress and, specifically, Ekaterinburg. 4.5.2 Russia:

people, heritage

and culture Russia is the largest country in the world. Over the course of its fascinating history it has been an example of multicultural integration, making it a scale version of the world and an example of the peaceful cohabitation of diversity. 1

Something which, added to the restless, creative and disciplined character of its peoples, made the Russian Empire for many centuries one of the three biggest and most powerful in history. This model, with modifications, continued with the USSR and 1. Aleksandr Deyneka, Expanse (1944) 2. Ivan Kulikov, Family at the table (1938)

Thanks to the diligent character and spirit of overcoming of the Russian people, they have played a preeminent role in every activity which requires creativity, talent, effort and perseverance. Russia has enjoyed a position of excellence in sport and the creation of cultural wealth. The country’s contributions in literature, cinema, theatre, music and dance stand out in the modern world since the 19th century. From the ballets of Diaghilev and other cutting edge Russians, the cinema of Vertov and Einsenstein, to the writing of Pushkin, Dostoyevsky, Chekhov and Tolstoy, the Russian people have always been considered one of the most select catalysts of talent, both internal and external, something obvious, too, from a visit to one of the richest, most interesting art galleries in the world, the Hermitage. The approach to new contexts markets and economies required by the contemporary world, demands that government, institutions and the business world accept, in their structures, the change of models. Hence the firm commitment by the Russian government to the high-tech sector and the incentives for new professional profiles; the creation of new

47 THE THEME

jobs and the push for new markets that help leverage and make the most of Russian talent in innovation.

is rapidly evolving under a strategic master plan of redevelopment into a modern urban metropolis.

Equally, and through “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” Russia accepts, conscientiously and willingly, its role in the changing of the world, and celebrates, through its message, the human condition in its entirety.

In Russia, the BIE has the potential for a transforming partnership that will leave a legacy of a revitalized region within the country and a set of exciting new Expo innovation for future hosts to build on.

4.5.3 Changing

the world &

Ekaterinburg All over the world today, Russia is a focus of great human interest; a fascinating but mysterious power that people think they know. Through Ekaterinburg 2025, BIE has an opportunity to introduce the world to a Russia that few know, the undiscovered heart of the largest country on earth. Never before has technology allowed the world to view a national transformation such as this in “real time” through a myriad of technologies and mediums. Never before has the cumulative effect and impact of the technological change been witnessed by the entire world on a nation so large and in such an abbreviated period. The short-term result is a “future-oriented Russia”. Ekaterinburg, situated in the middle of continental Russia at the literal cross-road of Europe and Asia, has long been a city of dramatic geographical and ideological contrasts. It is a meeting and mixing place of differing beliefs and philosophies, and it has provided the access and the ability for crosscultural exchange for thousands of years. Today, like so much of Russia, Ekaterinburg is a city in transformation. It’s a booming centre of Innovation, Science, Knowledge, Industry, Culture, Trade and Innovation that

With Ekaterinburg as its host city, Expo 2025 will also be able to demonstrate what the country and the city can offer to the world in terms of innovation as well as its impacts on urban transformation in a very tangible way, pointing to the event-driven creation of a new Eurasian hub of innovation, culture, communications, commerce and tourism characterized by the most advanced principles of urban sustainability.

LINKS TO OTHER EXPOS “Innovation” and “Quality of Life” are inherent concepts to the World Expos, which fly the flag for educational values and promote economic and social progress. From the impact and tangible contributions made by the design and implementation of the Expo sites and their architectural contributions within urban frameworks, to their effect as platforms in stimulating and democratising advances in science and technology, the World Expos have played a fundamental role in the promotion and implementation of innovation and the improvement of quality of life in societies In this sense, “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” has

4.6

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

its roots in the wide thematic range that, since 1851, and with more than 150 years of history, have clearly shown the deep value of these remarkable events. In taking the theme of “Innovation & Quality of Life”, the transformational power is shown of these concepts, like the World Expos themselves, to inspire a sustainable development for the future of humanity and the planet, to kindle consciousness and to promote intercultural interchange and a better world, living in peace and harmony. Furthermore, “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” places at the very centre of the theme a tacit subject, at once the agent and at the same time the beneficiary – humanity. In this way, Expo 2025 connects with the human focus that defined the Expositions that followed the Second World War, particularly Expo 1958 Brussels (with the theme A New Humanism), Expo 1967 Montreal (Man and his World) and Expo 1970 (Progress and Harmony for Mankind). These World Expos that took place in the second half of the 20th century were a major turning point in the history of the Expositions, with a paradigmatic

and conceptual change marked by the introduction of a reflection on the importance of humankind’s role as a prime actor, as well as the humanistic values that this idea gives rise to. These ideas were included in the theme of Expo 2000 Hannover, which underscored the balance between Technology, Man and Nature precisely. Equally, and in celebration of human ingenuity, “Changing the World” harks back to the theme of Expo 1992 Seville, “The Era of Discoveries”. And it also connects directly to the reflections of other more recent World and Specialized Expos that addressed themes of universal interest such as the management of natural resources and the future of cities, food and energy. All these are challenges which are updated in the thematic body of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” therefore, building on all the foregoing, becomes the ideal scenario to promote and celebrate the role and impact of World Expos in modern societies over the course of history, as well as to highlight the leadership of the BIE in this direction.

49 THE THEME

4.7 4.7.1

THE SUB-THEMES Introduction The formulation of the theme “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” encompasses a great variety of areas which can be interpreted from multiple perspectives. This means a broad, large-scale framework must be outlined, to avoid constraining its analysis, reach and evaluation. Four Sub-themes have been chosen that are able to embrace the intersecting and multidimensional concepts of “Innovation” and “Quality of Life” and their most important and complementary aspects, at the same time as they encourage and facilitate participation in World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

justice, freedom and fellowship; empathy and diversity. The Sub-themes are as follows: #1. Human drive: skills, values & feelings #2. Digital universe #3. Future technologies #4. Facing megatrends

Sub-theme #1. Human drive: skills, values & feelings Scope

These four Sub-themes demonstrate the effects that Innovation has in a multitude of areas and constitute a major extension of the Theme, as well as an insight into the multiple ways of approaching and exploring it. Accordingly, the Sub-themes offered up for debate represent the complete set of interrelations and interdependencies suggested by the Theme. It is important to note that the Sub-themes reveal encounters and overlaps that are necessary to embrace both concepts – “Innovation” and “Quality of Life” – and to enable to express them in an educational and attractive manner. The development of these Sub-themes sets out the groundwork for common concepts that will act as hinges between them, including but not limited to: climate change, technological convergence, digitalisation and other megatrends; values, ethics, culture, interdependence, integration, social inclusion and, evidently, innovation and quality of life. Moreover, universal principles of the respect for fundamental rights underlie these Sub-themes, in addition to the values of

4.7.2

The Sub-theme explores humanity as an active, sensitive and creative collective. One which promotes the transformation of society through its own culture and values, through education, employment and the fight against inequality, poverty and violence with the aim of improving human relations and quality of life. It invites participants to showcase their achievements and contributions in 3. Dean Rohrer

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

matters of creativity, innovation and social progress from the standpoint of their own experience and their cultural heritage build up throughout history, paying particular attention to the present and to their hopes and plans.

Throughout history, humankind has overcome different, often difficult, circumstances by discovering and applying solutions that are now a universal legacy of our species, and the finest gift we have, both to receive and to pass on to future generations.

The Sub-theme celebrates the human condition and extols the constant search for answers that characterises humanity’s spirit. From that starting point, it lauds philosophy, knowledge, culture and thoughtful reflection as the guides to a constructive manner of improving and attaining harmony between nature and technology.

The history of culture, science and technology is a complex and lengthy process found in innumerable and valuable bodies of knowledge, in a multitude of areas of thought, science and the liberal arts, transmitted by generations and that have facilitated the development and evolution of humankind to date.

Whereas all the Sub-themes are driven by humans and the human experience, “Human Drive: Skills, Values & Feelings” is explicitly an anthropocentric Sub-theme acclaiming humanity’s role in achieving the Expo’s Mission and Vision. Finally, the Sub-theme highlights the importance of individual contributions and responsibility, the impact of each person in their immediate surroundings and people’s empathic ability to make cooperation an essential key principle of our modern world. History and Culture

Tangible and intangible cultural heritages are a fundamental part of peoples’ identities and possess great conciliatory potential. Today’s Innovation stands on the shoulders of the culture of the past. What we now consider to be cultural assets were once thought of as Innovations that supported the expression of the spirit of a certain time. With the passing of centuries, and not without difficulty, magic was replaced by science, alchemy turned into chemistry, astrology into astronomy and, for the first time, mankind glimpsed the true possibility of understanding the rules of nature. Behind many collective mythologies, fables, desires and utopic visions lies an ambition to understand the nature of things and to become wiser. In a similar way to historical progress, Innovation constitutes a continuous learning process that requires reflection, assessment and improvement. A process that includes its own maturity and sophistication in time. Thus, Ekaterinburg 2025, by means of this Subtheme, highlights and stimulates humankind’s innovative and creative capacity, entrusting it with the main role in the responsible orientation of Innovation. Yet it also introduces the critical message that Innovation is not a universal panacea and may present conceptual contradictions or ethical conflicts that humanity must face whilst seeking to improve the quality of life of all.

51 THE THEME

Human force 4

and education to social and economic policy; from the integration of women in all aspects of life – an area in which Russia is a pioneer – to the incorporation of the most vulnerable social groups, including indigenous people; from the generation of productive employment and decent work to the inclusion in society of the elderly and people with disabilities. Ultimately, in the framework provided by digital societies, the Internet represents a platform where people and societies can exert their civilian role and demand their rights, as well as to call for cooperation and to participate in the construction of a better future for all.

The human spirit, based on its faculties, values and feelings, and rooted in historical human experience, represents a revitalising force capable of transforming societies. It is the human drive beating within all of us that powers humanity and allows us to evolve. The progress of societies is fundamentally based on bodies of knowledge that have been perfected over time, coupled with the firm dedication to create a better society through their application. Fruit of this and of the stimulus arising from humanist values to assert the liberty, equality, dignity and right to live in peace of individuals, in addition to the weight of their role in social advancement, is the birth of democracy, which certifies and supports the idea of the co-creation of modern societies. The Universal Declaration of Human Rights is progressively secured and strengthened in the context of contemporary societies. The awareness of the need to tackle and eradicate poverty and inequality is growing around the world. When considering the challenges facing today’s societies, in addition to the policies, institutions and activities aimed at increasing democratic values and the opportunities and quality of life for all, the values of cooperation, solidarity and progress fly the flag for the human drive to meet these challenges that lie ahead: from health care 4. Auguste Rodin, The Age of Bronze (1877)

Work and Education

As society evolves, so does the world of work, and the new profiles that are needed to satisfy its requirements. As a result of this ever more digital world, a high demand for technical and scientific profiles is valued as one of the main assets of human capital in those societies that are better oriented towards the future. In this sense, it is desirable that governments, through their policies and strategies, promote the empowerment of these profiles and make efforts to align academic training models with the reality of professional demand as a key aspect of progress, for those societies that do not wish to succumb to obsolescence. Furthermore, both in contemporary societies and across the planet generally, the creative economy has become one of the most

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

important growth areas, dominating in fields such as design, fashion, gastronomy and the visual arts. The keys to reinforcing two of the most important assets that societies and economies have, namely creativity and innovation, are the stimulation of talent at both a societal and individual level, with programmes and policies that allow for their development and ease of implementation. Human Drive is committed to building a future based squarely on the cultural achievements of the present, particularly at this juncture in time, when so many different futures are possible. Society as a whole can participate in and influence the creation of a better future if education and training are fostered in those basic disciplines of sectors where the innovative ecosystems of our time are developing.

emotions and sensibility as both direct human faculties and as indicators of quality of life. Access to culture, the cultivation of sensitive abilities and emotional and sentimental education are necessary to live a full and rewarding life and are crucial aspects for human and social development, in addition to stimulating creativity and innovation. Similarly, enjoyment is an inherent part of life itself and is something that is shared by all societies and cultures. Interpersonal relationships, together with nature, leisure, the arts or the practice of sport are components of a balanced and harmonious life, both individually and collectively.

This will widen the spectrum of qualified players able to turn the huge potential of Innovation into reality. The aim is to achieve quality of life and wellbeing right now, within a wide temporal arch which is best able to balance today’s progress with that of tomorrow, without damaging our cultural and natural heritage.

Nowadays, it is essential for the progress and the empowerment of people – as upstanding, creative and innovative individuals – to foster climates and environments that contribute to the promotion and healthy recreation of individuals through social and political systems that embrace culture and promote the adherence to human nature and the nature that surrounds us.

Personal Development and Enjoyment

Ways to Address the Sub-theme The participants can interpret the Sub-theme from the following perspectives: •• Represent the participant’s socio-cultural vision of quality of life encompassing its heritage, ways of life, identities and cultural values, this could include customs, ways of living, the home (the close, personal environment of family and comfort), special celebrations, everyday episodes, sociability and empathy, contact with nature, professional satisfaction and the practice of sport, as well as other spheres.

Education and employment are two essential spheres in the life and development of every group of people, allowing for sociability,

•• Show the participant’s accomplishments and contributions in matters of creativity, innovation and social progress that,

53 THE THEME

in its experience and cultural awareness, give rise to or improve the quality of life of its societies or constitute a universal value. •• Exhibit artistic manifestations (visual and performing arts) that are significant in terms of their content, either due to their association to the Theme, symbolic value, or their importance as a technical or technological innovation. •• Analyse and explore the role of recreational and leisure activities and their effect on achieving a healthier life, personal enrichment and other aspects related to quality of life. •• Analyse the role of governments in assisting their citizens through specific projects in social, professional or personal spheres. 4.7.3

Sub-theme #2. Digital universe Scope

This Sub-theme explores the strength of ICTs as a motor for dynamism – in industry, business, education, health and the economy – as they underpin many fields of technological innovation, and as generators

of tools that can improve living conditions and opportunities around the globe. The Sub-theme addresses and explores the impact of the Digital Universe as an agent of change, responsible for contemporary modus vivendi. It is an environment that, based on mathematical algorithms and structured as a network, becomes imposed as the new formal and conceptual paradigm, surpassing the technology itself to become an intellectual approach that defines how we tackle, interpret and represent the world. The Digital Universe Sub-theme lays out an understanding of a platform of technology and telematics (the long-distance transmission of computerized information) that has forever altered classical organisational and relationship models, and explains how this platform opens up a new, networkconstructed, world of possibilities built on the logical algorithmic combination of data. This digital world allows us to distinguish between a real reality (inhabited by the human species for millions of years) and another cybernetic one, conceived by mathematicians and engineers. One of the defining aspects of this cyber reality is its capacity to transfer what occurs in virtual reality to real reality. An example of this is the psycho-sociological influence that a network like Facebook can have on individuals and collectives, but also the value of Twitter as an ideological showcase and the echo this has in the media landscape of society. In this sense, the virtual public sphere that is extending and propagating across this digital universe is increasingly influencing the real world. In today’s world, we are immersed in a Digital Universe that has removed all borders and is dominated by the unstoppable development of ICTs and their prominent role in shaping the new world, information and human relations. This is a digital world that imposes its own logic by reshaping space-time variables and moulding reality to its own viewpoint.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Despite being still, relatively, in its early stages, we are living in a phase of the digital revolution which is characterised by an exponential growth of multiple technologies and increasingly by convergence. In light of the impact on today’s world, it is easy to foresee a future both articulated and impacted by digitalisation in all spheres: information, economy, education, work and leisure, but also in health, transportation, relationships with immediate surroundings (city life, work spaces, the home) and the environment. The future drawn by digitalisation boasts of an infinite potential of possibilities, applicable across all sectors of society: from improving private and public competitiveness, by optimising countless process in the fastest and most flexible way to the explosion of e-commerce, strengthening online sales and distribution channels; from car driving to updating medical histories or the use of smart energy-meters, digitalisation will have a huge impact on the way we live and, inevitably, on people’s quality of life. Internet of Things (IoT)

The Internet generates structures that modify and favour the interrelation of people and allows society to connect and meet in a common space-time, despite distances. Through the use of smartphones, tablets or smart watches, which become a technological appendix of our own bodies, and other internet-connected everyday devices (Internet of Things) any transaction or consultation can be performed from any corner of the planet with access to a data network. According to Gartner Consulting, by the end of 2017 it is expected that 8.4 billion “things” will be connected and by 2020 this figure will have increased to 20.4 billion. Closely linked to big data analytics and cloud computing, IoT means the interconnection of devices that can be altered and/or communicate via the Internet. The concept covers all types of objects and sensors that provide strategic data exchangeable between them or people. Beyond connecting things, IoT also facilitates digital connections with the physical world: water, air, humans, animals, etc., all of which can be monitored, from the point of view of health, activity, geolocation, etc. Likewise, it can also be applied to production processes and the environment: smart cities, transport and energy systems, smart manufacturing or governance, among others. IoT provides data and acts in accordance with certain rules. Cloud computing provides the ability to store the data collected and big data analytics facilitates decision-making. Combined, they are the basis of intelligent systems and autonomous machines. New and innovative services in the real world depend on the ability to combine data with physical operations and it is here that robots and robotics become a bridge between real and virtual worlds. Integrating robots in IoT platforms and using this technology in social infrastructures can create initiatives to improve people’s lives.

55 THE THEME

The transformative power of IoT points to the creation of ultra-digitally responsive and hyper-connected societies. Its economic impact is estimated between 2.7 and 6.2 trillion US dollars annually by 2025, according to the OECD Science, Technology and Innovation Outlook 2016. Big Data Analytics

big data analysis and interpretation raises ethical issues related to usersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; private and social practice, their integrity and security that require regulation by means of a universal code of conduct. The interpretation and use of this data is clearly a majorly important future asset, which will create economic growth even while it raises concerns over privacy and which calls for the need to universally regulate the limits of its use. Robotics and Artificial Intelligence (AI)

Every time a terminal is connected, data are generated on whole range of subjects, including the browsing history, pages visited, frequency, query habits, headline preferences, purchases made, music listened to. Derived from its own number-based logic, digitalisation involves an enormous data production and registration known as big data. Big data includes a mix of techniques (data mining, profiling, business intelligence, machine learning and visual analytics) employed to process and interpret the huge amount of data generated by the digitalisation of content, the monitoring human activity andÂ IoT. Managing, analysing and interpreting these huge amounts of data currently represent a new class of economic asset, which is valued by universities, governments and companies according to their different viewpoints, requirements and purposes. At the same time,

Robots and smart machines are progressively reorganizing society, industry and the workplace. Traditionally limited to monotonous tasks that require speed, dexterity and precision, the role of robots in industry and the labour market is ever expanding. Their design and construction also focuses on many useful applications to improve quality of life in spheres such as medical, domestic and personal assistance, educational, commercial, entertainment, and security and surveillance. The progress and development of artificial intelligence (AI, computers with the capability of reasoning intelligently) applied to machines and robots, has provided them with increasingly complex capabilities, designed to emulate human thought and intelligence on issues such as solving problems, making decisions or learning.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

AI is without doubt one of the greatest revolutions humanity it currently witnessing. At its simplest it is software that can learn, by imitating certain of the processes of the human mind. By analysing series of data for relationships, AI is then able to apply this knowledge to new situations and make decisions on its own. To do so AI relies on combinations of big data analytics, cloud computing, IoT and peer to peer communication. AI can be used, in combination with advances in mechanical and electrical engineering, to augment the ability of robots, to allow them to carry out â&#x20AC;&#x153;cognitiveâ&#x20AC;? tasks in the physical world, where rather than being simple automatons repeating mindless processes, they can adapt to new work environments or situations without the need to be reprogrammed. AI thus creates the possibility of machines with the capability of applying, to a certain extent, the rules of reasoning. Based on this, and by way of example, two vital developments in AI are the driverless car and voice recognition systems. AI is now expected to revolutionise sectors such as agriculture, transport, construction, chemicals, rubber and plastics, textile and shoe, surveillance and security, among others. Furthermore, advances in the field of Financial Technologies (Fintech) and algorithmic diagnosis of disease, are just some of the hundreds of possible applications of this technology.

analogy, it is similar to an accounts book that verifies markers, facts or events in countless processes and applications (in public administration, banking or health, among others). Blockchain entails a shared understanding of the value of data and, as such, enables advanced transactions or operations. It is an emerging technology that is expected to revolutionise certain markets by enabling safe value transactions without the involvement of third parties, but its development and adaptation depends on technical, social and governmental matters that will take time to resolve. Currently, its greatest promise appears to lie in business and governmental areas but everything indicates it will be a genuine revolution and a new way of understanding the Internet. Social Involvement, Education and Work

Blockchain Blockchain is a technology that combines other technologies (cryptography, peerto-peer networks, time stamping, etc.) and enables digital devices to manage and share a distributed, decentralised and synchronised data register. Comprised mostly of transactions and contracts, this register blocks the manipulation of any datum already registered, ensuring transparency and visibility to all participants in the network. By

The Digital Universe creates new contexts for development and social participation. ItÂ represents an environment where citizens can actively contribute to change as well as exercise their democratic rights. Further, the digital world revitalises and strengthens new ways for public opinion to crystallise and be heard and favours environments for Innovation in contexts where there is a major requirement for progress. This new environment

57 THE THEME

generates new work niches that specialise in and welcome new forms of economic and commercial methods.

Imaging Technologies. Modelling Simulation & Gaming

The Digital Universe has altered the structure and functioning of the labour market by disrupting many markets across all sectors, giving opportunities to those that have had the opportunity and/or wisdom to innovate in their areas while at the same time destabilising and possibly destroying those that did not adapt in order to survive the new set of applicable rules. Digital technologies also analyse the required professional profiles, to ease the integration of individuals into the new working environment; therefore the training, employability and innovation systems must be encouraged and reoriented to facilitate adaption to the new digital world and its demands. In addition to the obsolescence of many jobs, insecurity and instability characterise the new labour market, where work is automated, hyper- specialised, mobile and flexible. While it may be true that the digitalisation of work leads, and will lead, to the loss of many jobs it also generates, and will generate, many others, and there is a whole class of jobs that can be updated to allow for coexistence with the increasing robotisation of certain areas and sectors. Governments must apply more ambitious policies to adapt the labour market to the new requirements generated by the digital world, in order to apply the benefits of digitalisation, now and in the future, to ensuring productive, fair, consumer and social structures. Within this framework, ICT professionals, in particular computer science engineers (software designers and analysts, data scientists, database and computer network specialists), together with physicists, mathematicians and financial experts, will be some of society’s most prestigious occupations. They are already, and are expected to be even more so in the future, some of the most sought after profiles.

The experimentation and development of the digital universe creates a multitude of technological disciplines that greatly advance the possibilities of Imaging Technologies, both in the fields of science and the arts, and many of the creative industries that are undergoing a transformation, generating a new visual culture. Innovation in these areas also strengthens and allows growth in sectors such as gaming, which is expected to have a global value of 108.9 billion dollars in 2017 (2017 Global Games Market Report). Furthermore, technologies such as augmented reality, 3D virtual image development and modelling simulation – applied to innumerable spheres such as architecture, engineering, medical, archaeology, the aerospace industry and industrial design – as well as photonics and light technologies, are other important areas showing ever-increasing sophistication and relevance. Ways to Address the Sub-theme Participants can interpret the Sub-theme from the following perspectives: •• Explore Innovation through products, services and processes that, linked with the Digital Universe and ICTs, result in a better quality of life in the following areas:

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

–– IoT (Internet of Things) –– Big data analytics –– AI (Artificial Intelligence) –– Robotics –– Drones –– Advanced automotive systems: –– Autonomous vehicles –– Automated roads –– Blockchain –– Quantum computing –– Modelling simulation and gaming –– Imaging technologies (Science, arts, exploration, etc.) –– Photonics and light technologies •• Express the participant’s vision of a future that is increasingly digitalised, analysing the pros and cons. •• Present the policies and programmes of public bodies and private companies that are oriented towards facilitating connectivity and access to ICTs. •• Showcase their initiatives to empower people through education to meet the new occupational profiles through educational or advanced training programmes. 4.7.4

Sub theme #3. Future technologies Scope

This Sub-theme surveys the cutting-edge, avant-garde technologies that are shaping the future and providing solutions to improve wellbeing. It explores and reveals the broad areas covered by technologies in their various guises, from their foundation on existing knowledge to the areas of application in which they operate. Technological change is reshaping the world and our perception of it, incessantly shaping and reconfiguring economies and societies. Unpredictably, technology’s trajectory evolves in parallel to societies – each feeds unpredictably into the other, sketching a variable and disruptive future. In this context, the Sub-theme tackles those future technologies that will be most affected by change trends – including technological change and digitalisation – and that appear to be defining that future most clearly, in addition to the R&D (Research and Development) and STI (Science, Technology and Innovation) agendas. In the short and medium term, it is expected that “key”, “smart”, “future” and “emerging” technologies, as they are called, will widely impact numerous fields of application – however exactly how this will happen cannot be predicted at present. These are technologies that require an open and flexible perspective to ensure a wider diversity of developments and applications. That, moreover, requires a responsible approach from governments to adequately manage and direct their application applying reasonableness, ethical considerations and professional deontology, as well as governmental protection, to make them as inclusive as possible. Usually categorised as convergent technology, smart technologies depend on other hi-tech areas for their development, improvement and implementation. As set out in Sub-theme 2, and framed within the Digital Universe, ICTs continue to be the most decisive overriding

59 THE THEME

technologies and those with the greatest potential. As discussed in Sub-theme 2 the dominant key technologies for the immediate future appear to be: IoT, big data analytics, AI and blockchain. As a result, in many of the areas of development driven by these technologies it is essential to create a universal code of ethics to monitor them and provide guidelines for their use and development in accordance with a humanist vision, in particular for those areas that are more susceptible to current risks (such as AI or the unethical use of biotechnologies, to mention two).

at nano dimensions, new and exceptional properties of materials can be discovered, which enable unique applications with great potential in the fields of medicine, energy and environmental protection, construction and everyday objects equipped with special characteristics determining their functionality.

The race to Innovate centres on technical solutions, particularly in commercial areas where being first can mean the difference between utter success or complete failure. Worldwide efforts in the research, development and Innovation of future technologies represent a fertile ground for international dialogue and cooperation, not only to share interests, technology and knowledge, but also to ensure responsible management. Nevertheless, at the same time, technological development shows intense competition with many nations investing vast amounts of money, often in precisely the same technological areas.

Due to the wide variety of potential applications, nanoparticles are an area of major interest and intense scientific research to which governments, laboratories, computer giants and industry are devoting significant economic resources. Additive Manufacturing (AM) and 3D Printing

Together with the future technologies presented in Sub-theme 2 Digital Universe, and closely interconnected with those we describe below, the key technologies featuring a high level of innovation together with a major impact on quality of life and an enhanced potential for future development are: Advanced Materials and Nanotechnologies Nanotechnology is a multidisciplinary field that looks to study, control and manipulate matter at the nanoscale — i.e., at the molecular or atomic level — with the aim of creating new materials, machines and systems. By working

AM encompasses different techniques which manufacture products by adding layers, using computer-aided design software. In the past,

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

AM was mainly used to create prototypes to shorten the design process of a product.

Neurotechnologies

New materials and plastics are now being employed to print in 3D, with a range of others being developed. This technology is transforming the understanding and potential of medicine, architecture, engineering, education and research or industrial design. Biotechnologies

These cover any artificial method of interacting with the brain and the nervous system in order to research, access and manipulate the structure and function of neuronal systems. It encompasses research into the human brain itself; electronic devices to repair or replace brain functions; neural-networks to braincomputer interfaces and the development of AI (OECD STI Outlook 2016). Biotechnologies comprise a multidisciplinary field in which different techniques and sciences converge, based on the use of living organisms to create new products. There are many fields of application for biotechnology, often relating to essential issues such as the environment, energy, agriculture, health andÂ industrial production. Biotechnologies are revolutionising medicine with new therapies and drugs for treating a wide variety of diseases (for example, cancer, diabetes and cardiovascular diseases). One major branch of biotechnology focuses onÂ theÂ regenerative therapy of tissues and organs using stem cells. While the introduction of genetic engineering techniques to manipulate DNA (Synthetic Biology) raises legal and ethical issues, these techniques are expected to have multiple applications in the fields of health and medicine, chemicals, agriculture, environment, energy and industry.

Neurotechnologies can give rise to incredible applications in medicine (such as therapies and diagnostics, as well as direct improvements to the functioning of the human brain and its abilities), science and philosophy. Given these fields of application and the powerful implementation of these technologies the requirement is clear of the need to adopt common policies and codes of conduct to regulate the potentially hazardous cultural, philosophical, legal, ethical and social issues they create. Space Systems In general terms, Space Systems covers the combination of space and aerospace technologies, infrastructures, equipment and procedures used to explore space; to travel into space and remain there, as well as the use of satellites which provide now standard telecommunication services and advanced monitoring services such as GPS, earth observation services or meteorological services.

61 THE THEME

the Russian Federal Space Program 2016-2025 include the growth in its orbital assets (from the current 49 operational spacecraft to 73 by 2025); the completion of the assembly of the Russian segment of the International Space Station and a complex programme of lunar orbit and landing missions of robotic probes to prepare for the first manned Russian visit to our satellite around 2030. Energy Technologies Among the most promising space technologies are micro and nano satellites, which offer incredible advantages in terms of speed, flexibility and reduced construction cost. Their small size allows for vastly reduced production and launch cost. These technologies already have wide application, from earth observation and communication services to scientific research. They are also used in security and defence, as well as technological education. Space technology and advanced space research have countless applications, and have directly created objects, materials, tools and even food processing solutions that now form part of our day-to-day lives, greatly contributing to quality of life. From contact lenses, dried foods, instant coffee and the microwave to disposable nappies, and materials such as Velcro or other synthetic fibres, which, such as Mylar and Kevlar, are today used in sport or tyre production. Lasers, used for measuring and now employed in fields such as medicine and industry, heart monitors and smoke detectors are just some more of the inventions and technologies which have their origin in the field of aerospace and which now form part of our everyday lives. Russia is an out and out leader in the aerospace sector. The country is known for its contributions to the history of the conquest of space (the first artificial satellite and the first cosmonaut) and this is an unbeatable opportunity for it to use its leading role here in future projects. Noteworthy activities set out in

This section covers advanced energy technologies, which are clean and renewable and aimed at reducing emissions, improving efficiency and advanced energy storage. Ways to Address the Sub-theme Participants can interpret the Sub-theme from the following perspectives: •• Showcase key discoveries and advances in STI (Science, Technology and Innovation) towards the improvement of quality of life. •• Explore Innovation through products, services and processes that, linked to the following areas, result in tangible benefits to improve wellbeing and quality of life: –– Biotechnologies: –– Stem cells and regenerative medicine –– Tissue engineering –– Synthetic biology –– Medical and bio-imaging

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

–– Bioinformatics –– Health monitoring –– Neurotechnologies –– Advanced Materials: –– Nanomaterials and nanodevices –– Additive manufacturing and 3D Printing –– Carbon nanotubes –– Graphene –– Others –– Energy: –– Advanced clean and renewable technologies –– Energy efficiency –– Advanced energy storage –– Smart grids –– Transportation Systems: –– PATS (Personal Airborne Transportation Systems). From flying cars to autonomous self-flying taxis. –– Future trains –– Space Systems: –– Future space technologies and projects •• New generation spacecraft •• Nano and micro satellites •• Robotic probes •• Future telescopes •• Others –– Space technology applications 4.7.5

Sub theme #4. Facing megatrends Scope The Facing Megatrends Sub-theme encourages a reflection on the changes that are defining the contemporary period taking into account economics, sociology, the environment and politics, all of which will reshape the demand for future innovation. It is therefore the most extensive of the Sub-themes. Megatrends are large-scale interconnected changes which greatly impact human activities, processes and perceptions. Facing Megatrends explores a series of these which will likely play a significant part in the future

of our world. Some examples are global population growth and urbanisation; aging societies; global warming; natural resource and energy scarcity; health problems, inequality and well-being; globalisation and the networked society and big data. These fluctuating trends have a huge impact on economies and societies, and reshape future STI (Science, Technology and Innovation) activities and policies. In this sense, the Subtheme invites exploration and the sharing of the most suitable innovative solutions (products, services, processes, technologies, etc.) to face challenges, to preserve and guarantee wellbeing and quality of life, and to build more inclusive societies. Of the four Sub-themes, Facing Megatrends has greatest amount of intersections, and highlights and tackles these interconnections and the impact of these global trends on society. In addition, and in line with the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (UN 2030) – to transform our world by fighting poverty, reducing inequalities and improving and spreading quality of life for all – the Sub-theme highlights the importance of political will, citizen and other stakeholder participation, as well as the appropriate management of these technological, disruptive and paradigmatic changes. The Sub-theme sets out four main areas for exploration: •• Demographics and cities •• Health and Wellbeing •• Climate Change and Energy •• Food and Water I. Demographics and cities Demographic explosion and the concentration of the population in urban environments are both megatrends and future challenges for humanity. Approximately half the world population currently lives in cities and, by 2030, this is expected to increase to 60% (UN). This accelerated growth will determine

63 THE THEME

the future of cities and the levels of wellbeing they will be able to offer. It will determine the potential to innovate, to satisfy the needs of their inhabitants and to respond to the economic challenges to come.

In these slums, the unhealthy conditions are a breeding ground for disease and stagnant levels of poverty. According to the UN, 828 million people currently reside in slums, meaning one in eight people on the planet lives in these conditions. Future Challenges

Today, cities have the highest concentrations of world population and of economic opportunities. They are knowledge, trade, culture, idea and Innovation hubs, and the motors driving dynamism, advance and social and economic wealth. Slums

The world as it currently is subjects cities and their citizens to many challenges such as habitability, and the availability of work and resources, but the continuous growth of their population is the greatest stress factor. Hence cities must be prepared to cope with such growth and, at the same time, reduce pollution and poverty, and provide access to energy, water and transportation. These are the key issues in ensuring the sustainability of cities. Smart Cities

However, as cities grow, their slums often do so at the same time. These are highly populated, hyper-degraded settlements where there are no or limited basic supplies of water, electricity, sanitation systems, transport or other services such as security.

As cities are gradually digitalised, the concept of smart cities emerges. This refers to a holistic vision of digitalised, sustainable cities, oriented to improve quality of life and ease accessibility across a broad range of indicators for its inhabitants. These cities apply ICTs in full to optimise their internal operation â&#x20AC;&#x201C;administrative processes â&#x20AC;&#x201C; together with the activities and services they provide to their citizens. Smart cities create the highest potential for Innovation by making infrastructure, services and smart management systems available

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

to citizens across a wide range of spheres in real time.

Aging Population

Mobility is one of the greatest urban challenges. Population growth places great pressure on transportation – one of the sectors that generates the highest levels of CO2 emissions, along with demand for infrastructure and other transport resources. Transport is one of the areas within cities where Innovation and development can have the greatest impact. Included within the wide range of solutions, many of which are dependent on convergence with ICTs, are electric vehicles, shared cars and bicycles and smart car parks. Society and Culture Bestowing importance to the human dimension of cities is a priority, as historically it has been the aspiration and creativity of man that has built and shaped them with the aim of achieving a better life within them. From this viewpoint the city is the backdrop for the collective memory of a people or a culture. It looks at the city as a living, dynamic being that influences both present and future, being based on a culture that allows evolution and innovation. As centres of social and cultural diversity, metropolises face challenges concerning difference, integration and respect. But, dealing with common human culture, the future of cities must lie in the creation of welcoming and sustainable environments, including the provision of citizens’ basic social needs and demands, and satisfying their aspirations of improvement. A city of the future should have green public areas and services for all. This means a sustainable and inclusive urbanisation, which protects the city’s natural and cultural heritage. Innovation and sustainable management are the keys to developing smart cities, to progressively eradicate slums, to create economic wealth, social cohesion and cultural exchange. This is the only path to smart cities with smart citizens.

Demographic change is an active trend across all societies. Whilst global population growth continues apace, with the UN forecasting a total world population of 9.8 billion by 2050 driven by growth in certain areas, such as Africa, the aging population in other locations, such as Europe and Japan, poses other, equally important challenges. Both have a direct impact on cities, health and employment, and also on migratory movements and the consumption of energy and resources. Demographic growth is capable of creating environments with human capital oriented to innovation always provided there is appropriate educational support and the required technological transfer to facilitate economic development in the most buoyant STI areas. Conversely, aging communities and societies suffer from a downturn in economic growth. Consumer habits and lifestyle changes that occur in aging populations direct Innovation towards new markets catering for the demographic changes. These societies direct more attention and resources to health and social services – new niches for innovation, eager as they are to help senior citizens achieve autonomy for as long as possible and to improve their wellbeing and quality of life.

65 THE THEME

II. Health & Well-being

treatment of chronic disease, blindness and cancer. Additive manufacturing technologies too will facilitate the development of new treatments, therapies and medical achievements. III. Energy and Climate Change

The health and wellbeing of communities are focal points for all governments and are directly linked to the previously mentioned change trends. Health and wellbeing are linked to sustainable development goals: aiming to ensure healthy lives and promoting wellbeing, in particular in developing nations. In these countries, there are high rates of premature mortality, together with epidemics and outbreaks of contagious diseases as a result of a lack of access to energy resources, healthy housing and clean water and sanitation services. The increase in life expectancy and quality of life provided by innovations in bio-medical fields endorses the wide-ranging success of medical research and its development. Further, pharmaceutical research and technological convergence in the spheres of genetics and biochemistry to eradicate diseases are a fertile ground for innovation. In addition, digital technologies (IoT, big data analytics and AI) allow for an increase in the capture of medical data and its processing, to improve diagnoses and to discover the most adequate approaches to health-care decisionmaking. In this field, neurotechnologies and robotics also open news pathways for medical research. Further, advances in DNA sequencing, synthetic biology, the “omic” technologies – genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics, etc. and genetic editing open the doors to the

Energy represents an opportunity to transform economies and the world we live in. It continues to be a priority issue, at the very top of government road maps. In addition, the topic of energy meets head-on challenges or change trends, such as climate change, scarcity of natural resources and demographic growth. The reduction of CO2 emissions – through renewable energies, energy efficiency and responsible consumption, together with the sustainable management of energy resources and ensuring safe and universal energy for all are key objectives in the move towards a better world. Further, and considering that one in five people currently has no access to electricity (UN Sustainable Energy for All), universal access to energy is a core issue facing the planet today, affecting many other areas of opportunity and challenge, be it employment, security, increasing incomes or global warming. Improving and strengthening the energy mix and promoting international cooperation to facilitate infrastructures and access to clean energies is one of the key objectives of the international agenda. Wind and photovoltaic solar energies, which are ready for universal use, require greater infrastructure Innovation to support smart grids. In addition, IoT and advanced energy storing technologies offer better options for the supervision and management of ecosystems, biodiversity and energy systems. Accordingly, smart cities could play a leading role in the development and implementation of innovative solutions such as big data or participatory monitoring, with the aim of procuring more sustainable growth.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Climate change, a main concern of most governments, continues to increase the environmental degradation of the Earth, its forests and oceans, and its biological diversity. The effects of climate change, in the form of droughts, floods and storms among others, can have devastating effects, including the displacement of large populations from the country to the cities. This global challenge should also encourage international cooperation in R&D and innovation. And, in this sense, the mitigation of the effects of climate change will depend, in part, on the transfer of technology to developing nations. IV. Food and Water Population and economic growth pose problems for the management of natural resources, which are the main basis of economic activity and the principal foundation of human life. The stresses placed on air, water, soil and land -whilst providing us with a place to live, water and food, raw materials and energy, require efficient management to ensure sustainable economic growth.

of the ways governments are planning for a future that guarantees these basic necessities for the coming generations. Agricultural Revolution There are sufficient natural resources to guarantee safe food for all, to power rural populations and to protect the natural environment. What is required is willpower, investment, management capability and innovation to protect resources from stress and ensure that they are available to all. Agriculture is crucial for the eradication of hunger and poverty, and offers a wide range of possibilities for development, with the aim of increasing productivity and farmers’ income. It is the economic sector with the highest rates of water consumption and directly impacts the quality of the soil and underground aquifers. For this reason, a technological revolution in the agricultural sector is required to meet the demands of the 795 million people that are hungry today and the additional 2 billion people who are expected to be by 2050. Eradicating hunger and malnutrition in the world, doubling productivity in the agricultural sector and the income of small-scale producers – in particular women, indigenous peoples, family farmers, pastoralists and fishers, including secure and equal access to land – are goals that must be pursued and met in order to tackle the challenge (UN Sustainable Development Goals).

Demographic explosion will increase water, food and energy consumption around the world. Thus, STI developments are essential to contribute new knowledge and innovative solutions to improve infrastructures and processes. Monitoring and control of productivity, from agriculture to the management of natural resources, are some

According to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, agriculture provides the means of subsistence for 40% of the current world population, and is the main source of income and jobs for poor rural homes. But between 20 and 40% of world annual harvests are lost to plagues and disease, despite the use of almost 2 million tons of pesticides. Smart and sustainable Innovations such as drones and robots, could meet this challenge, detecting threats in the early stages and reducing

67 THE THEME

the amount of agrochemicals employed by farmers.

with inadequate water supply, sanitation and hygiene.

The automation of agriculture through the use of drones, robots and sensors has great potential to deliver a more efficient and sustainable production, reducing costs and improving the quality of the products, whilst at the same time reducing the use of pesticides that pollute soil and water.

According to the UN, water scarcity, poor water quality and inadequate sanitation negatively impact food security, livelihood choices and educational opportunities for poor families across the world. In 2050, at least one in four people is likely to live in a country affected by chronic or recurring shortages of fresh water.

There are innumerable technological tools available, such as smart machines, which are oriented towards precision agriculture and these are ever increasing in their levels of sophistication. From advanced irrigation and fertilisation systems to climbing robots and those capable of analysing the quality of soil; from sowing machines to nano devices to detect and treat disease or plagues. An advanced future for agricultural can be glimpsed, using robots and drones with sensors and multi-spectrum cameras that can identify emerging problems and supply data to farmers with the appropriate intervention for each case, avoiding collateral damages to the surrounding flora and fauna. Equally, and for animal farming, an increase in smart technologies is expected – sensors, cameras and other devices – oriented to productive and sustainable breeding of livestock. These include smart collars transmitting data to a smart terminal on the health conditions of the animals, pedometers to monitor their behaviour and activity, and milk analysers. Water and Sanitation Access to clean water and sanitation is a human right and is essential to achieving the world we wish to live in. There is enough water on the planet to hit this target but due to environmental issues, bad economics, or poor or degraded infrastructure, every year millions of people, mostly children, die as a result of diseases directly associated

Innovation to spread access to water and sanitation includes solutions such as solarpower water pumps; billboards which capture moisture in the air and turn it into drinkable water; a growing number of machines and devices to filter polluted and unsafe water to make it drinkable; bio-latrines and water-free toilets, and so on. Ways to Address the Sub-theme Participants can interpret the Sub-theme from the following perspectives: •• Explore the process of Innovation from a holistic point of view, considering its application to social issues of universal concern, such as poverty, cities, energy, water, sanitation, food, health, transport or education. •• Showcase initiatives, strategies, projects and activities oriented to face such challenges. •• Present relevant social, economic and environmental advances in the area of smart cities. •• Show innovative and sustainable architectural solutions for different purposes, geographical regions and social groups, and especially for the home. •• Environmental management.

THE APPLICATION OF THE THEME

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

5.1

THE THEME AND THE EXPO SITE The interpretation of the Theme will not be limited to the Pavilions themselves. The entire World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg site will be inspired by and develop the Theme and Sub-themes, including venues for entertainment and performances, theme-related plazas, open-air exhibits and other representations. The whole Expo site will create an atmosphere based on and promoting the theme «Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations». This will be particularly so in terms of the landscape, installations, sculptures and many other kinds of street art and urban facilities.

5.2

THE THEME PAVILIONS

5.2.1 Introduction The Theme Pavilions are the essential axes of the representation of the Theme and Sub-themes, serving as the most profound, convincing, educational and entertaining platform for their expression and explanation, taking into account the wide range of participants and visitors. The Themed Pavilions are the conceptual heart of the Expo, the spaces where key, crosscutting issues are discussed and developed as part of the main theme «Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations» and the Sub-themes. Each of the four Theme Pavilions – plus the Best Practices Pavilion- will occupy a space of 15,000 square metres making a total of 75,000 metres allocated to the development

of the theme. They will be located sequentially along the central spine of the World Expo site, creating a compelling walking route for visitors. The Theme Pavilions nurture and promote the objectives of «Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations» as a platform for innovation and for humanism, which converge in the improvement of quality of life for all. The many topics and sub-topics that arise from the core Theme and Subthemes are also explored. Representing the impact innovation has in people’s quality of life across four Theme Pavilions invites us to understand the multiple interconnections between these concepts, affecting, as they do, all principle areas of life. The Theme Pavilions are the platforms which open up the multiplicity of viewpoints and perspectives from which the Theme and Sub-themes can be approached. Each of the four Theme Pavilions follow specific, defined directives, though all of them lead back to the common aspects of the challenges societies face. The concept of Innovation, along with the latest exhibition technologies, will take pride of place in the Thematic Pavilions, with the use of innovative scenography, museography and spectacular interactive displays. Although the Theme and Sub-themes are all explored in combination across each of the Pavilions of the Expo 2025 Organiser, it is worthwhile highlighting the connections between the four Sub-themes and their representation in the four Thematic Pavilions and the Best Practices Pavilion. In line with this premise: •• Human Drive is principally represented in the Arts Pavilion, along with the Best Practices Pavilion, •• Digital Universe in its namesake, the Digital Universe Pavilion, •• Future Technologies in the Advanced Technologies Pavilion, and

THE APPLICATION OF THE THEME

•• Facing Megatrends is distributed across the two previous Pavilions and the Megatrends Pavilion plus Drone-Centre. 5.2.2 The

technical and artistic achievements based on materials, techniques and formats; the different artistic genres; the discovery of perspective and naturalism; and avantgarde movements, from Impressionism to Hyperrealism.

arts pavilion

The Arts Pavilion approaches ways of seeing the world through the eyes of many different cultures in a celebration of humanity. It uses the concepts of heritage, creativity and innovationas the backbone of a two-tiered exhibition based on art and creation both as a universal language and the highest and most sublime expression of humanity.

A second exhibition will be dedicated to the theme of quality of life and well-being, using unique artistic pieces from around the world, organised thematically around key concepts such as: nature and the environment; health; material conditions, education, knowledge and science; work; family, friends and social relationships; ceremonies, travelling and innovation itself – offering a vision and a means to reflect on quality of lfe, enjjoyment and wellbeing.

The first level will be an ambitious exhibition which brings together an exceptional selection of unique works of art from all eras and all cultures, representing the wealth of created art which forms the base of the three axes: Heritage, Creativity and Innovation.

The exhibition will include a far-reaching area with a contemporary view, using new artistic languages such as photography, cinema, multimedia, video and innovative and avantgarde techniques. Some of the pieces in this latter section could be commissioned from significant, suitable artists for the occasion.

The exhibition will offer a journey through innovation in art, using singular examples of 1

1. Caspar David Friedrich, Wanderer above the Sea of Fog (1818) 2. Aleksandr Deyneka, Football (1924) 3. Jan Brueghel the Elder et al., The Senses of Sight and Smell (ca 1618) 4. Jan van Eyck, Arnolfini Portrait (1434) 5. Aleksandr Deyneka, Collective Farmer on a Bicycle (1935)

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

5.2.3 Digital

universe pavilion

The Digital Universe Pavilion is the platform for, and expression of, Information and Communication Technologies (ICT). It envisions a representation of how today’s societies are highly interconnected, together with the structural support provided by other advanced technologies. The Digital Universe Pavilion explores the concept of the network, as well as many other technological aspects which underpin and affect people’s day-to-day lives. The pavilion expresses the high connectivity the digital universe fosters and the role it and its technologies play in changing the way we live today, through topics such as: access to information, education, the exchange of knowledge, economy, trade, the audio-visual world, the world of employment, security, meteorology, disaster prevention, social networks and specialised niches. The Digital Universe Pavilion explores the different means of communication, how they work, and how they are organised and orchestrated, as a network, in accordance with the social construction of reality. The pavilion analyses the impact of these on the present world and on people’s lives (both by influencing and by media-saturation), on

the habits they adopt, on the conformity or otherwise of their likes and dislikes, and on the behaviour of individuals and societies, as they become ever more hyper-connected. The Digital Universe Pavilion unravels and explains the complex structure of big data: its generation and storage, its processing and distribution, and its communication and multiplication. It also demonstrates how big data, catalysed by satellites, global information networks, antennae, receivers, cable, and the development of the digital world, floods individuals and the networks that they generate, leading to the construction of a cyber-reality. The Digital Universe Pavilion will place special emphasis on the optimisation and positive impact of networking and access to information for all. However, it will also discuss the risks of generating a one-sided, flat way of thinking, and how this hyper-connectivity can also exclude those who do not have access to the technologies that lie behind and make possible the digital world. The Digital Universe Pavilion will examine the concept of the Smart City and ideas surrounding the organisation of the world through networks based on ICTs, including IoT, Big Data Analytics, Robotics and AI.

THE APPLICATION OF THE THEME

5.2.4 Advanced

technologies pavilion

The Advanced Technologies Pavilion is the starting point for the Platform for Innovation called for by the World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg objectives. The Advanced Technologies Pavilion is the futuristic scenario for the latest technological advances, in specific disciplines and scientific practices.

Sources of sustainable energy, the aerospace industry and related technologies, the future of transportation and mobility, biotechnologies, nanotechnology and new materials are the main areas which will be explored in this representation of Innovation and its processes.

The Advanced Technologies Pavilion opens our eyes to a potential future in which technology forms a holistic, integrated part of our daily life, aiding communication and our relationships with other people in an increasingly sophisticated, more natural and more purposeful manner.

The Advanced Technologies Pavilion is a laboratory for new discoveries in advanced technologies with a wide range of application, whether in science, business or the fundamental aspects of daily life: energy, water, agriculture, health and medicine, mobility, communications and security.

The Pavilion introduces the concept of Innovation, its scope and its importance in improving the quality of life in an educational, pedagogical and highly appealing manner. The exhibition demonstrates how the visitor is already a user of technology and how they benefit from the concept of Innovation, all the while promoting a positive attitude towards these concepts and their advantages.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

5.2.5 The

megatrends pavilion plus

drone-centre Is conceived as one of the main attractions of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and is understood as a pavilion-installation divided in two exhibition areas of different sizes with differentiated access. The Pavilion thus provides two distinctive, independent zones or experiences thanks to the two areas, offering an exhibition on megatrends and a dynamic show about drones. I. The first of these two spaces consists of an exhibition which presents and explains to the visitors the megatrends which will shape the future of societies. It proposes an overview of these trends or movements of change by means of an itinerary exploring these phenomena from complementary points of view. Through markedly characterised areas, the Megatrends Pavilion-Exhibition explores the complex nature and the interconnection and interdependency of these trends, and shows how all of them have a decisive impact on quality of life.

The Exhibition, which offers a thematic synthesis of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, is not limited to presenting these change tendencies, but proposes approaches and possible solutions to them, making Innovation and humanist values key to their management. Poverty and inequality, climate change, environmental degradation and scarcity of natural resources, demographic change and its impact on societies, health, slow economic growth caused by different financial crises, multipolarity, digitalisation, the concentration of populations in megalopolises, technological innovations and changes in the working environment will all be explored from a holistic perspective.

THE APPLICATION OF THE THEME

II. The second space is the Drone Centre which highlights how innovation through drones, and their applications in a wide range of areas, can positively change the world. Using a demonstrative approach, the Drone Centre presents an action-packed, grand, futuristic show, which, using different types of drones and large-scale scenography and models recreating various settings, will become one of the biggest attractions of the Expo. This second area is imagined as a hypertechnological drone-port from which various missions will be carried out and monitored, underscoring the enormous value of this technology and the ways of combining it, convergently, with other innovative technologies such as artificial intelligence. These drones of the future could be equipped with high definition thermal cameras and/ or night vision, radars, and high precision sensors with diverse detection abilities – movement and speed, temperature, electromagnetism, sensibility and the detection of selected materials or substances, etc. – among other technologies.

The Drone Centre could be organised as a large space, either as a ride through different environments (urban, agricultural, submarine or wilderness) or as a single, open area – a type of theatre with stands for the public – to showcase, with all necessary security measures, various exhibitions/demonstrations of drones’ capabilities. A type of control tower,

or specific zone for the pilots, would form part of the staging. Among the many possible missions that could be shown are the following: •• Assistance for an injured individual by a drone-ambulance, •• A rescue or emergency operation in a location of difficult access, •• The logistics of delivering medicine or vaccines in remote villages, •• Drones carrying out surveillance or security tasks, •• Their use to prevent or extinguish forest fires, •• Their use in the support of search and rescue missions after a natural disaster such as an earthquake, •• Their work in assisting after an accident or terrorist attack, •• Their use in the localisation of archaeological sites, •• Their application in biological investigations or for health control of crop fields in agriculture or for parasite removal at a fish farm, •• Their use in films or advertising. Equally, the usefulness of submarine drones or other types of airborne drones could be highlighted, in areas such as logistics or the distribution and delivery of products in cities, demonstrating their implementation as part of intelligent transport systems (ITS), their use in the prevention of meteorological disasters or to measure air quality. Other areas could include: geology, environment, engineering, mapping, control and analysis of crowds (concerts, protests) or mobility, among others. A section of the Drone Centre could be used as a recreational centre for the holding of competitions between drones piloted by expert professionals along a set circuit, which, applying all necessary security measures, would offer a way to demonstrate all the abilities (speed, acrobatic ability, flight duration) of the drones, from an entertainment perspective.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The Best Practices Pavilion is a key exhibition space which also showcases the best policies and strategies, indicating sustainable routes proposed by Innovation, which have a major impact on social communities and their wellbeing.

Moreover, and contemplating its use after World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, the drone-port could become a drone school or academy for professionals – an incubator for both talent and companies dedicated to this growing sector. It would have the technological equipment and be a licensed space to carry out tests and realise pilot programmes for the different uses of this technology.

5.3

THE BEST PRACTICES PAVILION The Best Practices Pavilion is the presentation and exhibition centre for the ways and methods of social and inclusive innovations. These

The Best Practices Pavilion consists of the exhibition of innovative, technological and methodological solutions to improve quality of life, proposing inclusive answers to the challenges posed by mega-trends, in accordance with the themed and sub-themed areas. These technologies and processes include existing successes and the technical and technological assets that humankind is currently developing to overcome future challenges. The Best Practices Pavilion will be an exciting venue for a continuous cutting-edge dialogue – one that focuses on how to confront the great challenges of our time. It will include dialogue that draws on lessons learned as a means of formulating a successful vision of the future. Through all the cases and situations that will be presented, the Best Practices Pavilion will be a space that provides an expression to values derived from the Theme and Subtheme 1 – Human Drive – making empathy and cooperation two of its key drivers. The Pavilion’s goal will be to favour and promote the exchange of knowledge and experiences between participants and to awaken the consciences of all the Expo’s visitors.

will include ideas, products

ENTERTAINMENT

and services, as well as

VENUES

marketing processes, projects

The main entertainment venues

and programs which have

will be built along the shoreline

proven to be effective.

and will include:

5.4

THE APPLICATION OF THE THEME

Expo Arena

CULTURAL

A covered multifunctional permanent structure designed for year-round activities such as sports and concerts. During the Expo, it will be used for concerts and shows, as well as being a back-up venue for outdoor events which need to be moved inside due to inclement weather. The Expo Arena will be situated right at the pond front. 7,000 m2 and 7,000 seats.

AND ENTERTAINMENT

The Amphitheatre A summer show area partially covered by a roof and built on a specially designed waterfront platform. Located on the Eastern part of the waterfront, this music and entertainment venue will provide both grandstand and lawn seating. 9,000 m2 and 5,000 seats. Six Multifunctional Stage Platforms A series of stages located along the waterfront and in the park area on the eastern side of the site, each equipped with dismountable stage settings and roof covers. They will be used for performances and presentations, as well as thematic, cultural and sports events. One of these sites will be reserved for a children’s recreation area with playgrounds and attractions. The Movie Theatre and the Multimedia Zone

5.5

PROGRAMME World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be, for its duration, the global capital of innovation and culture, expressed through a series of exhibitions, demonstrations and art designed for all audiences, and which, in form and content, will bring us closer to the Theme and to the different identities of the participants. Music, theatre, dance, cinema and other artistic activities will provide an abundance of shows and performances over the six months of Ekaterinburg 2025: the nucleus of a global celebration of innovation and quality life.

Two facilities designed for video presentations, 3D shows and other entertainment. This area, located in the western part of the waterfront, will have a capacity of 40,000 people.

A stimulating calendar

Plazas

of events will take place for

The Expo pavilions will be grouped around an interior patio that can be used to host events. This solution allows each country to hold dedicated events, such as on their national days and other significant dates, right next to their pavilions.

the entire duration of the Expo.

SPECIAL DAYS

Many of these events will provide opportunities for thematic integration with existing events or significant dates, including:

5.6

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

5.7

•• World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg Opening and Closing Ceremonies •• National and Significant Dates for participants •• National, Regional and Ethnic Celebration Days – Russia is comprised of 83 federal entities which make up 8 federal districts. The World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg Organising Committee will work closely with these jurisdictions to create dedicated programs at the World Expo to highlight their commercial, cultural and historic significance, both to Russia and the world.

analytical and critical debate as the intellectual platform of the Expo.

THE EKATERINBURG 2025

In order to do so, Ekaterinburg 2025 Forum will count on a highly diverse set of worldclass professionals: scientists, sociologists, philosophers and experts from a wide variety of areas, together with business people, representatives of organisations, public administrations and civil society, are all called to share their visions and reflections on a vast array of subjects that will have a decisive impact on the way we live in the future.

FORUM The Ekaterinburg 2025 Forum is the international platform for cross-cutting, multidisciplinary debate on the theme «Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations». The Forum will focus on a discussion that addresses the issues, opportunities and challenges deriving from change trends and the role of Innovation and its processes as a world-changing force and a vehicle to improve the quality of life for all. The multifaceted character of the Theme enables the approach to, and exploration of, the concept of Innovation and its effects on quality of life from a plurality of optics and perspectives. With the key aim of offering innovative solutions and sustainable and inclusive ways to assist and promote the wellbeing of individuals and societies, the Ekaterinburg 2025 Forum will facilitate a plural,

Each and every one of the aspects highlighted in the sub-themes and the possible ways of approaching and exploring them are a potential target for debate at the Ekaterinburg 2025 Forum. Intellectual approximations, exploration and study of specific cases, presentation of concrete technologies, conferences, discussion panels and exhibitions, are all part of an ambitious programme to tackle the Theme from a multiplicity of points of view.

Forum participants will be recognised leaders in fields of expertise corresponding to the sub-themes, resulting in an atmosphere of stimulating dialogue and output. It will be a ‘summit’ with leading men and women whose presence in Ekaterinburg and revolutionary insights into each sub-theme topic will draw worldwide attention. The Forum will take place at the Congress Centre Building, which will feature variously sized conference rooms all equipped with the latest multi-media technology for world-class meetings and events. Returning to the idea of digitalisation and Innovation itself, the use of ICTs will be particularly relevant during the development of the six-month programme. Regarding the structure of the Forum, Ekaterinburg proposes the promotion of a linked blueprint of dialogue which will allow the inclusion of responses to the interventions and

THE APPLICATION OF THE THEME

themes being addressed. This will generate an active, live, integrative forum that will favour the exploration of all aspects, nuances and debates arising from the impact of innovation on quality of Life. The Culture and Theme Development Department will organise the Forum in the years leading up to the Expo, and will determine the final programme structure. The Department will also be responsible for conducting the Forum and facilitating the discussions when it takes place, over the entire six-month Expo period. The Forum’s conclusions will result in the Ekaterinburg 2025 Changing the World Declaration. The Ekaterinburg 2025 Changing the World Declaration The Changing the World Declaration will serve as the definitive legacy document of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. This Declaration will consist of a set of recommendations based on the critical input from all participants. The Declaration will be drawn up in the form of globally relevant goals and principles, based on the discussions and output from the world’s greatest minds and participating nations, with a clear focus: to propose innovation-based solutions and sustainable and inclusive ways to boost the wellbeing of societies, based on

an ethical code of humanist values. Our foundational assumptions for the Declaration are clear and established: •• «Innovation» and «Quality of Life» are two highly significant and pertinent topics that impact all people of the world. •• The core of our Declaration will be the objectives for World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. These objectives envision a better world through the support of creativity, Innovation and culture and human well-being. •• Most importantly, the Declaration will shape an ethical code that, based on democratic values, will regulate and encourage the use of Innovation and its management from a humanist viewpoint. •• The Declaration will validate the positive influences of Innovation and call for a worldwide commitment to achieve the Declaration’s objectives. •• And it will affirm our belief that this is a collective and fully inclusive endeavour, with World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg serving as the chronological milestone that will crystallise universal support and action. The Declaration will be presented at the Closing Ceremony of the World Expo – multi-media versions of the document will be distributed to all participants, including nations, NGOs, international organisations and corporations.

LEGISLATIVE, ORGANIZATIONAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Our theme – “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” – resonates with Russian society at all levels, and is embraced and expressed across a wide range of ethnicities, religions and sociopolitical perspectives. The theme’s ideas are put into practice in Russia, and defended by the Russian Government, through the diversity of viewpoints that allows our representative democracy to function. Our strong and stable government facilitates and supports our growing and diversified economy, opening its borders to trade and allowing countries, foreign companies and institutions to interact with our diverse society and growing private sector. Focusing specifically on World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, the government will facilitate seamless coordination of all key planning tasks and operational functions across all departments at the Federal, Regional and Municipal levels. This will serve to enhance the overall efficiency of our Organizing Committee and provide it with the level of resources needed to stage the world’s largest event. Please see sections 6.1.1 – 6.1.3 of this Chapter for more information on Government support, and section 6.3 for more information on Expo 2025 Organizing Committee Structure.

6.1

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY AND GUARANTEES FROM ALL LEVELS OF THE RUSSIAN GOVERNMENT The strong and unconditional support of the Russian Federation has already been

a key factor of success in the bids for other large events in Russia, and Expo 2025 will enjoy the same level of support. The Russian government will ensure an atmosphere of support and continuity, free of political disruption. Russia’s experience in preparing for two global events in 2014 and 2018 is indicative of our ability and desire to deliver on our commitments.

National support

6.1.1

In May 2017, Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev submitted to the BIE the letter of Candidacy confirming the Russian Government’s full and unwavering support. Reinforcing the support previously set out in our Candidacy Application and the verbal support given, Russia is also ready and able to guarantee the following:

“

To assure the financing of the phases of Expo preparation and holding; To appoint the Commissioner General and grant him the required authority and powers related to the exposition organization and conduct; To ensure that the best conditions and privileges are provided for the BIE, for the Commissioners of the participating countries and their family members, the Expo visitors, the customs clearance of goods that are intended for use during the Expo, and the taxation of the activity associated with the exposition; To take all the necessary steps to render the required assistance to the developing countries in order to attract the maximum number of participants to World Expo 2025.”

LEGISLATIVE, ORGANIZATIONAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

Therefore, the government of the Russian Federation will fully support World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, allocating all necessary resources to ensure its complete success. EXPO LAW If Ekaterinburg is honored with the right to host Expo 2025, the authorized government agencies of the Russian Federation will adopt a Federal Law “On organization and holding of the International Exhibition Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg and on introducing Amendments to Certain Legislative Acts of the Russian Federation”, along with other regulatory legal acts. It will introduce the necessary amendments to the federal laws, regional laws and municipal regulations that address all matters associated with the organization and holding of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. Russia already has significant experience in adopting special legislative measures aimed at implementing regulations for major international events in the country. In particular, a special Federal Law was adopted to regulate Russia’s hosting of the 2014 winter Olympic Games in Sochi: (Federal Law № 310 dated December 1, 2007 “On organization and holding of the XXII Olympic Winter Games and XI Paralympic Winter Games 2014 in Sochi, the development of Sochi as a mountain resort and Amendments to Certain Legislative Acts of the Russian Federation”). This Law defined the additional rights for the Organizing Committee “Sochi 2014”, set up for the Olympic Games preparation. It introduced additional measures for monitoring fair market competition (when providing hotel services during the Olympic Games, and while selling goods etc.). It ensured security, by introducing a special simplified process of entry and residency in the Russian Federation for foreign nationals who arrived for the preparation and running of the Olympic Games. It introduced a special procedure for the employment of foreign nationals as temporary staff, and for the establishment of a special procedure for immigration control and registration of foreign

nationals. It simplified procedures for customs clearance and movement of goods intended for use during the Olympics, and for exemptions from customs duties and taxes, etc. In addition to the adoption of the special Law, the following existing legislation was also amended: the Customs Code of the Russian Federation, the Tax Code of the Russian Federation, Russian Federation Law “On Customs Tariff”, the Federal Law “On the procedure of exit from and entry to the Russian Federation”, the Federal Law “On the Legal status of Foreign citizens in the Russian Federation”, etc. For the coordination of preparatory work at all Governmental levels, the special committee on preparation and conduct of XXII Winter Olympic and XI Paralympic Games was organized. The Deputy Prime Minister of the Russian Federation was appointed the Head of this committee. Similar legislative measures have been enacted previously during preparation for the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Forum in Vladivostok in 2012 (Federal Law № 93FZ dated May 8, 2009 “On organizing of the meeting of Heads of States and Governments of the countries-participants of the «2012 Asia-Pacific Economic cooperation forum», on the development of the city of Vladivostok as the center of international cooperation in the Asia-Pacific region and on introducing Amendments to Certain legislative Acts of the Russian Federation”), etc. The Law above also introduces special norms governing the relations associated with the organizing and conducting of the Forum, that set the simplified tax procedures, customs clearance, obtaining of entry visas and work permits by the participants and guests of the event, and other privileges. For the coordination of the preparatory work at all governmental levels the special committee on preparation and conduct of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Forum was established. The Deputy Prime Minister of the Russian Federation was appointed the Head of this committee. The Russian Government has confirmed that there are no legislative or other legal reasons

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

that could interfere with or impede the preparation and implementation of Expo 2025. 6.1.2 Regional

support

The Governor of the Sverdlovsk Region, Mr. Evgeniy V. Kuyvashev, is a key proponent of the World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg candidature. His administration is fully behind the project. All major political parties have also expressed their support for the candidature. 6.1.3 Municipal

support

The Mayor of Ekaterinburg, Mr. Yevgeny Roizman and the Head of the Ekaterinburg Administration, Mr. Alexander Yakob, have given their full support for the Expo 2025 project. Moreover, the city’s transport, security, and administrative departments are ready to assist in all matters relating to the planning and successful implementation of Expo 2025. The city will also make the city-owned land required for Expo 2025 site available to the Organizing Committee free of charge. The Head of the Ekaterinburg Administration has also guaranteed his Administration’s support

of the project, from an operational and financial standpoint.

Corporate and Educational

6.1.4

Support The Russian business and educational communities are also providing a significant level of support for this project. They consider that it represents an invaluable opportunity to increase international ties for both Russian companies and Russian universities.

Security and Safety Guarantees The Russian Federation will provide all necessary resources needed to provide a safe and secure environment for visitors to the World Expo in Ekaterinburg. The Ministry of Interior of the Russian Federation is ready and willing to assist the World Expo 2025 Organizing Committee, with its resources, knowledge and supervision, to ensure safety for all visitors and participants.

6.1.5

LEGISLATIVE, ORGANIZATIONAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

6.2

BID COMMITTEE BID COMMITTEE “EKATERINBURG EXPO 2025” ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

FEDERAL ORGANIZING COMMITTEE Bid Council of Experts

DIRECTOR GENERAL

Representative office in Ekaterinburg

The Government Supervisory Board

Advisors

Representative office in France

Deputy Director General on Condidature Dossier

Deputy Director General on corporate and financial issues

The head of communications with BIE and international organizations

CANDIDATURE DOSSIER DEPARTMENT

PERSONNEL

DEPARTMENT ON RELATIONS WITH BIE AND INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

GOVERNMENT RELATIONS DEPARTMENT

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPLY

INFORMATION AND ANALYTICS DEPARTMENT

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT

Deputy Director General on Development

Deputy Director General on PR and communications

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE AND CONSTRUCTION

DEPARTMENT OF INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL MASS MEDIA

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT LOGISTICS

DEPARTMENT OF EXPO 2025 PRESENTATION MATERIALS, ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Expo 2025 Bid Committee was created on July 4, 2017 by the Ministry of Justice of the Sverdlovsk Region by Resolution No 6614050744 in order to nominate Ekaterinburg as a candidate city to host World Expo 2025: •• to establish the autonomous non-profit organization Expo 2025 Bid Committee. •• to assign to the autonomous non-profit organization Expo 2025 Bid Committee the tasks of organizing and implementing the activities related to the nomination of Ekaterinburg as a candidate city to host World Expo 2025, as well as to put together and submit to the BIE the Candidature Dossier as set out in the procedure for nominating a candidate city to host World Expo 2025. The financial funding of the autonomous non-profit organization Expo 2025 Bid Committee activity will be provided using the Sverdlovsk regional budget and nonbudgetary resources.

successful completion ofthe World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg Candidature, and subsequently to oversee the planning, and implementation of Expo 2025 itself. The function of the Bid Committee is to mount and implement a successful Candidature to host the world’s largest event, World Expo, in 2025. It is a state-owned corporation, which brings together many different entities within the Russian Government and private sector for this shared purpose. It has the ability to act on behalf of the Russian Government in relation to Russia’s Candidature for Expo 2025. If Ekaterinburg has the honor of hosting Expo 2025, we will immediately undertake a careful and thorough transition from the Bid Committee to the future Organizing Committee, starting prior to December 2018. Moreover, we will also liaise with the BIE to take advantage of its experience, best practices and learning for the benefit of our Organizing Committee by organizing consultations, meetings, forums and symposiums.

The support to Ekaterinburg’s bid to host Expo 2025 is provided by a designated interdepartmental body – the Federal Organizing Committee for the nomination of Ekaterinburg as the candidate city to host Universal Exposition Ekaterinburg 2025, Russia- headed by the Federal Government. This body includes the main federal, regional and municipal governmental instances.

In the transition to the Organizing Committee, it is envisaged that most of the Bid Committee staff will continue to support the overall Expo 2025 effort in the Organizing Committee to guarantee the knowledge transfer during the first phase of planning. The Organizing Committee will be supported by specific outside consulting and planning firms with skills and experience from previous World Expos.

The chief task of this Federal Organizing Committee is to coordinate the activities of the Bid Committee at all levels with the government, businesses and public organizations, professional associations and other social institutions and entities in order to develop the mechanisms to approve and adopt the legislation and other measures required to host Expo 2025. The goal of this entity is to create in Ekaterinburg the most favorable conditions for the highquality preparation, implementation and

We believe that this will provide maximum exposure and benefit for Russian citizens and companies, and grow the knowledge base of our event management industry, while at the same time providing us access to world-class resources and experts in various technical fields. Some of the functional areas of the Bid Committee will eventually serve as their own departments, including their own staff members, once the transition is made from the Bid Committee to the Organizing Committee.

LEGISLATIVE, ORGANIZATIONAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

6.3

STRUCTURE OF THE FUTURE EXPO 2025 ORGANIZING COMMITTEE AND ITS LEGAL FORM To streamline the organizational process and avoid bureaucratic red tape, the Federal Government will create a non-profit organization to deal with all matters pertaining to the planning, execution, dismantling and ensuring the legacy of the Exhibition. This will allow the Organizing Committee to operate as a separate, state-owned company, which reports to and is supervised by the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors). This is common practice in Russia for other events of a similar scale (2014 Winter Olympic Games, FIFA World Cup 2018, etc.).

GOVERNMENT OF THE RUSSIAN FEDRATION Commissioner General of Exhibition

Ekaterinburg World Expo 2025 Organizing Committee

The Organizing Committee for Expo 2025 will be established by the Government of the Russian Federation for the purposes of organizing and conducting World Expo 2025, as defined by Federal Law No 7-FZ “On nonprofit Organizations” dated January 12, 1996. The Organizing Committee will be set up before December 2018 and liquidated within one year from the date of the Closing Ceremony for Expo 2025, that is by November 2026 at the latest. In accordance with the above mentioned Federal Law the Organizing Committee will have the right to conduct business activities in order to achieve the purposes for which it was created, and as outlined in its founding documents. After the transition to its own legal entity as an independent non-profit entity, and following the requirements of the law in setting up its assets and business plan, it is foreseen that the Organizing Committee for Expo 2025 will consist of a Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors), a CEO and seven Departments. The Organizing Committee will be supervised by a Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors), overseeing the work of the CEO; The Commissioner General of the Exhibition will play an integral role, coordinating between the Government, the Organizing Committee and BIE. The main function of the Organizing Committee Expo 2025 is to successfully carry out the following activities: •• Implement those activities required for the organizing and holding of Universal Exposition Ekaterinburg 2025, Russia; •• Provide funding for the organizing and holding of Expo 2025, including those educational, cultural and promotional events that are directly related to Expo 2025, as well as funding the construction of temporary and other facilities used during the event; •• Perform all other functions assigned to it.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

THE STRUCTURE (CHART) OF AUTONOMOUS NON-PROFIT ORGANISATION “EXPO 2025 ORGANIZING COMMITTEE”

Board of directors (Supreme management body) FINANCE DEPT.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

LEGAL DEPT. ADVISORS

DEPUTY CEO FOR PLANNING ACCOMMODATION DEPT. TRANSPORTATION DEPT. OPERATION DEPT. SECURITY DEPT. HR DEPT. IT DEPT.

Deputy CEO

PARTICIPATION

CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN

CULTURE AND THEME DEVELOPMENT

MARKETING AND PROMOTION

INT. PARTICIPATION DEPT.

CONSTRUCTION DEPT.

THEME AND PAVILION EXHIBITION DEPT.

MARKETING DEPT.

DOMESTIC PARTICIPATION DEPT.

ARCHITECTURE DEPT. ENGINEERING DEPT.

FOREIGN AFFAIRS SERVICE DEPT.

SITE PLANNING DEPT.

ONE-STOP DESK

SPONSORSHIP DEPT. ENTERTAINMENT DEPT.

TICKETING DEPT.

BEST PRACTICES DEPT.

COMMUNICATION EVENTS DEPT. PR DEPT. MEDIA DEPT.

LEGISLATIVE, ORGANIZATIONAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

6.4

BOARD OF DIRECTORS (SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE) The Board of Directors (Supervisory Committee) will be comprised of senior officials from Federal, Regional and Municipal agencies required to implement the services needed to stage Expo 2025 and will be led by the Deputy Prime

•• Creating and/or opening other branches or other representative offices of the Organizing Committee as needed; •• Participating in any other organizations; •• Approving and amending the internal operating regulations of the Organizing Committee; •• Deliberating on amendments to the charter, transformation, liquidation and dissolution of the Organizing Committee. This close collaboration amongst all levels of government already occurs within the Bid Committee through the Government Supervisory Board. It will continue through the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors), during the planning and implementation phases of organization for World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

Minister.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE

The purpose of this entity is to coordinate the activities and ensure the interaction needed between the Organizing Committee of Expo 2025, the state executive bodies at all levels of government, and the executive bodies of the constituent entities of the Russian Federation; and to ensure that the day-to-day preparations in the areas of the construction of exposition facilities, operations, and maintenance of the exposition facilities are duly performed under established plans.

OFFICER (CEO)

The responsibilities of the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors) will include the following: •• Overall strategy and planning of Expo 2025; •• Approving plans for the main activities related to construction of the necessary infrastructure and organization of the event; •• Approving the budget and financial plan of the Organizing Committee and the respective amendments; •• Appointing the CEO of the Organizing Committee and terminating his/her powers at the appropriate time;

The CEO for the Organizing Committee, appointed by the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors), will be recruited from either the political or commercial sectors, and will have the relevant experience to manage an event of this size. The appointment by the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors) will ensure that the CEO will be empowered

6.5

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

and entrusted with all authority, responsibilities and instruments needed to make the kind of decisions necessary for a successful Expo 2025. The CEO will liaise with the BIE on all organizational matters and will be charged, among other duties, with ensuring that the General Regulations and the stipulations of the Participant Contracts are both implemented and adhered to. In more detail, the CEO’s responsibilities will include the following: •• Representing the Organizing Committee legally before third parties and in court; •• Managing internal relations among the bodies of the Organizing Committee; •• Exercising the right to assign powers of attorney for individual act/or categories of acts; •• Participating in meetings of the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors) with a consultative vote; •• Directing and coordinating the activities of the Organizing Committee within the powers assigned by the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors); •• Collaborating with the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors) to implement the resolutions of the Supervisory Committee (Board of Directors); •• Acting as head of personnel with all powers and responsibilities; •• Responding as the sole party accountable for the administrative compliance and legal conformity of the actions of the Organizing Committee; •• Assuming all signatory responsibilities within the scope of his/her powers. •• Additional activities as mandated by BIE rules and regulations All Deputy CEOs will report to the CEO. 6.5.1 Departments There will be seven departments that fall under the three Deputy CEOs.

These are grouped as follows: •• Deputy CEO for Planning; •• Deputy CEO for Participation, One-stop Desk, Construction & Design; •• Deputy CEO for Culture and Theme Development, Communication, Marketing & Promotion. We have detailed the functions of these departments below:

Planning Department

6.5.2

The work done under the Deputy CEO for Planning affects all other Departments and entities within the Organizing Committee, and is therefore of critical importance. It combines a variety of operational subdepartments into one group, so that they may liaise in a seamless manner. The Deputy CEO for Planning will develop and establish the overall strategic plans for all functional areas including the operational project plan and the program, project and task-planning with the respective milestones and resource planning, including staff and volunteer recruitments. The Deputy CEO for Planning will be responsible for the following sub-departments: Accommodation, Transportation, Operation, Security, HR and IT. These sub-departments will be responsible for issuing the respective tenders and implementing the various services needed on the Expo site, and assisting with any issues that arise from the provision of those services. The Deputy CEO for Planning will at a later stage, closer to the Expo operational period, evolve into an Operations Director or Deputy CEO in charge of all on-site operations. Immediately prior to Opening Day, the Organization will move into “Operations mode”, which will entail a different day-to-day structure. This structure will be detailed after the Organizing Committee has been established and formal planning has begun.

LEGISLATIVE, ORGANIZATIONAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

Public tenders will be used for all projects and services related to the implementation of Expo 2025 plans that require outside firms or contractors. It will be a transparent process administered by the Planning Department and in line with existing Federal guidelines regulating public funds. 6.5.3 Participation

Department

The Participation Department will consist of three sub-departments: International Participation, Domestic and Corporate Participation, and Foreign Affairs. 6.5.4 Construction

and Design

Department This department will be concerned with Expo 2025 site itself, and will consist of the following sub-departments: Construction, Architecture, Engineering, and Site Planning. 6.5.5 One-stop

Desk Department

The One-stop Desk will provide a fast, complete, “one-stop shop” solution for all questions Participants may have related to their preparation for Expo 2025 and their related activities in relation with the Organizing Committee. The One-stop Desk will serve as a tool for Participants to make requests to the Local, Regional and Federal Governments as needed, for example in relation to all building codes and regulations, and to ensure all permits and requirements are in compliance with Russian Law. They may ask questions on general items, like transportation and accommodation, and at the same time also make requests and apply for special documents like visas, work permits, building permits, and other authorizations needed to work at the Expo site or seek any other support.

The Culture and Theme

6.5.6

Development Department (CTDD) Our Theme, Changing the World: Innovations and Quality of Life, will be further developed by the Culture and Theme Development Department (CTDD), a department within the organizing committee dedicated solely to the development of the theme. The CTDD’s mandate will be to: •• Collaborate directly with all participants to develop their individual roles and activation programs during the six-month World Expo period, and in some cases, in the period leading up to Expo 2025. •• Define, develop, and operate the Theme Pavilions as well as the Best Practices Pavilion. •• Plan and operate the Entertainment Program, covering both street entertainment and at each of the planned venues. •• Raise awareness and support for the theme during the period leading up to 2025, creating activities that generate discussion and debate surrounding the theme, including “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” Forum. •• Develop, produce and operate “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” Forum. This department also includes the Entertainment and Best Practices sub-departments.

Communications Department This department has very close links with the Marketing Department and consists of the following sub-departments: Events, Media, and PR.

6.5.7

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

6.5.8 Marketing

and Promotion

Department The Marketing and Promotion Department contains the following sub-departments: Marketing, Sponsorship, and Ticketing. 6.5.9 The

Finance Department

Reporting to the CEO, the Finance Department will develop the budget in close collaboration with the other departments, and will be in charge of all cash flow, taxation and loan matters, all payments, and the management of foreign exchange risks. Additionally, the department will be responsible for insurance matters. 6.5.10The

Legal Department

The Legal Department will work in close collaboration with the other departments, drawing up all contracts and preparing the legal aspects of all tenders. Additionally, it will monitor the contractual commitments of the Organization and will be responsible for all trademark issues and intellectual property rights protection. 6.5.11The

Commissioner General of

the Exhibition The Government of the Russian Federation will appoint the Commissioner General of the Exhibition after the registration is completed and within a year from the date of the decision to hold Expo 2025 in Russia in accordance with the General Regulations. The Commissioner General of the Exhibition shall represent the government in all matters

related to the Exhibition and will have among his/her duties: •• Representing the government in all matters relating to Expo 2025; •• Ensuring that the commitments taken vis-àvis the participants are duly honored; •• Ensuring that the program of work is respected and that the provisions of the General Regulations and Special Regulations are carried out; •• Exercising disciplinary powers; •• Communications with the BIE (e.g. official notification of the registration of participating countries, forwarding of the texts of the Special Regulations); •• Participating in official sessions of the BIE, and presenting progress reports on preparations for the event, compliance with the use of the BIE flag, etc.); •• Welcoming the delegates sent by the BIE on official missions to the Exposition; •• Assisting all countries (BIE members and others) to take part in World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg through overseas missions or other initiatives; •• Managing relations with all participant countries (BIE members or others) in Russia and abroad; •• Convening a meeting of Commissioners General from sections representing the participating countries to nominate a Chairperson and a Steering Committee to represent them and to consider matters of mutual interest; •• Suspending or stopping any activity, or effecting at any time the withdrawal of items of any origin whatsoever, which are incompatible with the proper standing of the

LEGISLATIVE, ORGANIZATIONAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

exhibition and which are likely to be a risk or liability; •• If the Organizer or the Commissioner General of section should contest the decision of the Commissioner General of the Exposition, the Provisions set out in Article 10, which the parties have promised to respect, shall be applied. This recourse has the effect of putting the decision in abeyance except where a matter of security is in question. The Commissioner of the Exhibition may delegate the exercise of his/her powers to other members of his/her team. The Commissioner General shall carry out his/her functions with the support of the Commissioner’s Office, which shall fulfil the institutional mission that is incumbent on the Commissioner on his/her behalf, both in relation to the International Participants and in relation to the Organizer. 6.5.12Organizing

Committee

Funding The Expo project will mostly be financed using funds from the Russian Government. In the event of having the honor of hosting the Expo, the Government of the Russian Federation together with the Government of Sverdlovsk region will draw up a law to make changes to the Federal budget in accordance with the business plan for the Expo project; this will adopt annual measures within the Federal budget. The Ministry of Finance of the Russian Federation undertakes to provide all required support in the allocation of funds for financing the activities related to preparation, organization and holding of the event, including supporting the Committee in case of any shortfall in funds.

At regional and municipal levels the same measures will apply. Under these laws, municipal regulations guarantee that all preparations and events will be realized on time and that all required funds will be provided. As is the case with other events in Russia, the financial and sponsorship procedures for the Expo 2025 project will be regulated by current national legislation, i.e. Civil Code of the Russian Federation, Federal law dated July 21, 2005 № 115-FZ “On concession agreements” and others.

Government Commitments

6.5.13

The Federal Government of the Russian Federation has committed to a variety of infrastructure projects related to Expo, which are set out within various different resolutions. These commitments include general infrastructure and are divided up by the different levels of the budgetary system. Some of the following projects will be realized regardless of whether the bid is successful or not.

Federal Commitments The Federal Budget funds will cover the following projects: •• Transport hub development in Ekaterinburg (this will be built regardless of the outcome of the Bid). •• Koltsovo airport development (this will be built regardless of the outcome of the bid). •• Repair and Improvement of the existing federal public highways connecting Ekaterinburg (increase of the carrying capacity, improvements of the quality of the road surface): –– M5 highway “Ural” – this Moscow – Chelyabinsk route approaches the city from the south.

6.5.14

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

–– Highway M7 “Volga”. –– R242 highway – this Moscow – Perm route approaches the city from the west (a reduced version of this project will be built even if the bid is unsuccessful). –– Highway R351 – this route connecting Ekaterinburg – Tyumen approaches the city from the east (a reduced version of this project will be built even if the bid is unsuccessful). –– R352 highway – this route connecting Serov – Ekaterinburg approaches the city from the north-west. –– R354 highway – this route connecting Ekaterinburg – Kurgan approaches the city from the east. –– R355 highway – this Moscow – Polevskoy route approaches the city from the southwest and is known as the Polevskoy tract. •• The development of railway connections (construction of a high-speed line MoscowKazan-Samara-Ekaterinburg, plus rolling stock renewal). 6.5.15Regional

Commitments

The Regional Budget funds will cover the following projects: •• Energy infrastructure development required to enhance the Expo site systems (this will be built regardless of the outcome of the bid). •• The funding, construction and repairs of regional highways (including highway access routes to the city center, and the ring road around the city) (a reduced version of this project will be implemented even if the bid is unsuccessful). •• The development of the Ekaterinburg city subway (part of the long-term city strategy development plan). •• The construction of the bridge connection to the transport hub. •• The construction of the transport hub at the Expo site itself (including the bus station, terminal station of the subway line, terminus of the railway line, incorporated with the projected bridge over the Verkh-Isetsky

Pond, which will provide drop-off and pickup options for passenger vehicles).

Local Commitments

6.5.16

Local municipal funds will be allocated mainly for municipal services related to the Expo site, local public infrastructure and local transport infrastructure development, all within the framework of the Ekaterinburg 2025 Strategic Plan. The Municipal Budget funds will cover the following projects: •• Comprehensive city improvement (including the city parks and other public places), especially those adjacent to the Expo Park areas (landscaping, lighting). •• Funding, construction, and repairs of the local road surfaces and road network (a reduced version of this project will be implemented even if the bid is unsuccessful). •• Improvement of public squares (a reduced version of this project will be implemented even if the bid is unsuccessful). •• Construction of parking lots near the Expo Park, together with ring road parking and shuttle systems. •• Further enhancement of basic public utilities (connection and laying of service lines – water supply and sewerage, drainage). •• Renovation of the municipal public transport (trams, trolleybuses, buses). Some of the above-mentioned measures are already being implemented through different federal, regional and local target programs. Where Ekaterinburg’s bid is successful these programs will be adjusted to meet Expo 2025’s facility requirements, and new regional and municipal special purpose programs will be developed.

See Agreement To define and consolidate the commitments aimed at creating the best

6.5.17

LEGISLATIVE, ORGANIZATIONAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

conditions and highest standards for Expo 2025, and in order to avoid confusion over requirements and responsibilities, in the event of a decision to host World Expo 2025 in Russia, the Russian Federation is prepared to enter into an agreement with the BIE. This Agreement will contain a list of privileges granted to the Commissioners General of the Participant nations and their respective personnel (Deputy Commissioners, Pavilion Directors and other staff) and members of their families, as well as the procedures of customs clearance for Expo 2025 goods imported into Russia, taxation, public safety, utility services for the participants, etc. In particular, special procedures will be introduced to assist the officers and staff of the Participants in the following areas: •• Visas, work and temporary residence permits. •• Status of Section Commissioners General and their families. •• Participant Staff and International Exhibitors. •• Taxation and Customs Regulations. 6.5.18Sustainability

and the

Environment The Ministry of Natural Resources of the Russian Federation undertakes to ensure that all works needed for the organization of Expo 2025 will be carried out in compliance with the international agreements signed by the Russian Federation, and the legislative acts of the Russian Federation related to design, construction and the protection of the environment. The Government will fully support all efforts of the Organizing Committee to ensure that any adverse impact on the natural environment as a result of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is minimized. Special attention will be given to the principles of environmental sustainability and protection, which are particularly

applied in relation to water usage, energy consumption, transportation, procurement, construction and upgrading of infrastructure, waste management, tourism and the protection of environmentally sensitive areas affected by the Exposition.

Measures to assist Developing Countries Russia and Ekaterinburg will invite a significant variety of countries to participate in Expo 2025, to ensure impressive cultural diversity and a multinational approach to the Theme. Expo 2025 will enhance international relationships and cooperation between countries, not only for visitors, but also for the Participants, the BIE, and the Expo movement as a whole. World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and the policy towards assistance to developing countries will reflect the Russian government’s foreign policy of goodwill and its intention to maintain friendly and cooperative relationship with all regions of the world. Due to this, the Russian Federation will ensure that appropriate measures are taken to secure a balanced and representative presence of Participants at Expo 2025 in line with Russia’s foreign policy. Therefore, a special program and related procedures will be set up to realize this assistance program for developing countries. As described in the Master Plan in Chapters 9 and 10, and in the Feasibility Study in Chapter 13, the Organizing Committee will work with developing countries to provide space and additional support for their participation in a manner to be discussed and determined with those countries. The detailed plan of assistance for developing countries setting out the concrete measures will be provided in a special separate document prior to the Enquiry Mission.

6.5.19

COMMUNICATION PLAN

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

7.1

COMMUNICATING EXPO 2025 The great challenge of communicating Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg places us face to face with the task of explaining and disseminating at the local, national, and international levels the contents, topics and activities of an event with the dimensions of a Universal Exposition, managing to involve our audiences so they become an active and enthusiastic part of the mission that inspires us. We need to convey to the public of the Expo the need upon which the core Theme of the Expo is based: a shared urgent reflection, both profound and responsible, on the renewal our world needs, with people and innovation as the main drivers and levers of change, to transform the world and improve the quality of life for humanity in the future. An ambitious goal that will also require an ambitious communication plan that supports the strategic objectives of the organization for this event, on a global scale, that is a priority for the authorities of the country. Communicating Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg presents us with the exciting challenge of imagining and designing the communication

of an event of these unique characteristics to reach our audiences on a global scale and in a coherent, useful, relevant and innovative way, with the ideal means to do so, across a timespan of almost a decade. Communication for Ekaterinburg will therefore not be a plan within a plan, but a logical way of living and breathing an event with the vocation of transforming our world, using one of the most powerful tools we have at our disposal: communication. Communication is part of what we are and forms the basis of any human interaction. In order to innovate and improve the world, we must communicate, disseminate, inspire, include and collaborate. For this reason, communicating Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be one of the most critical parts of the Exposition, a coherent connecting thread which is flexible but sturdy, which serves to give structure and to interpret the Expo. It will also serve as the fuel for a unique project, fed by a continuous flow of information and dissemination of knowledge, ideas, objectives, opportunities, aspirations, plans and achievements. In a world that is already globalized and hyperconnected, in which information flows through all kinds of channels and devices, over the course of a decade we will carve out new ways to interact and show the world how at Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, people and innovation come together to achieve a better future for all.

“

We want this Expo, its organization, its communication and its contents to become a reference and model for the organization of future Universal Expositions and a milestone on the way to facing the challenges of the future”.

We assume that it will be “fluid communication”, free-flowing and highly technified, which will nurture, promote, disseminate and give wings and voice to the Expo and its themes. Communication must be deeply inclusive, allowing the public to interact in a stream of constant interaction. Being faithful to the spirit and vision of Expo 2025,

COMMUNICATION PLAN

we must also be innovative and avant-garde in our ways of communicating, exploring and taking advantage of the new formats, channels and devices available in the coming years. This Universal Exposition is a national priority for Russia and its government; thus the communication team will use all means at its disposal to support the achievement of the overall goals of the Exposition before, during and beyond the horizon of the year 2025. We want this Expo, its organization, its communication and its contents to become a reference and model for the organization of future Universal Expositions and a milestone on the way to facing the challenges of the future.

7.2

METHODOLOGY The methodology of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be that of a completely made-to-measure design, fully integrated into the planning, development and management of the Exposition. We will consider all areas of an event of these characteristics, to infuse the entire Exposition with the very best communication practices, while making the most of each and every one of the opportunities for communication and dissemination offered to us by Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

7.2.1

Situation analysis: point of departure As a first step, we will analyze the overall and specific objectives of the Expo organization, to make our plans in accordance with these objectives.

We will design a general map of the Exposition that contains all its topics, areas, contents and activities, gathering the most detailed information possible on each of them. Each topic and area will have its own map and dossiers that will offer a more detailed breakdown of all related content and activities. Such information will also reflect the interactions and connection points between each area and the others, to display an integrated, interrelated and cohesive vision of all items and areas of the Exposition. In addition, we will integrate the contexts, related topics, key audiences and stakeholders specific to each area.

Definition of objectives On the basis of this deep knowledge of our proposal, our Theme, its context, and the implications arising from the sub-topics, we will define our specific communication objectives, from both a qualitative and quantitative point of view, always in line with the general and specific objectives defined by the organization of the Exposition, as well as the ideal tools for monitoring and measuring their effectiveness and success. These objectives will be “smart”: they will be expressed in as much detail as possible, they will be measurable, realistic and achievable, and they will be framed with specific time periods for their achievement. We will not only set general objectives for the general communication of the Exposition, but also specific objectives for each sub-item and Exposition area and for each specific action. In this way, being as exhaustive, rigorous and specific as possible, we will be able to monitor more effectively the performance of the actions throughout the process, make the necessary adjustments to its improvement during its deployment and measure, with greater accuracy, the achievement of our objectives.

7.2.2

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

100

7.2.3

Strategy To design our strategy, we will rely on the key components of the Expo and on the ideal tools to communicate them, planning an approach based on three fundamental pillars: •• The positioning of our product. •• The segmentation of our public. •• The design of inclusive, participatory lines of communication and marketing actions, and the continuous search for interaction with the public.

7.2.4

the achievement of our objectives, with our strategy always presiding over plans to ensure the coherence and cohesion of the communication.

We will approach positioning by starting from our end goal, which is a clear view of how we want to be perceived by different types of audiences and the path we must travel in order to achieve this. That is to say, moving from the perception and the impact we want to have on our audiences, to the positioning and actions that ensure the achievement of that outcome.

We will study and choose the channels where our public naturally receives the kind of information we want to offer, placing special emphasis on new media and social media, which in the coming years are expected to continue increasing their indisputable leading role in the communicative ecosystem. They are communicative environments that are especially effective in encouraging participation, engagement and collaboration, in addition to serving as drivers for trends, opinion and even social changes. We will also include the traditional mass media, of course, which without a doubt, at least for now, is still particularly relevant and effective in reaching large audiences and capturing the attention of the public.

We will carry out the most detailed segmentation possible of our public, creating a map of large groups, and then move down through it to ever smaller groups, charting the map of our audiences from the most general to the most specific.

We will give great prominence to multimedia contents and digital campaigns on new and social media, such as the languages of communication preferred by audiences that are expected to continue to gain importance in the coming years.

All our actions are inspired by two fundamental elements: innovation and people. We will always look for ways to carry out innovative communication or communication about innovation, which fosters interaction, participation and the inclusion of everyone in Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

We will monitor the results of each action in accordance with stated objectives so we can make adjustments while the campaigns are underway.

Tactics, actions and channels Once the strategy has been defined, we will specify the tactics: concrete actions we will execute at different phases of the project for different groups and transversal audiences, creating specific plans with concrete actions, calendars and monitoring methodologies, measurements and adjustments to ensure

CHALLENGES The communicative challenges presented by an event of the scope of a Universal Exposition are not negligible. The central Theme of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg offers us a unique opportunity to reflect on the changes

7.3

COMMUNICATION PLAN

that are unfolding in the world in a context dominated by permanent rapid technological changes, and also poses the difficulty of explaining the findings of the joint reflection of countries, societies, human and professional groups and individuals to these very agents. Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg aims to be a milestone along humanity’s road toward dealing with these changes in order to transform our world. To achieve a goal of such caliber, we will rely on the key components of the Expo: people, innovation and quality of life. This priority objective and these three key elements will serve to guide all the communicative actions related to the Exposition, but we need to give them each a suitable, proper role at different times, balancing their importance in each individual case and in every action undertaken. However, these components are as broad, general and abstract as life itself. To contextualize them, explain them, specify them and give examples of each will be the task of the communications team, in order to transmit them to audiences of the Exposition in a way they find relevant and useful. We need to effectively explain how these elements are interrelated, how they act and influence others and how they affect our lives, our challenges and our problems as humanity, countries and people in their daily lives, how they will influence our future and how we can influence them to change the world and to improve the lives of all. To achieve this in a globalized world, which still contains many different barriers that separate countries, societies and persons from access to information, will be another challenge to be faced. In addition, technological changes and innovations in all areas and the many social, economic and ethical issues they raise also bring us face to face with the task of communicating the analysis and conclusions of the Exposition in a way that is accessible to all in both form and substance.

101

“

Capturing the interest of traditional mass media and new media, as well as gaining partners and ambassadors who are enthusiastic about the Exposition and ready to help us spread our messages in an increasingly dense and populated communication environment, will be another challenge for us”.

OBJECTIVES

7.4

General objectives

7.4.1

We will design our overall objectives, always in line with the goals set by the organization, and invariably focused on the three basic elements of our central Theme, “Changing the World”: people, innovation and the quality of life. We will design sub-objectives that will be expressed in quantity and quality, as well as concrete and specific objectives for each Subthemes of the Exposition, focusing on their basic aspects and their specificities. The general objectives that will govern our communication work will be: •• Achieve mass citizen participation through visits to the Exposition. Experience from previous Expositions teaches us that most of the visits are by citizens residing in the host city within the Expo’s sphere of influence in the first place, and the rest of the inhabitants of the host country, in second place. The number of foreign visitors usually does not comprise a high percentage of the total number of visits

102

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

to the Expositions. We will do our best to improve this situation to the greatest extent possible to maximize and facilitate firstly attendance by national audiences, and secondly by international visitors, as well as increasing participation through different routes and channels. •• Contribute to a high level of participation by different countries. The success of an Exposition is measured, among other variables, by the number of countries that agree to participate in it. A broad presence of nations at an Exposition is a sign of support for the choice of the Theme and a measure of the influence of the host country on the international scene. •• Make Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg a social milestone at national and global levels. Making the event relevant for the greatest number of people as the leading forum on the issues of most concern to humanity and becoming one of the essential topics of “the global conversation” is one of the most significant values offered by World Expos: a legacy humanity leaves to itself as the result of its reflections and efforts to improve the lives of individuals, societies and the world in which we live. •• Effectively communicate in an appealing and understandable way the Theme and Subthemes of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. Ensure that the communication and contents of our Exposition are relevant, appealing and attract the need for interaction among a large number of audiences with different characteristics, who feel the Expo is a unique and worthwhile experience. In a globalized, multicultural, polycentric and changing society, which demands a high level of content customization, achieving those goals is a major challenge. To do so, as we have mentioned previously, specific communication plans must be designed for the topics, subtopics, areas and activities of the Exposition, adapted to each segment of the public, but that work

through segments and territories without barriers related to times, access locations or contexts. We will begin by evangelizing our first audience, the members of the organizing committee, so that they know, share and use in their daily work the concepts that constitute the basis of the communication of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. •• To achieve a relevant presence of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg in the national and international media. Achieving global success and broad participation by countries and institutions, social groups and citizens unquestionably requires the help of broad coverage of the Exposition in the media. This implies that the contents and activities of the Exposition are considered to be of general interest for information professionals. A prominent media presence serves to boost the number of visitors due to the media’s role as a promoter and informer. Our goals will be materialized more specifically in qualitative and quantitative targets that will be focused on the achievement of a high number of visitors, high participation by numerous countries, institutions and agencies, and wide coverage in traditional and new media.

Qualitative objectives With visitors: dissemination, awareness, identification. •• Achieve knowledge of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg among local and national audiences as a priority, and internationally. •• Build enthusiasm among Russian citizens with a new and unprecedented project which makes them feel proud of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, its organization and the country’s ability to organize an event of global impact of this scope.

7.4.2

COMMUNICATION PLAN

•• Disseminate among potential national and international visitors tour packages and information about the capacity of the city and its surroundings to offer all attendees the best conditions and all the services and facilities they need in their journey and during their visit to the Exposition, to Ekaterinburg, the region and Russia, as well as their connections and their inclusion in the International Transport Corridor, which connects Berlin, Moscow, and Nizhny Novgorod, through Ekaterinburg, to Beijing. •• Spread information about the Exposition not only among private citizens, but also among companies, universities and cultural, social and financial institutions, which are strong forces for development in countries. Ensure that large groups of visitors from research centers, universities and educational centers, technological hubs, think-tanks, and other similar places visit the Exposition, not only from the Russian Federation, but also from participating countries. Encourage the involvement and commitment of the citizenry at all levels: social, cultural, economic, ethnic and other groups, and also at the corporate and institutional level. •• Familiarize public opinion with the contents of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, generating debate and participation and collaboration dynamics by the public at large. •• To achieve a positive attitude overall toward Ekaterinburg 2025, through the understanding of the event and the conviction of its need to exist and its real benefits for people. •• To ensure that those who know about Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg recommend it positively to other people, creating fans and brand ambassadors. •• Disseminate and expand the image of Russia as a hospitable country, with warm

103

friendly people who are deeply interested in relationships and a knowledge of other societies and cultures, to support and promote the idea of visiting the Exposition and of tourism in Russia, where the tourist facilities have experienced an outstanding impetus in recent years as a result of holding major international sporting events. •• Spread the values of the Exposition and the Bureau International des Expositions (BIE) among attendee audiences, highlighting the unique characteristics of the Russian Federation as the largest country in the world which represents more than 200 ethnic groups, almost 150 million people and is a bridge and meeting point between Europe and Asia. It is in a unique position for the meeting of different cultures and the exchange of perspectives and ideas, cooperation, solidarity and innovation. •• Transmit to the public and visitors of the Exposition the organization’s concern and commitment to responsible and sustainable management of the environmental impacts that the Exposition may generate. For the Government of the Russian Federation it is a priority to support the efforts of the Organization of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg to be faithful to the principles of sustainability and protection of the environment in relation to the consumption of water and energy, transport, waste, construction and infrastructure and protection of natural areas affected by the Exposition. With the participating countries: managing expectations and alignment of interests. •• Present the exhibit as an exceptional platform for dialog and exchange of ideas between countries to promote the improvement of multilateral relations among participating nations, as well as bilateral relations between the Russian Federation and each country present at the Exposition.

104

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

•• To increase awareness among the countries of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg of the trade opportunities available in different sectors, from finance to the latest technologies and natural resources, and how the forum will serve as a meeting point for governments and foreign companies with leading Russian companies in all areas, creating the opportunity to generate synergies, collaborative projects and business opportunities. •• To offer the participating nations the opportunity to be part of a unique cultural, social and intellectual experience, in a country with the relevance, history and legacy of Russia which, despite its long history, is a new country. •• Encourage the participation of different countries in the Exposition as a unique opportunity to work together and be leaders guiding the course of global innovation processes, to achieve real and positive impacts in their respective societies at the economic, political and cultural level. Give them the opportunity to be a part of global work on changing today’s world and that of future generations, inspiring them to discover and explore together new approaches and responses to the challenges of human evolution. •• Support the international participants in dissemination related to the Exposition in general and its participation in each of their countries. •• Clearly differentiate Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg from any possible competing country and previous Expositions. •• Convert opinion leaders at local, national and international levels of society in positive references in spreading the message and objectives of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. •• To ensure that the participating nations are enthusiastic and committed, and they feel they

are an integral part of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, becoming advocates for the event. With traditional mass media and new media: visibility and international reputation. •• Achieve great international prominence for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, becoming a presence on all relevant local, national and international forums. •• Achieve broad dissemination of the Exposition on new media and social media, with a modern relevant brand image in line with the most advanced communication trends for reaching all kinds of audiences, especially younger audiences, generating identification and mass participation, whether direct or indirect, by new generations in the Universal Exposition. •• Generate brand awareness of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and its conceptual definition with a particular focus on the Russian Federation and the European Union, due to its proximity, affinity and tourist capacity, without, of course, forgetting other markets of interest, such as Asia or Eurasia. •• Strengthen and expand the image of the Russian Federation as a nation committed to the development of humanity and achieve a perception of it as a solvent, capable organizer for this type of mass events of international scope, in line with examples such as the 2014 Winter Olympic Games in Sochi or the 2018 FIFA World Cup. •• To publicize and transmit an image of Ekaterinburg as an innovative city, a generator of ideas, socially and culturally open, a forum for dialog, a meeting point as a boundary between Europe and Asia and the fourth-largest city in the country. Enhance its potential based on its geographical and economic position in the areas of industry, culture, engineering

COMMUNICATION PLAN

and research. Promote the city as a tourist destination inside and outside the Russian Federation. •• Achieve a positive consensus on the information transmitted by the media about the Exposition in general, its Theme and Sub-themes, contents, organization and on the Russian Federation as the host country. These large-scale general objectives will be broken down into concrete goals, which will be expressed in line with the following, adjusted according to our prior analyses of the situation and of the communicative environment: 7.4.3

Quantitative objectives •• Encourage the purchase of tickets and repeat visits through an attractive and original offer, with the goal of achieving more than 37 million visits to the Exposition during its six-month duration. •• Achieve three million direct or indirect impacts, that is information about the event, related to it, or mentions about Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg in the media, including mass media, new media and social media, in three years. •• Achieve the largest participation on social media ever in the history of the Universal Expositions, with three million total followers on the social networks profiles of the Exposition, by the end of 2025. •• To achieve a total global audience of 1,000 million people through cumulative media audiences on all media, from the start of the communication actions until year-end 2025. •• Achieve a total cumulative number of visits to the web site of the Exposition of 150 million from its inception until year-end 2025.

105

STRATEGY: “LIQUID” COMMUNICATIONS Our vision of expanding human understanding of the concept of innovation in all its facets obliges us to adopt a communication strategy that is faithful to this spirit, with the core value of innovation driven by people, and which has a positive impact on everyone’s quality of life as well as being characterized by an intense use of technology. That is why we will carry out the most innovative communications possible, based on public involvement and participation. We will always aim for the most cutting-edge communication in form and substance, about innovation, and which fosters interaction, identification and the inclusion of all in World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. To do this, we will explore all the formats, channels and materials at our disposal, including those that may arise in the coming years, to decide in each case which are the most suitable, which adapt most naturally to the contents, support them with the highest fidelity, and are the most highly used by our audiences. In this way, we will ensure the scope of our communication in an empathic way that is non-invasive regarding their lifestyle.

7.5

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

106

“

Our communication is intended to be suitable for our audiences, with intrinsic relevance and interest, disseminated in attractive and varied formats that can disperse the ideas and contents of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg ‘in liquid form’.”

We will give priority to the creation of a powerful audiovisual and creative team that is capable of capturing, designing and transmitting Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg through high-quality images and audiovisual content, with huge appeal and the ability to spread across channels and devices. The high segmentation of our communications will serve to deploy “liquid” communications that will serve different groups and can be transmitted among them in a natural, unforced way. The concepts of communication barriers and traditional segmentations are no longer useful in ensuring broad dissemination, which is why we must be highly aware of the blurring of these barriers and the interaction and movement of our audiences across segments, channels and themes. We will chart the landscape of our audiences and create standard profiles (buyer personas) for our Themes, Sub-themes and Exposition areas. Our communication is intended to be suitable for our audiences, with intrinsic relevance and interest, disseminated in attractive and varied formats that can disperse the ideas and contents of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg “in liquid form”. It will spread everywhere, reaching many people, inspiring and encouraging them to form part of the Exposition, facilitating forms of interaction within the reach of all and using very different formulas. We will be attentive to trends, studies and theories of marketing and communication that may develop in the coming years on the use of the media, channels and content, in order to assess, implement and take advantage of all those that can serve the objectives outlined in this plan.

Positioning strategy

7.5.1

Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg offers us a unique opportunity to contribute decisively to the dissemination of the activities of a unique event designed to analyze, reflect on and discuss solutions related to the effects of globalization. A reality that has a major influence on the quality of life of individuals and societies. The offer of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg includes a new dimension that complements the physical presence of participants and visitors by way of the enhancement of virtual channels of communication to provide information about all the details of the event while offering online participation to millions of citizens from all countries of the world. The multiple offer of “products” offered by this Expo, via the various topics and events planned in different formats, in physical and virtual spaces over six months allows, but also requires, an ambitious communication and marketing plan that disseminates the appeal of the event and the interest that will be generated. This wealth entails some risks of dispersion and saturation, so it is essential to the development of a good positioning strategy to collect all those values in a clear and attractive way. We will design such a strategy based on how we want to be perceived by our public: what Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg has to offer, what we want it to evoke, why it is a milestone for social, cultural and economic development, and why it is of equal interest to governments and institutions, industries and businesses, individuals and collectives, without distinction of any kind.

Segmentation strategy As mentioned above, the characteristics of communication today demand ever greater precision in the preparation of the plans, strategies, segmentations, choice of channels and messages to reach target audiences that are increasingly reluctant to be catalogued.

7.5.2

COMMUNICATION PLAN

For that reason, we will rely initially on traditional segmentation by type of actors and socio-demographic values that allows us to carry out our initial analysis of our audiences. We will break it down subsequently to the greatest extent possible, to achieve the high level of customization required by public demand. We believe that this trend will not only continue but will grow in the coming years. We will combine the segmentation of our audiences, institutional and governmental organizations, opinion leaders and influencers, reporters and journalists, the general public, health professionals and industry, with their preferred communication environments and with all the channels in which they move naturally, with the aim of reaching the greatest number of them with plans or specific actions which are highly customized. 7.5.3

Outreach strategy In a globalized communicative and life context, where barriers are blurred and information is within our reach everywhere and at any time, we must develop a strategy to find our public where they want to be informed, inspired, challenged and mobilized, using all the channels and formats at our disposal, giving great importance to new channels and formats, without ever forgetting the traditional media. Based on the concept of “liquid modernity”, introduced and developed by the sociologist and philosopher Zygmunt Bauman in reference to the globalized world marked by the information revolution, our communication will extend across segments, channels and materials with an intrinsic coherence in its composition and nature, but with the greatest possible flexibility, breadth and scope of concepts that flow naturally through different materials, channels and types of audiences. The themes of the Exposition enable us, inspired by innovation and emerging technologies, to be consistent in exploring, as

107

they are developed, new formats and ways of transmitting our messages. One of the factors that will determine the success of the Exposition is the level of participation by guest countries and organizations. To achieve this objective the organization of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will have a specific plan to motivate potential participants which will encourage their “immersion” in the event.

Lines of communication Our goal is to ensure that our audiences become ambassadors and fans of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, each in accordance with their interests, so they feel part of that collective effort by and for people who can change the world. To do this we will work with three basic lines of communication with three fundamental questions and the answers that Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg provides to those questions: •• What is the Exposition? Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is a unique coming together to analyze the effects of globalization and the opportunities that are created. •• What does Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg mean? It is an event of vital national and international importance to provide concrete solutions to the challenges humanity faces. •• What does Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg contribute to the public as individuals, countries and to society in general? What does it offer to institutions, companies, professionals and citizens? An extraordinary, complete experience and a unique opportunity to analyze, learn, share and collaborate. We will approach the communication of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg as a unique opportunity for all to decide the future we want and to participate in its creation through

7.5.4

108

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

the Theme and Sub-themes of the Exposition. Communications will focus on people, and will invite them to reflect on the most relevant issues facing humanity in the near future, to search for innovations and technologies that will improve the future, and to act to be part of these innovations, spread them, improve them and make them accessible to all. We will have to take into account the social and cultural specificities of our audiences in order to create relevant, respectful and attractive communications in multiple contexts, through inbound marketing strategies that allow us to combine content marketing strategy with digital positioning, advertising and mass communication, as well as the results analysis and e-mail marketing.

Content strategy We will give special importance to content strategy based on multimedia digital and interactive formats, which can be gamified and customized, and that are not only accepted by all types of audiences, butÂ preferred by most of them. In the coming years, these formats will undoubtedly gain ever more strength compared to analogue content as indispensable tools for the dissemination of information and global communication. We will give priority to innovative formats and those which might arise in the future that encourage interaction, participation and the total immersion of audiences in World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

7.5.5

COMMUNICATION PLAN

7.6

AUDIENCES: TYPOLOGIES, BRAND TERRITORIES AND ACTIONS BY SEGMENTS As mentioned above, to design the communication plans for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, we will define a relational map of audiences that is as exhaustive, detailed and specific as possible, moving from large groups of audiences and stakeholders (local and national visitors, the general public, governments, countries and institutions, professionals and researchers) to smaller, more specific groups and audiences related to our Theme and Sub-themes, as well as their sociological and geographical features. We will map the relations among them to ensure that our communication can be extended from one to another and connect them, thereby promoting the interaction of these audiences especially at the national level, given that a seamless extension of our messaging and collaboration

109

compriseÂ one of the missions of our Exposition. Our brand territory is universal, because the valuable proposition of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is suitable for all ages and all audiences, but our priorities are attendance at the Exposition and national visitors. Thus, among those audiences, we highlight at a very specific level the most relevant groups for communication:

Local and national visitors Russian visitors to Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg are our absolute priority. An event of this magnitude, with the organizationâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s tremendous investment, hard work and enthusiasm during a period of several years, will leave an important legacy and count its visitors as its greatest sign of success. For this reason, we will devote our greatest efforts to local and national visitors, to raise their awareness of the Exposition and its contents, and also to motivate and facilitate their attendance, as well as their active participation in the event. The objective will be to convert all the inhabitants of Ekaterinburg and neighboring localities in supporters and allies to help attract visitors from all over the Russian Federation and achieve large-scale ticket sales, to individual citizens and groups of all kinds. We will carry out concrete actions to mobilize our groups of audiences, which enable us to reach each target with the most appealing messages and propositions to motivate them, and encourage their visit to and participation in the Expo, presenting it as a once in a lifetime not to be missed experience. We will disseminate not only the contents of the Exposition and its values, but also all the packages related to visits, practical information and facilities that the ticketing department

7.6.1

110

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

makes available to visitors, to actively promote the idea of visiting the Exposition. Among the specific segmentation of national audiences that we will carry out to reach each group in the most appropriate and effective way, encouraging their physical presence and active participation in the Exposition, we would include the following: schools and school children, college students and universities, seniors, professionals in fields related to the themes of the Exposition, researchers and academics, artists and important cultural figures, national influencers, relevant social groups and organizations, as well as companies and entrepreneurs. We will work with each of these groups to offer the most attractive arguments and the added value they expect to find at Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg to achieve very high levels of visitor numbers to the Expo. The actions that we will consider putting in place in the different segments of our national audience group will include: •• Specific plans for awareness, dissemination, promotion and visits to schools. •• Talks, presentations and expositions at the leading Russian universities. •• Presentations at business and entrepreneurs’ associations. •• Creation of attractive materials related to tourist packages, facilitating visits, ticketing for groups, etc. •• Creation of “routes” for different audiences around the Exposition, similar to ad hoc visits to museums: “Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg for children”, “Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg for companies and entrepreneurs”, “Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg for students”. •• Activation of “Ambassadors” among well-known individuals from the worlds of culture, sport, business, society, and other celebrities. These people

will accompany representatives of the Exposition at meetings and activities with opinion leaders, institutions, business and social organizations, tour operators and tour agencies, academic institutions and influence groups. •• Plan for partnerships with professional and technological associations, innovation hubs, etc., for their active dissemination of the Exposition and their involvement in the activities of the Exposition. •• A travelling pre-exposition exhibit in major Russian cities: Moscow, St. Petersburg, Novosibirsk, Ekaterinburg, Nizhny Novgorod, Samara, Omsk, Kazan.

Foreign public Our goal with this segment will be to show the foreign public in general what is happening at World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and why they should be there. We want to encourage audiences, mainly in Europe and Asia, to visit the Exposition and inform them of the facilities available to help them do so. For those who cannot attend in person, we will show the wealth of themes and contents of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and ways to participate in it virtually and feel part of the Exposition. Some of the actions that can be deployed to promote knowledge and participation among audiences in the countries participating in the Exposition would be: •• The presence of representatives of EXPO 2025 Ekaterinburg at events organized by participants to show their collaboration and support of the presence of the country at the Expo. •• Encourage the publication of informative content about the Expo in national media in those countries.

7.6.2

COMMUNICATION PLAN

7.6.3

111

•• Invitation to the pre-exposition in Russia for foreign correspondents who reside there, to foster the creation and dissemination of content about the Exposition.

represent one of the main interest groups not only from the point of view of the diffusion of the Expo, but as a key source of knowledge and participating group in it.

•• Press trips for journalists from participating countries to the Expo.

The type of actions that we will deploy related to involvement by this segment may include:

•• Appointment of “foreign” Expo ambassadors in the participating countries, who will disseminate a range of materials about the Exposition and its contents.

•• Preparation of communication materials for actions carried out by other departments with the world’s leading universities.

Professionals and researchers Professionals and researchers will be one of the most important audiences for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, not only as ambassadors and promoters of the Exposition and its themes, but also as sources of its contents. Some of the audiences included in this segment would be: •• Researchers and national and international universities involved in noteworthy projects with a connection to the Sub-themes of EXPO 2025 Ekaterinburg. •• National professional groups with a connection to the themes of the Expo. •• Outstanding national and foreign artists with a connection to the Sub-themes of the Exposition. •• National academic and research institutions with a connection to the themes of the Exposition. We will support these individuals and institutions in their implication, dissemination and participation of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg through activities, work, projects, and other academic or research actions in line with the Theme and Sub-themes of the Exposition. We will promote synergies in communication and participation with these stakeholders, who

•• Collection of information for the dissemination of the lines of research, innovations and most outstanding projects by the most prestigious national educational institutions and researchers for their diffusion in the communication materials of the Expo. •• Dissemination of the Theme and Subthemes of the Exposition in the world’s main research and educational forums, to generate knowledge, encourage participation and attract contents to the Exposition. •• Creation of highly specialized specific areas on the Expo website about the Sub-themes of the Expo, aimed at researchers.

Decision-makers The goal with this audience segment will be to explain clearly to national political representatives and governments as well as to leaders of invited organizations and institutions, the contents of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and its development, creating materials and media to serve the other areas of the organization responsible for the management of these audiences. We will put the emphasis on facilitating visits by decision-makers and institutions so they enjoy the Exposition, on the terms that this type of audience demands and supporting other organizational areas of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg in their specific needs in this regard.

7.6.4

112

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

We will develop a plan of dissemination actions focused on demonstrating the benefits that the celebration of this Expo can bring to national and international decision-makers, creating the necessary materials for the operations that those responsible for other areas of the organization (protocol) carry out with this segment. The decision to participate by the different governments or institutions will depend on factors outwith communication, with that responsibility lying with other areas of the organization, and with the decisions to participate being influenced by the world economic situation, the international relations of the Government of the Russian Federation with each participant, etc. Examples of the groups included in this audience would be the Government of the Russian Federation, local governments of major Russian cities, the municipal governments of Ekaterinburg and neighboring localities, foreign governments, Russian and foreign public institutions with a connection to the topics of the Exposition, and Russian and foreign private institutions related to the topics of the Exposition. The type of actions that we will deploy for this segment and support include:

of the activities and successes achieved during the celebration of the Exposition. This dissemination will be conducted mainly through actions such as those that are set out below, along with other similar actions: •• Providing a continuous flow of information to the media in their respective countries. •• Creation of ad hoc content for the dissemination of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg according to the needs, interests and specificities of the participating countries. •• Information on the official website of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg on the main activities carried out by the participants.

WORLD EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG BRAND: BRAND IDENTITY The World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg offers the

•• Creation of dossiers on the Exposition focused on the economic, social and political advantages of participation at the state and institutional level in World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

Russian Federation and the

•• Preparation of the Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg Book, which will explain the importance and relevance of the topics that will be covered in the Exposition, all of them included in the agenda of the international agencies of this new century to move toward sustainable and more human global development.

the true reality and the soul

•• The Communication Department of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will also work with all countries and institutions involved in the dissemination in their respective areas

very much unknown in many

BIE a unique opportunity to publicize and show the world of the largest country in the world, a leading nation on the international scene, but still ways to the rest of the world.

7.7

COMMUNICATION PLAN

Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is the image of a new Russia, hosted in a city in the midst of transformation thanks to innovation, science, knowledge, industry, culture and trade. As the host city, Ekaterinburg and its brand show the world what this metropolis, a metaphor for the reality of the Russian Federation, can offer as a hub of innovation; an example of urban transformation; and as a center of culture, communication, commerce and tourism, in an advanced, sustainable globalized environment. To assist in the identification of objectives and communication tools that we should use to attract and link all potential audiences with the Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg brand, we conducted an analysis of the main assets our brand offers: its proposition, its values, its benefits, its character and why people should believe in it. 7.7.1

The brand proposition Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is an ambitious project with a central Theme, “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations”, a concept with a universal character, in line with the nature of the Exposition-, which aims to be the forum of reference to analyze and offer solutions to the questions posed by globalization for humanity. It offers an approach with broad perspectives that affect, and aim to involve, all the inhabitants of the planet. The Expo has three fundamental pillars in the social, political and economic fields, as a starting point and which form the basis for its four Sub-themes. Changing the World is the central Theme of a brand that represents an ambitious objective, universal in scale and multi-faceted, which also symbolizes an offer that is complex due to its depth and relevance, which is enriched by and encompasses the world’s knowledge in multiple areas. An outstanding communication effort is essential to reflect this proposition in all of the

113

general lines of both message and content, in order to make them accessible to audiences of every kind, with special emphasis on the national public. The brand proposition that identifies Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be: People at the heart of, and the driving force behind, the innovation that will make it possible to improve quality of life for all and change the world.

“

We will work to ensure that Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg has the reach of a global brand, with functional, emotional and social benefits which are perceived as real by all of its audiences”.

The central concept of the Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is completed with four Subthemes that are consistent and in line with the universality of the brand and, at the same time, affect specialized, different audiences, which is why they are relevant to a large number of people. It is, therefore, a universal brand, but as we have seen, with multiple facets and fields of action: •• Human drive: skills, values and feelings, which are expressed through innovation, education and work, art and culture, social environments, sports, leisure and entertainment and cooperation. •• Digital Universe: the ecosystem of ITC, interconnected society, The Internet of Things, Big Data, photonic technologies, artificial intelligence, robotics, drones, modelling, simulation and gamification. •• Future technologies: biotech, advanced materials, energy, advanced automation and transportation, as well as innovation and aerospace technology. •• Managing Megatrends: addresses the major issues of concern to humanity, such as demography and the aging population, tackling poverty and inequality, health and well-being, future cities and transportation,

114

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

urban planning and architecture, climate change and environment, natural resources and energy as well as food and water, multipolarity and globalization. 7.7.2

Brand character We believe that Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and its value proposition will attract millions of visitors, with many millions more engaging on its virtual platforms: the matters which the brand represents are, without doubt, of acute general interest, due the basic aspects of life they address and their relevance to all of humanity. A World Expo addresses its themes with a depth and quality difficult to find in other forums, with a presentation of information, discussions and activities that are specific to the four Subthemes, and which taken as a whole is naturally appealing and of interest to large numbers of individuals, emerging from the brand as a value with great significance, depth and reach. Ekaterinburg is, therefore, a brand for everyone, everywhere, irrespective of race, identity, profession or interest: the challenges and questions it raises are important for all individuals and societies. It is an inclusive brand. The development of the central Theme and Sub-themes of the Exposition demonstrate the suitability of the choice of Ekaterinburg, due to its very nature, identity and environment, and of the Russian Federation for its celebration, in view of the progress the city and the country are experiencing in all sectors and the dynamism of their society: they add to the brand the essence of progress, of living in a unique and exciting time. The ambition to improve is another of the attributes of the Expo: its motto is nothing more and nothing less than to change the future. The organization of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will design a brand manual to facilitate collaboration with all potential participants,

offering them the brandâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s keys and the ways to use these appropriately to achieve a coherent and homogeneous image, as well as the tools needed to ensure that the brandâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s presence will be a success. A success regarding participation not only at the Exposition itself, but also regarding its reputation in each environment and country, generating a positive perception of the brand, a rapid identification with its values and the understanding and involvement of audiences both in Russia and participating countries.

Brand benefits

7.7.3

Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg proposes, as a brand, being an ideal space for collective dialog, individual reflections, the contribution of experts and researchers, and the dissemination of the experience of millions of people. The design of the communication will endeavor to highlight those values of universal relevance and usefulness for all target audiences, with the aim that the brand be wide-spread and attractive, as well as useful and important to the maximum number of people. We will consider not only the individuals who come to the Expo, but also everyone who follows its development and virtual content on the Internet, on social networks and through the media. We will seek to communicate the message to every person in our audience that Ekaterinburg is important to their present, their concerns, their work, their interests and their future. We will work to ensure that Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg has the reach of a global brand, with functional, emotional and social benefits which are perceived as real by all of its audiences.

Brand values There are certain differentiating elements of the concept of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg that help us to build a unique communicative message of interest to our

7.7.4

COMMUNICATION PLAN

public, through our values: it is a humanist, global, inclusive proposal, which moves forward with optimism and that, with an innovative and participatory impulse, seeks to inspire all the inhabitants of the planet to work together to improve their future.

highlighting the leading role of people at Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, who are responsible for and capable of changing the world, either from their individual activity as citizens or professionals, or through the institutions and agencies where we gather.

Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is inspired by the essential benefits of multilateralism, peaceful cooperation and analytical communication, which break down and offer an in-depth study of the effects of globalization and its influence on the lives of individuals and institutions. The Exposition will take advantage of this factor in its brand communication: the public will, without doubt, perceive that it is an event based not only on the best of intentions, but that its celebration and the development of its themes will have a positive impact at the local and national level, as well as globally, contributing effectively to the objectives of improving the future of the world, which are fundamental to its basic DNA.

We will summarize this spirit in a document which condenses the legacy of the Expo, The Ekaterinburg 2025 Changing the World Declaration.

This is an ambitious goal, which the communication plan will reflect together with all these values to build a proposal for a creative, bold and innovative brand that will contribute to the achievement of the vitally important objectives of the Expo. 7.7.5

115

Reasons to believe in Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg There is only one way to change the world and that is with the efforts of all of us. World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be an event whose essence is deeply participatory, and also alive and evolving. This makes it a special and unique Universal Exposition, because its effort, content, conclusions and projects will almost certainly continue, evolving and enduring after its conclusion, leaving a valuable legacy for society. We will exploit this quality of the brand from the point of view of communication,

The Changing the World Declaration will serve as the definitive legacy document of World Expo 2025. This Declaration will consist of a set of recommendations based on the critical input from all participants. The Declaration will be drawn up in the form of globally relevant goals and principles, based on discussions and output from the world’s greatest minds and participating nations, with a clear focus: to propose innovation-based solutions and sustainable and inclusive ways to boost the wellbeing of societies, based on an ethical code of humanist values. Our foundational assumptions for the Declaration are clear and established: •• Innovation and Quality of Life are two highly significant and pertinent topics that impact all the people of the world. •• The core of our Declaration will be the objectives of World Expo 2025. These objectives envision a better world through the support of creativity, innovation, culture and human well-being. •• Most importantly, the Declaration will shape an ethical code that, based on democratic values, will regulate and encourage the use of innovation and its management from a humanist viewpoint. •• The Declaration will validate the positive influences of innovation and call for a worldwide commitment to achieve the Declaration’s objectives.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

116

•• And it will affirm our belief that this is a collective and fully inclusive endeavor, with Ekaterinburg World Expo 2025 serving as the chronological milestone that will crystallize universal support and action. •• The Declaration will be presented at the Closing Ceremony of the World Expo, multimedia versions of the document will be distributed to all participants, including nations, NGOs, international organizations and corporations. 7.7.6

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA

Visual identity

CHANNELS AND ACTIONS

7.8

Channels for Expo 2025

7.8.1

Ekaterinburg The visual identity of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg demonstrates the values of brand through the use of colors, typography and the composition of the logo: it is innovative in its shapes, integrating the initial letter of the Expo and the numbers of the year, advancing toward the future with interest in the present, also represented by that integration of letters and numbers in the logo, and including topics that interest and affect us all, something that can be understood intuitively by the variety of colors used which suggests variety, multiplicity and diversity.

The channels selected to spread and disseminate the actions and contents of the Exposition should be, and it could not be otherwise, aligned not only with the spirit, mission, vision and values of the Exposition, but also with its objectives and strategy, as well as with the segmentation of audiences designed for a global massive reach. This implies that our tactics, actions and contents should be extended universally, in a fluid, inclusive and natural way on the channels that our audiences use to become informed,

COMMUNICATION PLAN

learn, be inspired and collaborate, and which will serve as a platform for the dissemination of the contents of the Exposition. Our ambition as a brand to reach a global audience will be demonstrated using every technological means at our disposal to access these audiences, in the formats and channels preferred by each segment, wherever they are. To achieve this, we will create an extensive interactive platform, which, through all types of content in different and multiple formats, using the most important innovations available to us, promotes local, national and international access by audiences to all content, provides constant information and encourages participation in various forms and at various levels. It will be our operational platform, the core or hub, where the multiple lines of communication, areas, groups of audiences and types of content we disseminate through the channels of communication are expressed and converge. It will serve as their constant point of reference or home. This will require the configuration of a largecapacity technological platform, capable of supporting multiple formats, with special prominence for current audiovisual and multimedia content and those that may be relevant and featured in the future. We will create spaces in which virtual visitors have the real and tangible opportunity to participate actively in the Exposition, enriching the discussions and content and also contributing directly to fulfilling the objectives of the Expo, so they feel they are an integral part of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg with no need to be physically present. It will be a platform where Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg realizes its true virtual dimension, with the highest possible quality and with the ability to support, integrate and interpret the participation of millions of people, serving as a point of reference worldwide for this type of event and for all the Universal Expositions of the future.

117

We will use the traditional mass media, at local, national and international levels, as well as new media and social media, as well as any other communicative ecosystem that may arise in the coming years, to reach our audiences with the communication of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. We will explore new channels to reach our audiences, using innovative tools that also reflect, through the way in which we communicate, our aim to contribute to the improvement of the world through innovation. And of course, one of our fundamental priority channels will be people themselves: wordof-mouth and positive publicity from those who know and have experienced Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, either directly or through its networks, serving as ambassadors of the Exposition and its contents. On site, we will seek suitable channels so that all participants in the Exposition see their presence reflected so that they feel represented and protagonists of the experience, facilitating the creation of individual and collective narratives so that all our audiences are able to share and disseminate what they have experienced in each pavilion and in each activity.

Actions in communication, marketing and PR Traditional Mass Advertising This will be carried out in accordance with the phases set out in the Media Plan, in order to achieve the objectives and desired levels of involvement. Between 2020 and 2025 we have defined four mass media phases, with different priorities. In each one of them clear and specific messages will be issued that influence our audiences in the desired way, guiding them in a coherent manner through the process of “belief” needed in order to achieve the objectives as set. •• In the first phase, of awareness (between January and December of 2020), we

7.8.2

118

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

will explain the celebration of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and the main attractions it will offer. •• The second phase, of understanding, will run between 2021 and 2022, and will explain what Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is, its contents and its value proposition, as well as arousing the interest and enthusiasm of the people of Ekaterinburg and its area of influence and the rest of the Russian population. We will transmit the concepts and values of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, positioning it as a global event and open to the participation of all humanity. •• The third phase, of enthusiasm, will run from 2023 until June 2024. In it we will describe in more detail the types of experiences that Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will offer its visitors. We will describe the different themes and complete them with content. •• The final phase, of action, will run from July 2024 until 2025, the year of the Exposition. In this last phase we will carry out a campaign inciting action, that is to say, communications to generate visits to the Exposition, the purchase of tickets and the active and meaningful participation of audiences, especially national ones. In this phase will focus a large part of the resources available on Ekaterinburg and its area of influence, since the highest number of visitors will come from this area. Direct and Relational Marketing by Audience Segments •• Schools and education centers: by going into Russian schools and other educational institutions, we will aim to have them actively participate in Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg through the dissemination of the principles of the Exposition to their students. Likewise, we will promote school visits to the Expo site. With the aim of having children and adolescents understand in a simple and

fun way what Expo 2025 is, we will propose that schools carry out participatory actions always linked to the values promulgated by the Exposition (drawing competitions, photographic competitions, essay contests, etc.). In keeping with our inclusive and participatory character, they will always be actions that can be participated in and shared via the Internet by all those schools who want to take part, regardless of distance or resources. •• Young Russian university students, as well as foreign students, are most important segments of influence. With the goal that we are perceived as an event that is fundamental both for their education and free time, with clear objectives and a noteworthy reason for taking place, we must be able to convey the essence and values of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, why it is relevant to them and to the world, and how it can enrich them. We will carry out a series of actions through Russian universities’ agencies of internal communication, based on their active participation in forums, Internet chatrooms, creation of round tables at universities with opinion leaders, in addition to providing information materials (brochures, POS, illuminated advertising signs) and continuous and in-depth information via the Internet, with the level of activity dependent on how close we are to the Expo. •• Senior citizens: we want to invite the elderly people of the Russian Federation to participate actively in the Expo as one of the most important and relevant audiences: the elderly have already witnessed innovations and changes in the past and can contribute great knowledge and vision for the future. We will create materials on Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg intended specifically for this group and they will be encouraged to participate in the actions that are carried out, designing specific events and special packages for specific visits/tourism, in collaboration with related entities and

COMMUNICATION PLAN

agencies. Senior ambassadors will be sought for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg (athletes, artists, intellectuals, etc.) that will help to disseminate the values of the Exposition among these groups and encourage them to attend and participate in the Expo. •• Russian municipalities are another of the most relevant audience segments, which cannot be forgotten: their collaboration will be key to encourage the purchase of tickets and visits to the Exposition. Neighboring municipalities of Ekaterinburg and the major cities of the Russian Federation will be Expo spokespersons and allies in their respective areas of influence. These municipalities will have the possibility of joining Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg as “partners”. That is to say, these localities may be categorized as “active” or “allied”, taking part to achieve the priority objectives and participating in the activities of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg •• Related public: through all the actions organized by Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, data will be collected on individuals who enjoy and feel a connection to it – people who are “friends” of the project. These “lead” audiences are of great relevance, because they have an emotional involvement with the project and are potential opinion leaders. They will be additional spokespersons for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. In addition to direct contact, they shall be provided with the brand and communication materials necessary to support their work as promoters of the Expo. •• We will go to Russian and international corporations and companies that are sponsors of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg with the aim of providing continuous information and special offers to their employees, thus obtaining a “family” connection with each employee. Also within this group of companies, we will offer loyalty programs of a particular sizes, as a highly positive channel allowing for the communication of specific offers.

119

•• Institutions, International Organizations, Associations and Foundations, have a high advocacy capacity, given that most of them are highly influential in their immediate environment on large groups of people. Through relational marketing we will ensure that each of these audiences considers that Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is a necessary and enriching event, so their involvement and participation will be key. With the aim of achieving such involvement, we will offer preferential treatment, concise and useful information, as well as ongoing communication that demonstrates the commitment of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg to this type of groups. These actions will be carried out mostly through digital channels and materials, although in some cases the physical presence of people responsible for the organization of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be necessary at events specifically designed for this audience. •• Opinion leaders can be part of any of the segments of the public we are interested in, or they may be politicians, CEOs of large companies, artists, communicators, influencers, celebrities, etc. In any event, they will be persons with influence on large groups of individuals and can act on those people’s perception of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. These opinion leaders will therefore be advocates, who promote the event, hence why we must obtain their involvement with the project, if not on a personal level then on an emotional level, through specific marketing, public relations and communication actions. Communication and Digital Marketing This section will be one of the most important within the communications strategy, not only due to the outreach goals of the Exposition, but also due to its identity of innovation and the future. To achieve the best performance in this section, we will launch a specific plan

120

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

of Digital Influence for the management and measurement of the digital environment as a generator of visits to the website and generator of currents of opinion and endorsement. •• The conversational map will provide a complete and accurate view of the information and online reviews related to Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and the themes of our Expo. It will be nourished with results from various current and future online platforms such as search engines, forums, blogs, social networks, micro-blogs, video and photography platforms, etc. The map will focus on the volume of conversations about Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, the channels (forums, social networks, blogs, etc.) used, the type of audience that promotes the conversations and the frequency of the commentary. •• Press materials: the main objective will be to provide journalists with relevant and useful information for their work: updates and news that may be of interest to their readers, in various formats and with a range of journalistic approaches. To ensure the digital strategy makes sense, it will be necessary to adapt the press releases in order to provide the information in the format that will be most useful to new media/websites/blogs, video blogs. The 2.0 press release model is highly visual, and is enriched with some or all of the following elements: title and content summary, an extended version in Word and/or PDF format, links to backgrounds, explanatory images and videos, links to RSS. •• The online newsroom will have as its main function pooling resources and content that may be of interest to the media, and making them available quickly and easily. This professional website will include not only specific materials generated for the media and all kinds of useful information, but also materials and links which are relevant to further investigate and broaden the themes.

•• Social networks are one of the most important channels of communication nowadays and the most tangible evidence of globalization. Activating the presence and participation of the Exposition on social networks and bringing Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg to their audiences is a key objective within the strategy of digital communication and we are confident that it will gain even more prominence in the future. •• Specific profiles will be opened on all social networks considered suitable for the objectives and audiences of the Expo, both those that currently exist and those that may arise in future. They will not only be channels of useful information, but also spaces for collaboration, co-creation and participation for all our audiences. The digital team in the area of communication will be responsible for managing and monitoring the dissemination of information, the participation of audiences and the reputation of the brand Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg •• The creation of highly enriched multimedia content is one of the tactics of our plan, to attract and keep the attention and engagement of our audiences. We will create different articles and features using state of the art audio-visual techniques to generate quality content to identify the brand and position it among its audience as one of the prominent actors of innovation, education, reflection and the way toward the future. •• Maintaining a fluid relationship with the blogosphere and groups and individuals with digital influence will mean we will have Ambassadors and supporters of the Expo with powers of advocacy among relevant audience groups in this ecosystem. We will create our own ambassadors, not necessarily bloggers or influencers, with actions such as the commissioning of a fan club of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg that any person or institution may join. It will be based on the design of specific marketing

COMMUNICATION PLAN

actions for the members of the club, taking advantage of their commitment to the project and their promotional capacity. •• We will carry out digital advertising campaigns in addition to mass advertising campaigns, relational marketing and promotional activities. Guerrilla Marketing We will undertake a set of actions performed by non-conventional means, which will achieve their objective through ingenuity and creativity, avoiding high investment in advertising. Given that it is not conventional advertising, it makes it possible to contact our target audiences in a different, innovative and disruptive way, in keeping with the spirit of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. Public Relations All those sectors of the public that are included within our direct audiences, and which are set out below, will not be recipients of every single one of the activities of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, but will all be targets for the Exposition’s activities at one time or another, in the course of the different phases of the implementation of the Public Relations Plan: •• Potential audience for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg •• Media •• Economic Organizations •• Cultural, Social and Ethnic Organizations •• Sponsors •• Civic groups •• General Public •• Institutional Sector We divide Public Relations actions by geographical area: •• Local scope: we aim for the daily activities of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, their management and dissemination, to become

121

a source of positive communication, in the form of acts of signing, agreements, visits: –– Creation of a communication protocol for the celebrations of signing agreements, contracts, etc. –– Presentation of the contents of the Expo and to promote the visit of personalities and/or opinion leaders, taking full advantage of their media appeal. –– Exploitation of the image of Expo 2025, based on the day-to-day operations of the organization. –– Visits, talks and presentations. –– Signatures and program of attention to sponsors. –– Attention to the consortium member institutions and partners. –– Program of the Travelling Exposition about the event. •• National scope: top priority will be given to the cities of Moscow and St. Petersburg, at the national level, as megaphones and sounding boards for the activities of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg for the rest of the Russian Federation in social, political and economic areas. –– Opening of the Travelling Exposition about Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. –– Promotional events for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg in Moscow and St. Petersburg. –– Actions with opinion leaders and media groups and the press: celebration of an individualized presentation to Russian publishing groups. –– Support for activities in the tourism sector at the national level. –– Actions with Russian ambassadors abroad. –– Recruitment and use of opinion leaders as advocates of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, throughout the Russian territory. –– Presentation of the progress of the Expo organization to foreign ambassadors, opening regular lines of communication and information. •• International scope: at the international level, we are planning activities based on

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

122

concrete actions in neighboring countries, Europe, Asia and the headquarters of the United Nations. –– Action in the EU: organization of a public act of presentation at the headquarters of the European Commission. –– Institutional presentations in the different European capitals. –– Support for the activities of the tourism sector at the international level. Alliance Plan This refers to a plan of agreements with web sites and institutions that collaborate in various ways with Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg at the national and international level. Normally these will be entities and webs with a broad reach, so that a presence on them (via banners, content and other possible formats) will bring much visibility and generate traffic to the official web site of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. •• Institutional websites of our partners: BIE, City Council of Ekaterinburg, tourist offices in Russia. •• Collaborators of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg: All those entities with which we are coorganizing an event of some kind. •• Partners and sponsors of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. •• Related Organizations: Programs of the United Nations such as UNESCO, UNEP, UNICEF; The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD); the World Bank; the International Monetary Fund; The World Trade Organization; The International Chamber of Commerce; The World Health Organization; The World Wildlife Fund, and others. In principle, these agreements should have no cost, meaning a return can be generated without any investment. We will also explore other possible alliances (with possible costs)

with the main platforms with mass audience on the World Wide Web, which bring together all kinds of audiences and where potentially we will reach millions of people who can visit the Expo or participate in virtual form. We should also be present in those channels and on those websites with content related to Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, that is, specific websites on globalization, social responsibility, innovation, leisure, entertainment, and of course websites and social networks for certain key segments such as young people, researchers and the elderly. Promotional Marketing Promotional Marketing actions will be divided into: •• Travelling exposition, considered a key element in the general diffusion of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, as it will provide an independent, mobile space for the information and promotion of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg aimed at all audiences. It will travel to Russia’s main cities, presenting and representing the Expo. The traveling exposition will be multifaceted: it will use different media and formats to achieve its goals. This will enable different ways of understanding the Expo, making it more accessible to different types of audiences. •• Promotional events: the presence of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg at promotional events will take place through actions for mass audiences at specific, timely festivals and cultural and/or leisure events. A contest will be held for actions and ideas for participation in, or the creation of, possible events. The travelling exposition can be considered the star event and foremost ambassador for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg in its promotional task, but we will hold additional events that complement in time and space the presence of the travelling exposition.

COMMUNICATION PLAN

•• A presence at specialized trade fairs and events will provide us access to, and visibility in, segments of the population with common interests as well as homogeneous professional sectors. A promotional stand will be the preferred tool for our presence at selected trade fairs and specialized events. It is an agile and relatively inexpensive communications format, which will give us a lot of mobility, constant adaptations and some margin for improvisation. International Campaign A large part of the success of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg lies in its dissemination and awareness of it by the international community and the presence of a significant number of participants and visitors. To promote this knowledge, interest and support at the international level and active participation in the event by the countries and institutions invited, Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will focus on the communication of best practices through the following: •• Setting up a multilingual, multicultural team within the communications department.

123

•• It will be present at the major international events related to the main Theme of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and its four Sub-themes. •• Advertising campaigns will be carried out in the main international markets to encourage visits and generate a high volume of ticket sales.

TEAM: PARTNERS AND ALLIES The Internal Communication team of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will examine the strategic alliances most conducive to ensuring that communication of the Exposition meets its objectives and remains ever faithful to the spirit of innovation,

•• Maintaining constant communication with international journalists, organizing regular visits to Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

inclusive communication and

•• We will work with one or several international agencies for assistance in the dissemination and communication of the Exposition and with its strategy for implementation in international media.

that is relevant, appealing and

•• The website of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be available in at least seven languages: Russian, Chinese, English, Spanish, French, German and Arabic.

Exposition.

•• The web page will become a virtual communication network for everyone worldwide.

the development of content effectively disseminates the Theme and Sub-themes of the To achieve this, we will look for the involvement and collaboration with the communication team of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, of content developers, artists and cutting-edge technology companies that help us to deploy

7.9

124

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

communications at the forefront of audio-visual, social and communicative trends, that appeal to our audiences and demonstrate commitment to the pursuit of innovative people-based communication. Video creators, software, video game and virtual reality developers, content strategists, social catalysts, influencers and other similar professional profiles of current and future relevance may be incorporated as collaborators in the Exposition’s communication team, in order to achieve the best possible materials in accordance with the objectives and strategy as defined, making Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg a model to follow for communications at future Universal Expositions.

7.10

MEASURING RESULTS To carry out a proper assessment of the contribution of communication to the success of the Exposition, in

The evaluation shall follow the Barcelona Principles of the AMEC (International Association for Measurement and Evaluation of Communication), the Valid Measurement Criteria and will use the Valid Metrics Framework, all applied to the reality of the Expo. The reason for the selection of this model is threefold: First, it simplifies the tracking and reporting of the communication activity. Second, it connects the communications results with those related to reputation and ultimately the business. Third, it integrates the different disciplines in a single framework that is understandable by and can be shared with third parties. The AMEC model, the result of the joint work of scholars and practitioners in recent years, has been implemented in the past six years by major business corporations and PR consulting firms at the vanguard of the world of marketing and communication.

terms of impact, activity, visitors Key Performance Indicators and business, it is necessary

(KPIs)

to connect the indicators of the

They will be based on the following three fundamental elements:

success of the activity itself with communication actions, through the intangibles that they are going to positively impact: the Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg brand and its reputation.

Outputs: the deliverables, the outcome of the communication activities Outtakes: the impact of the communication activities (cognitive-affective changes: knowledge and feeling, perception) Outcomes: The response to the communication activities (cognitivevolitional changes: intention and decision, action)

7.10.1

COMMUNICATION PLAN

125

The activities will be analyzed following a model that tracks the visibility, knowledge, consideration, support/preference and action, in relation to the activities, that is, the different (5) stages in the evolution of the effect of the communications (or what is known as the Marketing or Communication Funnel):

They will also be analyzed taking into account the effects of the communication activities on influencers (media, institutions, opinion leaders, bloggers, etc.) and the target (participants and visitors), that is, the different phases (three) in the evolution of the impact of the communication:

1. Awareness: identification of the Expo.

•• Communication Activity: metrics that reflect the result of the communication and the scope of the messages.

2. Knowledge/Understanding: understanding the reality of the Expo. 3. Interest/Consideration: evaluation of its value proposition. 4. Support/Preference: emotional and rational inclination toward the Expo. 5. Action: final choice in favor of the Expo.

•• Intermediary Effect: metrics that reflect the impact on influencers of those messages through communication. •• Target Effect: metrics that reflect that messages have reached the target, who has carried out actions as a result.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

126

7.10.2 Measurement

scales

We will apply the above by using the following Command Chart:

COMMUNICATION PHASES

COMMUNICATION STAGES Key Area of Communication ADVERTISING, DIRECT MARKETING, DIGITAL, PR, INTERNATIONAL CAMPAIGN, GUERRILLA MARKETING, PROMOTIONAL MARKETING

Awareness

Knowledge / Understanding

Interest / Consideration

Enthusiasm / Preference

Action

Communication Activity Intermediary Effect EXPO BUSINESS RESULTS

Target Effect

And applying it in the following way:

COMMUNICATION PHASES

COMMUNICATION STAGES

Key Area of Communication Communication Activity

Awareness

•• Content creation •• Traditional media engagement •• Social media engagement •• Influencer engagement •• Events / speeches / campaigns

Knowledge / Understanding

Interest / Consideration

Enthusiasm / Preference

Action

Intermediary Effect

Balance (not total) coverage in: •• Audience reach (traditional & social media) •• Impressions / Target audience •• Number of articles / posts •• Video views •• Frequency •• Prominence •• Share of voice

•• Key message aligment •• Accuracy of acts

•• Key message alignment •• Sentiment & tone: frequency of positive & neutral mentions vs. negative ones •• Expressed opinions of consideration •• Social network Followers •• Retweets / Shares / Linkbacks

•• Endorsement by journalists or influencers •• Rankings on industry lists •• Expressed opinions of preference •• Social network •• Likes

Target Effect

Increase or decrease (dependent on objective) in: •• Unaided awareness & brand recall •• Aided awareness & brand recall

•• Knowledge of expo attributes, facts and features •• Brand association and differentiation

•• Relevance of brand (to consumer / customer) •• Visitors to website •• Click-thru to site •• Time spent on site •• Downloads from site •• Response rate •• Conversion rate •• Materials distributed •• Event / meeting attendance

•• Attitude uplift •• Brand preference / Loyalty / Trust •• Uplift in reputation drivers: Impression, Trust, Esteem and Admiration •• Endorsement •• Requests for quote •• Links to site •• Stated intention to buy tickets

•• Visits •• Participants •• Coverage •• Legacy •• Revenue

COMMUNICATION PLAN

The array will be applied to the Exposition as follows: •• List the set of communication activities deployed during the Expo. •• Identify the metrics that correlate with each of the activities. •• For example, for Traditional Media Engagement: number of journalists contacted, number of press releases distributed, number of press dossiers created, etc. or for Social Media Engagement: number of posts shared, number of videos released, number of contacts added. •• Check the metrics in the ranks of Intermediary and Target Effect and select those that apply directly to the Expo. In the second case, digital metrics, as well as offline surveys, can help to collect the necessary data. •• In the Action column, the results targeted at the beginning of the document as KPIs, key to the success of the Expo, have been selected. •• The data will be collected longitudinally throughout the campaign prior to the opening of the Exposition, while it is being held, and immediately after its closure. •• In the field of traditional advertising on TV, the GRPs (Gross Rating Points) in the Intermediary and Target Effect rows can be taken into account, as well as CPM (Cost per Thousand Impressions) in the field of digital advertising in the Intermediary and Target Effect. 7.10.3 Analysis

of areas for

improvement The evaluation of the results, following application of the model and the analysis of which activities and to what extent they are providing the greatest degree

127

of change in the perception and in the behaviour of the key audiences of communication plans, will provide us with sufficient data to influence and emphasize one or more aspects of them and ensure improvement of the final goal: the business results of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

PHASES AND CALENDAR

7.11

The process of communication will be scheduled on a timeline, and each period will have specific aspects with timely goals and specific audiences. In any case, the general communication goals of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will remain constant from the beginning of the communication until its completion. According to this seasonality, and in view of our audiences, we have defined two large blocks in the communication policy of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg: the Pre-Expo period, composed of Phase 0, and Period Expo, composed of 5 action phases.

Pre-Expo period PHASE 0: CANDIDACY AND MAJOR EVENTS The communication campaign for World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will launch in December 2018 and consist of several national and international presentations to organizations of interest. The focus will be on the candidacy of Ekaterinburg and its rationale for hosting the World Expo in 2025. The concept of the campaign will be: “Get ready to organize World Expo 2025”. Date: December 2018 to December 2019

7.11.1

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

128

The mix of actions will be composed of at least the following actions: •• Public Relations & External Relations •• Presentations & Relationship Marketing 7.11.2

Expo period The Exposition will last six months or 184 days, as the maximum allowed by the BIE regulations. The reason for this is the Organizers’ desire for the Exposition to be visited and experienced by as many people as possible.

Opening Day will be May 2, 2025, Friday. This will be the first day open to the public. It is very likely the official inauguration of the Exposition will take place the previous day, that is, May 1, a national holiday in Russia, marking one of the holiday periods throughout the country. The Closing Day will be November 2, 2025, Sunday, at the end of the last week. These five phases or periods are programmed according to the following schedule.

EXPO PERIOD Awareness

Understanding

Consideration

Enthusiasm

Action

INTRODUCING Expo 2025

Expo 2025 ARRIVES

MEET Expo 2025

FANS OF Expo 2025

COME TO Expo 2025

PHASE 1 JAN 2020 DEC 2020

PHASE 2 JAN 2021 DEC 2022

PHASE 3 JAN 2023 JUN 2024

PHASE 1: AWARENESS During this phase, communication will focus on clarifying concepts, presenting values and establishing awareness of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg with target audiences. The actions undertaken will be mainly for internal consumption by Russian citizens, and for external consumption by dedicated audiences and potential participants. This effort will begin once Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is registered with the BIE. The concept of the campaign will be: “Introducing World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg”. Date: January 2020 to December 2020

PHASE 4 JUL 2024 FEB 2025

PHASE 5 MAR 2025 OCT 2025

Mix of actions: •• Public Relations –– External Relations & Presentations •• Information and Customer Service: Toll free number & Information points PHASE 2: KNOWLEDGE / UNDERSTANDING We will explain the experiences that the Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will offer in greater detail. We will also explain the main Theme and the Sub-themes of the Expo and deliver informative content to build understanding. The concept of the campaign will be: “The Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is here”.

COMMUNICATION PLAN

Date: January 2021 to December 2022 Mix of actions: •• Mass Media –– TV & Press –– Supplements –– Cinema –– Outdoor –– Internet •• Interactive Marketing •• Relationship Marketing •• Interactive PR –– External Relations & Presentations •• Information & Customer Service –– Toll free Number & Information points PHASE 3: INTEREST / CONSIDERATION We will try to encourage citizens to wish to have the “Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg experience” through the generation of hope and trust. To that end, we will launch a campaign that connects Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg with its target audiences. This will be a mass communication campaign, but highly segmented by audiences and themes. The sale of tickets for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will start at the end of this phase, probably in April or May 2024. The concept of the campaign will be: “Get to Know World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg”. Date: January 2023 to June 2024 Mix of actions: •• Mass media: TV, press, supplements, radio, cinema, outdoor& Internet •• Relationship Marketing •• Interactive Marketing •• Public relations: external relations, travelling exposition & presentations •• Information & Customer Service: toll free number & information points •• Start of the Tourism Project: with ticketprices set, we will start our tourism campaign in order to attract visitors

129

PHASE 4: SUPPORT / PREFERENCE / ENTHUSIASM: This will start approximately one year before the beginning of the Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and will continue until three months before the start of the Expo. It will communicate the different ticket schemes offered to encourage ticket purchase by target audiences. This phase will also take into account the effort required to foster repeat visits to the Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. The concept of the campaign will be: “Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg opens soon”. Date: July 2024 to February 2025 Mix of actions: •• Mass media: TV, press, radio, cinema, outdoor & Internet •• Relationship Marketing •• Interactive Marketing •• Public relations: external relations, travelling exposition & presentations •• Information & Customer Service: toll free number & information points •• Tourism Project PHASE 5: ACTION: At this stage, in the months leading up to the opening of the Expo, we will focus on the conversion of the undecided, especially national, public to try to tilt their decision toward attending Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. This phase of motivation and call to action will be active during the entire Exposition. The concept of the campaign will be: “You can”t miss Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg” Date: March 2025 to October 2025 Mix of actions: •• Mass media: TV, press, radio, cinema, outdoor & Internet •• Relationship Marketing •• Interactive Marketing

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

130

•• Public relations: external relations, travelling exposition & presentations •• Information & Customer Service: toll free number & information points •• Tourism Project Candidature Period

In the chart below we present the distribution of resources and information and communication pressure to be exercised in each of the phases of the project.

Expo Period

Post Expo

Awareness

Understanding

Consideration

Enthusiasm

Action

PROMOTION

INTRODUCING Expo 2025

Expo 2025 ARRIVES

MEET Expo 2025

FANS OF Expo 2025

COME TO Expo 2025

PHASE 0

PHASE 1

PHASE 2

PHASE 3

PHASE 4

PHASE 5

END

JAN 20 DEC 20

JAN 2020 DEC 2020

JAN 2021 DEC 2022

JAN 2023 JUN 2024

JUL 2024 FEB 2025

MAR 2025 OCT 2025

OCT 2025 DEC 2025

LOW

MEDIUM

HIGH

THANK YOU

The chart below provides an approximation of the distribution of resources for each of the phases. RESOURCE DISTRIBUTION

6% PHASE 1 Awareness JAN 2020 – DEC 2020

MEDIA PLAN The media mix and actions will take place with a first phase of confirmation of the candidacy at

9% PHASE 2 Understanding

year end 2018, a phase in which

JAN 2021 – DEC 2022

we would undertake the first

15% PHASE 3 Consideration JAN 2023 – JUNE 2024

20% PHASE 4 Enthusiasm JULY 2024 – FEB 2025

50% PHASE 5 Action MARCH 2025 – OCT 2025

marketing and public relations actions for the dissemination of the award, followed by

7.12

131

COMMUNICATION PLAN

a phase of “awareness” to raise knowledge of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, through the dissemination of marketing and communication contents, on mass media as well as new media and social media. Subsequently, we will undertake a phase of dissemination and understanding, related to knowledge about the scope, objectives and contents of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, using all possible channels through which we will continue to carry out communications by means of direct actions of marketing, communications and public relations, as well as content promotion on media of all kinds. MEDIA MIX BY PHASES

ARKE

TING

INTER N CAMP ATION AIGN AL

ING

PUBLI C REL AT ION S

KET MAR

DIRECT

LA ERRIL GU ETING RK

PRO M MAR OT KE I ON TI N ALL IA P L A NC N

e5 Phas n Actio

SO C GI IAL TA & L M A

AL G

Pha Can se 0 dida ture

4 e sm as ia Ph hus t

C IRE

Ph Con ase 3 side ratio n En

Aw Ph ar ase M AS en 1 S M es E s

e2 Phas ding rstan e d n U

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

132

We will subsequently deploy a much more participatory phase in which we will seek to awaken the enthusiasm of audiences, through traditional promotional marketing actions, guerrilla marketing and inbound marketing,

tourist promotional campaigns, travelling expositions and events of various kinds at local, national and international levels to encourage audiences’ direct knowledge about the “Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg experience”.

ACTIONS BY PUBLICS MASS MEDIA

LOCAL EKATERINBURG + INFLUENCE AREA NATIONAL OTHER RUSSIAN CITIES INTERNATIONAL FORMER USSR COUNTRIES, UE, ASIA AND EURIASIA COMMITED PROFESSIONALS, RESEARCHERS, DECISION MAKERS VIRTUAL VISITORS YOUTH & TEENS SENIORS TOURISTS COLLECTIVES OPINION LEADERS FAMILIES

DIRECT & RELATIONAL MARKETING

SOCIAL MEDIA & DIGITAL MARKETING

GUERRILLA MARKETING

PUBLIC RELATIONS

ALLIANCE PLAN

PROMOTIONAL MARKETING

INTERNATIONAL CAMPAIGN

COMMUNICATION PLAN

133

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

136

8.1

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

THE COUNTRY. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Spanning 11 time zones and two continents, Russia occupies an immense area and is home to many different nationalities and cultures; it’s often called a bridge between East and West. Extending from Europe (the part of the country west of the Urals) to the North Pacific Ocean, Russia is the largest country in the world. The territory of 17 million square kilometers is home to the world’s 9th largest population (146.8 million people). Russia’s land boundaries stretch for 22,408 kilometers, with the country sharing frontiers with 14 countries: Azerbaijan 338 km, Belarus 1,312 km, China (southeast) 4,133 km, China (south) 46 km, Estonia 324 km,

Finland 1,309 km, Georgia 894 km, Kazakhstan 7,644 km, North Korea 18 km, Latvia 332 km, Lithuania (Kaliningrad Oblast) 261 km, Mongolia 3,452 km, Norway 191 km, Poland (Kaliningrad Oblast) 210 km, Ukraine 1,944 km. Russia has a long, fascinating history, with the country changing and re-inventing itself over many centuries. The Russian state was born in 862, experiencing glories and downfalls as it emerged as one of the world’s superpowers. Now, in 2017, our country is celebrating the 27th anniversary of the founding of the modern Russian state and the adoption of the Constitution of the Russian Federation – but this is a land of age-old traditions and contrasts with a powerful history extending back over several thousand years. More than 190 ethnic minorities reside in Russia, and there are 27 recognized languages and 100 minority languages spoken in our country today (Although Russian is the only official federal language of the Russian Federation, there are 27 other officially recognized languages within Russia’s various constituencies). From out of this complex and far-flung mixture of ethnicities and beliefs has arisen a modern society, ensuring that it will be a fascinating location to host Expo 2025.

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

8.2

MODERN AND DEVELOPED

industrial, innovative and

COUNTRY

social interactivity (including

The World Bank classifies

exhibitions with foreign

Russia as an ‘upper middle-

partners);

income economy’.

those seeking to exchange practical experience in the fields of localization and technology transfer; and those evaluating the commercial potential of scientifictechnical solutions and social life. Our country has established its role as a major world power and embraced a self–imposed responsibility to contribute to the betterment of humanity. In that spirit, Russia was privileged and honored to be the host nation for the 2014 Olympic Winter Games in Sochi, the 27th Summer Universiade in Kazan in 2012, the FIFA Confederation Cup 2017 and to be chosen to host the 2018 FIFA World Cup. We believe these world-renowned athletic events as well as other economic forums, political summits, world class art exhibitions provide an ideal prelude to their innovative counterpart, World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

Its growing economy, wide-ranging reforms in economic and social spheres thanks to innovation and modernization in recent years have led to improved general macroeconomic indicators and allowed the creation of stable social services, thus improving the quality of life of the citizens. Russian economic growth has been propelled by strong growth in construction, manufacturing and trade, as well as the modernization of the country’s infrastructure and transport system. Russia has significantly strengthened its international standing and leadership within the world community. Today, Russia is a full and active member of most major international and regional political and economic alliances and associations and competes successfully with the strongest economies in the world.

8.3

137

EXPERIENCE The Russian Federation has deep experience of hosting exhibitions across a wide variety of themes, including those aiming to promote, expand and solidify cooperation in the fields of technological,

The Sverdlovsk Region is one of the largest centers for international exhibitions and MICE events in Russia. Every year the region hosts over 500 exhibition and congress events including 250 of international and interregional scale. The path for largescale international exhibition and congress projects in Ekaterinburg was paved by SCO and BRIC group summits held in the capital of the region in June 2009. Other milestone events for Ekaterinburg have included the 31st Russian-EU Summit (June 2013) and the 10th Russia-Kazakhstan Interregional Cooperation Forum (November 2013). Since 2010, Ekaterinburg has hosted the International industrial fair INNOPROM, which is the main Russian international exhibition focused on industry, innovations, and technologies. Furthermore, Ekaterinburg annually hosts over 20 specialized industry exhibitions with largest being: WIN Russia Ural (industry); Build

138

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Ural and 100+Forum Russia (construction); Construction, earthmoving and mining machinery, service and equipment CEMMS Ural (construction, transportation); LESPROMURAL Professional and EXPOMEBEL-Ural (forestry, furniture production); Expotravel and LETO (tourism). The INNOPROM exhibition offers unique opportunities to promote products and technologies, look for partners and investors, hold discussions and business meetings and present innovative designs and projects. The forum is held in the form of plenary sessions, round tables, business meetings and negotiations among business people, experts and scientists from Russia and around the world. Since 2013, INNOPROM has been the main international industrial exhibition in Russia. The Chairman of the organizing committee is Russia’s Minister of Industry and Trade, Denis Manturov. In 2014, 600 companies from 70 countries were involved in the exhibition and over 150 business program events were held. In just four days, over 46,000 people visited the exhibition, including top managers of Russian and foreign companies, as well as federal and regional officials. Japan was granted the status of INNOPROM-2017 Partner Country, with 50,000 people visiting the Expo over the four days. The principles of INNOPROM are to organize a trade fair rooted in the priorities driving world industry and technology at present – and on the goals that underpin Russia’s program of industrial and manufacturing development. INNOPROM sets out a platform for international cooperation and in 2017 was held with the participation of the President of Russian Federation Vladimir Putin. Ekaterinburg, the region’s capital, has been actively expanding its role as one of Russia’s leading host cities for international conventions, trade shows and exhibitions, as well as a hub for word-class sporting events. The city hosts more than 100 business conferences annually.

Turning to sports, in 2015 Ekaterinburg hosted the World Youth Handball Cup, the Junior World Hockey Cup and the European table tennis championships. Moreover, Ekaterinburg will be one of the Russian host cities for the 2018 FIFA World Cup. The Sverdlovsk Region and Ekaterinburg traditionally host a great number of national and international cultural events. ‘Petrushka Velikiy’ is an international puppet theatre festival and has been held in Ekaterinburg every two years since 2002, with the support of the Ministry of Culture of the Russian Federation, the Ministry of Culture of the Sverdlovsk Region, the City of Ekaterinburg, the Theatre Union of Russia and the International Union of Puppeteers UNIMA. The 1st Ural Industrial Biennale was held in Ekaterinburg in 2010. It is an international art symposium aimed at establishing interactions between the contemporary art world and active industrial enterprises. The exhibition site was visited by about 60,000 people a month, the majority being residents and visitors of Ekaterinburg and the Sverdlovsk Region. The exhibition space allocated to the project was more than 40,000 square meters. More than 250 artists attended the Biennale from 59 different countries. In 2015, there were 100,000 visitors, with 444 excursions and 44 educational seminars. Moreover, many visitors also come to see special projects that are held at local plants and facilities, attend temporary studios and artistic residencies and participate in the parallel program along with the world-famous artists. Moreover, it is the only biennale in the world with the main theme determined by the industrial character of the place where it is held. The event analyses the distinctive cultural, social and economic features of the region and places it in the context of international cultural and social processes, thereby changing stereotypical perceptions of traditionally industrial space and creating a new image of the Urals. This major international project involves a wide range of artists, who hail from many different countries.

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

Ural Music Night is an annual international festival held in Ekaterinburg since 2015, when it attracted 70,000 visitors. The number of visitors rose to 120,000 in 2016, who enjoyed performances from 1000 artists.

8.4

HOSPITALITY Russians consider themselves extremely hospitable. Our people always treat guests in the warmest way possible. The legends about the breadth of the Russian soul are well-founded; Russians love entertaining guests and make great hosts. The Russian hotel industry is full of optimism, with an increase in domestic tourism, high occupancy rates and increasing investments from industry giants such as Hilton, Hayat, Ramada, The Carlson Rezidor Hotel Group and IHG. After the huge success of the 2014 Olympic Winter Games in Sochi, Russian hotels expect to see further growth in inbound visitors during the upcoming FIFA World Cup in 2018.

8.5

CULTURE Russia has made a priceless contribution to world culture. It has given the world not only some of the great classics and fine arts masterpieces but entire artistic and philosophical methods, for example the world-famous drama school of Stanislavski and the Russian ballet. Russian literature is world renowned, with the books of Leo Tolstoy and Feodor Dostoevsky in the same category as those of Shakespeare and Dumas. “War and Peace”, “Anna Karenina” and “Crime and Punishment” are translated into almost every language. “Eugene Onegin” by the great Russian poet Pushkin is firmly

139

on the list of world literature’s masterpieces of the 19th century, and many remarkable books were published in Russia in the 20th century, for example “Master and Margarita” by Mikhail Bulgakov. The places where the most famous Russian writers lived and created their outstanding works have themselves become cultural monuments. The Yasnaya Polyana Memorial Estate of Lev Tolstoy is located 200 km to the south of Moscow, with cultural festivals and international literary meetings being held here. There are many places in Saint Petersburg with a connection to Dostoevsky and Pushkin, as well as to the characters of their books. Pushkinskiye Gory (Pushkin Hills) is a literary memorial museum located in the Pskov Region in the northwest of Russia. Every year, the International Pushkin Poetry Festival takes place there. The Hermitage, Russian Museum and Mariinsky Theatre in Saint Petersburg, and the Bolshoi Theatre and Tretyakov Gallery in Moscow are recognized as significant symbols of Russia’s culture. Folk art is also very important in Russian culture. Russian fine arts, literature, music and dance have incorporated centuries-old national cultural traditions and achievements. Russian nesting dolls are wellknown symbols of the country. These sets of dolls, known as matryoshka dolls, consist of a wooden figure that can be pulled apart to reveal another smaller version of the same image inside, and so on, often with six or more dolls nested inside one another. The painting of each doll, which can be extremely elaborate, usually symbolizes a Russian peasant girl in traditional costume. Russian classical music is also world renowned. Among the best known and wellloved symphonies the world over, played regularly by the best orchestras, are those of Peter Tchaikovsky, Sergey Rachmaninoff and Alfred Schnittke, while every staging of “Eugene Onegin” and “The Queen of Spades” by Tchaikovsky, “Boris Godunov” by Mussorgsky, “Tsar’s Bride” by RimskyKorsakov and “Prince Igor” by Borodin is a remarkable cultural event. Russian opera

140

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

singers and musicians are world-famous too. Opera fans of Paris, London, Berlin, Milan and New York applauded Feodor Chaliapin, while the great Russian conductors Valery Gergiev and Vladimir Spivakov are today’s idols for classical music fans all over the world. Russian ballet, with its rich traditions and famous dancers is one of the most important cultural symbols of Russia. The Russian school of classical ballet is considered by many to be the best in the world. Classical ballet came to Russia in the 18th century, with the national school of ballet being formed by the end of the 19th century. It has distilled the achievements of the world’s best ballet schools and enriched them with Russian national dance traditions. Sergei Diaghilev’s ‘Russian Seasons’ project of the early 20th century was hugely significant for Russian music and dance. Russian opera and ballet actors’ performances organized in Europe by Sergei Diaghilev achieved great success in Paris, London, Rome, Berlin and other cities. One of the greatest ballet dancers – Anna Pavlova – was one of the “Russian Seasons” stars. Galina Ulanova, Maya Plisetskaya, Mikhail Baryshnikov, Rudolf Nuriev were included in the world ballet hall of fame in the 20th century. Nowadays, Russian classical ballet traditions are supported and developed by dancers and choreographers not only from Russia, but from all over the world. Visits to ballet and opera are an important part of many tourism programs to Moscow and Saint Petersburg. The great masters of 20th century Russian avant-garde art have made priceless contributions to the world of art, generating new aesthetics in art, architecture and design. The works of Kazimir Malevich and Wassily Kandinsky are being explored by critics across the world. A stunning example, Malevich’s work, “The Black Square” (1915) is kept in Moscow, at the world-renowned State Tretyakov Gallery. A special place among the cultural symbols of Russia is reserved for its architectural

monuments. The development of Russian culture is inseparably linked to religious tradition. Orthodox Christianity came to Russia in the 10th century. Churches, cathedrals and monasteries constructed in different centuries reflect the spirituality of the country. Examples of these as cultural symbols include Basil’s Cathedral in the center of Moscow, the whitestone temple on the Nerl river and the unique Church of Transfiguration in Kizhi. From creating some of the world’s most beloved art, music and literature, to launching humanity’s first satellites into space, as well as the first human being, Russia has always embraced the remarkable achievements and unlimited potential of human talent and culture.

TOURIST DESTINATION Russia’s tourism sector is large and has been growing rapidly in the past decade. Our unique natural and recreational resources, the objects of national and world cultural heritage found in our country, and the frequent, important economic, sporting and cultural events held here, draw the attention of visitors from around the world. Many regions within the country offer a wide range of attractive tourist sites and have been improving or expanding their tourism infrastructure and services. The Russian Government pays great attention to the preservation of our shared cultural heritage, and encourages the restoration of the architectural monuments, along with the development of all basic infrastructure. Enhanced development of domestic and inbound tourism is one of the country’s main priorities, as stated in the long-term socioeconomic development program of the Russian Federation for the period leading

8.6

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

up to 2020. The special federal program “Development of domestic and inbound tourism in Russian Federation (2011 – 2018)” has already been drawn-up and implemented; it is aimed at increasing tourism into the country, attracting more investment through public-private partnerships, and providing an economically attractive business environment. The total investment is RUB 135.2 billion.

8.7

AREA OF INFLUENCE A leader in industry, the Sverdlovsk Region is located at the crossroads of major transportation arteries connecting Asia and Europe. Throughout its rich history, the Sverdlovsk Region has been one of the country’s major centers of science, industry and infrastructure. The region is an industrial powerhouse with a unique concentration of manufacturing and production, which exceeds average national indicators by a multiplier of four. The region is home to highly successful engineering, metallurgical, chemical and petrochemical enterprises. At the same time, the scientific potential of the Ural Division of the Russian Academy of Sciences grows exponentially every year and the region’s educational environment is developing apace. Thanks to all of these fundamental factors taken together, products manufactured in the region are well-known far beyond the borders of Russia. Blessed by a unique geographical location, the Sverdlovsk Region and its administrative center, Ekaterinburg, are becoming increasingly open to the global economy with each passing year, while also becoming more attractive to foreign investors. The region’s international business infrastructure is expanding. Over the past

141

20 years, the region has established mutually profitable economic relations with 149 different countries around the world. In fact, the area is ranked third in Russia by number of diplomatic and trade missions after only Moscow and St Petersburg, reflecting its essential mission to play a leading role in expanding multilateral ties between East and West. Many international partners have already had the opportunity to learn more about the boundless prospects for doing business in the Sverdlovsk Region. International companies have carried out numerous successful projects here. These include a joint project between Siemens AG and the Sinara Group for manufacturing electric locomotives, production of titanium aircraft parts by Boeing and VSMPOAVISMA Corporation in Titanium Valley, joint manufacturing of electric-welded pipes by Mitsubishi Corporation and Uraltrubprom, production of drilling equipment by NPK Uralvagonzavod and Honghua Group Limited, and many others. The Sverdlovsk Region has a remarkably diversified economic structure and high economic growth rates, thanks to which it has a heavy involvement in international trade. Regional foreign trade turnover in 2014 reached almost USD 10 billion with USD 7.1 billion in exports and USD 2.5 billion in imports. The region has economic relations with over 135 countries and almost half of foreign trade turnover comes from crossborder transactions with seven countries: the USA, the Netherlands, Algeria, Kazakhstan, Germany, China and Azerbaijan. The Sverdlovsk Region is one of Russian leading regions in terms of mineral resources and one of the oldest mining centers in the country. The region extracts over 95% of vanadium, 70% of bauxites, 70% of asbestos and over 20% of iron ores of Russia’s total balance of extracted raw materials. The variety of mineral resources of the Sverdlovsk region include precious metals, ferrous metal ores (iron, chrome), non-ferrous metal ores (bauxite, copper, nickel etc.), fluxes and

142

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

feldspars. Common commercial minerals and raw materials for the construction industry (asbestos, crushed rock, sand, clay and raw materials for cement production) are also mined in the region. Exploration for oil and gas is under development. There are more than 1,700 mineral deposits in the region, with only 200 exploited. Over 20,000 people are employed in the mining sector at open pit mines, strip mines and underground mines. Most Sverdlovsk Region mining companies are key employers in the towns where they operate. Metallurgy is the backbone of the Sverdlovsk Region’s economy. Over 90,000 people are employed at iron and steel companies, and many of the metallurgical plants and iron and steel works are key employers in the towns. The region’s metals industry is export oriented, with around 50% of local metallurgical output earmarked for export. The region’s iron works specialize primarily in the production of so-called ‘transport’ metals (rails, track structures, rail wheels and binding bands), as well as rolled steel and tube shells. The production of sections ensures that practically all products from the classical range may be made: from large beams to bar stock, wires and simple profiles, including those made of special steels. The primary consumers of these types of products are heavy engineering companies and the construction industry. A portion of such products is exported, mainly to developing markets. The Sverdlovsk Region’s iron and steel plants account for a considerable share of the total volume of metal products manufactured in Russia, as well as subsequent manufacture of products in Europe and globally. The Urals region’s heavy machinery producers are leaders in the production of rail cars (39% of total Russian output). The region produces main-line electric locomotives (42% of total Russian output), universal motors with a capacity of over 37.5 W (51% of total Russian output), oil-and-gas production equipment (28% of total Russian output), metallurgical

equipment (35% of total Russian output) and infant incubators (90% of total Russian output). The region produces 5% of Russia’s total volume of engineering products. Furthermore, the Sverdlovsk Region’s defense industry has historically been one of the largest in Russia. Defense sector companies manufacture weapons and military equipment for all branches of the armed services: from tanks, cannon artillery and munitions to ballistic missile management systems and electrooptical guidance systems. The mid-Urals region is widely known for such flagship Russian engineering enterprises as Research and Production Corporation Uralvagonzavod, JSC Uralmashzavod, JSC Ural Turbine Works, JSC Production Association Urals Optical and Mechanical Plant, JSC M.I. Kalinin Machine Building Plant, JSC Academician N.A. Semikhatov Scientific Industrial Automation Union, JSC Ural Electrochemical Integrated Plant, JSC EnergomashUralelectrotyazhmash, and JSC Uralkhimmash. LLC Uralmash Holding is one of Russia’s largest producers of drilling rigs. The engineering sector ranks third among all Sverdlovsk Region industries in terms of export volume (15% of all regional exports). Urals regionmade machinery and equipment are exported to 92 countries around the world. In May 2017, Fitch Ratings confirmed a longterm rating for the Sverdlovsk Region of ВВ+ with a Stable Outlook. A Stable Outlook means that the rating is likely to remain unchanged. Based on the results for 2014, the Expert RA rating agency rated the Sverdlovsk Region at 1B (high potential – moderate risk). Among 83 Russian constituent entities, the Sverdlovsk Region rated fifth in the ‘investment potential’ category. The Sverdlovsk Region ranks seventh among Russia’s constituent entities in terms of volume of investments. In 2016, total capital investments in the region (for a full range of organizations, including a recalculation allowing for investments that are not visible through direct statistical methods) came to RUB 345.4 billion (2.7%

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

143

of total capital investments in Russia). Most capital investments in organizations went to development of production and distribution of energy, gas and water – RUB 72 billion (28%); manufacturing – RUB 62.4 billion (24.3%); real estate transactions, leases and services – RUB 38.3 billion (14.9%); and transportation and communications – RUB 37.5 billion (14.6%). Most generic capital investments (48%) were aimed at machinery, equipment, vehicles and household inventories. Currently, the Sverdlovsk Region is focusing on expanding its relationships with countries in South, Central and Eastern Europe, as well as expanding cooperation in all industries with developed countries in Asia. Today, there are more than 400 international companies represented in the Sverdlovsk Region.

These trends in Ekaterinburg open up new opportunities for further development of international cooperation and foreign investment and ensure the strengthening of the strategic geopolitical role of Ekaterinburg as a hub for international trade, scientific research, transport, finance and logistics that links the two leading international trade and economic zones – Europe and AsiaPacific.

The main trading partners of the Sverdlovsk Region are industrial countries, such as the USA, Netherlands, Germany and China. They account for over 50% of the total foreign trade turnover. These countries are the main consumers of metal products, machinery and chemicals, which form the basis of exports in the Sverdlovsk Region.

to the modernization of the

Higher educational and research institutes in Ekaterinburg, are actively developing contacts and student exchange in the field of international humanitarian cooperation. Many higher educational institutions in the city offer educational programs for foreign students.

REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN The Russian Federation has made a significant commitment transportation infrastructure throughout the nation and the Sverdlovsk Region in particular. Because of Russia’s selection as the host country of the 2018 FIFA World Cup and Ekaterinburg’s role in that event, such work will occur regardless of the award of Expo 2025.

8.8

144

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Ekaterinburg implemented a long-term target program: “Development of the Road Network of Ekaterinburg in 2014-2016.” This program provided for a reduction in congestion on the main streets with major transit flows, the reconstruction of streets, the construction of two interchanges, the construction of pedestrian crossings (under and above the street) and the development of public transport infrastructure. The total funding of the program was RUB 5.9 billion, of which RUB 4.6 billion were from the local budget of Ekaterinburg. This document calls for an analysis of the current state of the elements of the transport system in the Ekaterinburg area, in order to propose options for the development of the transport system according to the key provisions of the plan. It will take into account the perspectives of developmental planning, as well as analyzing and justifying the selection of optimal variants of a transportation system, carefully considering the feasibility of alternative modes of transport in the medium and long term. Governor E. Kuyvashev has launched a project, code-named “Capital”, whose goal is to modernize Ekaterinburg, making it suitable and convenient for international-level activities. Within the development of the transport scheme for Ekaterinburg is an assessment of the existing transportation system and a prioritization of the transport infrastructure within the City, for example: where interchanges should be built, where intersections should be expanded, etc. One of the priorities of the program will be the development of the road network, involving the allocation of an additional 1 billion RUB. Funds will be spent on road construction sites, repair of roads and entrances to yards, and the acquisition of municipal equipment. Funding of measures will be performed in accordance with the current division of powers between all levels of government, and with the participation of private investment. Budget expenditures will be at amounts applicable to the level of government involved. A number of infrastructure improvements will be implemented to support Ekaterinburg’s

preparation for involvement in the 2018 FIFA World Cup. The City’s successful bid to host Expo 2025 will result in the enactment of several additional measures, supported by every level of government, for the development of regional and City transportation infrastructure. Federal funds will be used primarily for the development of transport infrastructure, the renovation and capital repairs of federal public highways, the development of Koltsovo International Airport and the railway and rail links – in short, to improve Ekaterinburg’s transport accessibility in general. It will involve the following elements: Transport Hub Development in Ekaterinburg – a public-private, partnership-based creation of conditions for the complex development of the Ekaterinburg transport hub, including the construction of storage, transport and logistics facilities compliant with international standards; the creation of a customs clearance and control center, as well as a joint administrative and service center. Koltsovo airport development – with the aim of increasing the carrying capacity, including the reconstruction and restoration of airfield surfaces at Koltsovo International Airport, Ekaterinburg, Sverdlovsk region. The plan includes the development of airport infrastructure to ensure the provision of high-quality airport services and the growth of air transport operations. The set of measures is aimed at improving the quality of services, expanding the airport coverage area, route network expansion and much more. Federal and regional highways and road networks – capital investment and additional repair is planned for the federal and regional highways passing through Ekaterinburg, which will increase the carrying capacity and improve the quality of road surfaces. This covers the following: –– M5 Highway (“Ural”) – This route from Moscow to Chelyabinsk approaches the city from the south.

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

–– R242 Highway – This route from Moscow to Perm approaches the city from the west. –– Highway R351 – This route from Ekaterinburg to Tyumen approaches the city from the east. –– R352 Highway – Serov to Ekaterinburg, which approaches the city from the northwest. –– R354 Highway – Ekaterinburg to Kurgan, which approaches the city from the east. –– R355 Highway – Moscow to Polevskoy, which approaches the city from the southwest and is called the Polevskoy trakt. •• The development of railway links, to include construction of a high-speed railway between Moscow – Kazan – Ekaterinburg, and the renewal of rolling stock, as a joint project between JSC “RZhD” (“Russian Railways”) and JSC “Vysokoskorostnye Magistrali” (“High-Speed Railways”). The railroad sector under the Federal Special-Purpose Program entitled “Development of the Transport System of Russia” is expected to be earmarked directly for the expansion of railroad infrastructure – high speed magistral connecting Moscow – Nizhniy Novgorod and Kazan and Kazan – Ekaterinburg. Amongst a number of recently signed projects is the construction of an ambitious high-speed rail link from Moscow to Beijing that would cut the six-day journey on the Trans-Siberian Railway to just two. The project would cost more than $230 billion, run over 7,000 kilometers (4,350 miles) in length and take in Kazakhstan along the route. Part of the project is a high-speed rail between the two largest cities in the Russian Urals: Chelyabinsk and Ekaterinburg. Ural high speed railway magistral will connect Ekaterinburg with Chelyabinsk improving regional transportation and by 2025 will have the turn over of 2,150,000 passangers a year. The journey will take 1 hour 10 minutes and will significantly improve transport connection between the cities, to a certain

145

extent uniting them as one entity. This section will form part of the high-speed network connecting Moscow and Beijing. •• Construction of the new public highway of federal importance Moscow – Saransk – Ulyanovsk – Ekaterinburg. The design of this highway is planned under “The socioeconomic development of the Central Federal District up until 2020 Strategy”, approved by the Russian Federation Government resolution № 1540-r dated 06.09.2011. •• The development of Ekaterinburg City subway. •• The construction of a road and rail bridge across the Verkh-Isetsky Pond. •• Construction of a transport hub, comprising: –– a bus station serving long distance and intercity transportation; –– the terminus of a newly built metro line passing through the center of the City; –– a terminus railway line passing through the projecting bridge over Verkh-Isetsky Pond; •• Intercept parking for passenger vehicles coming into the City from the west. •• The creation of a balanced transport system of Ekaterinburg, taking into consideration the ever-growing car ownership in the city and the adjacent areas. –– street and road network construction and reconstruction; –– construction of three transport junctions on different levels; –– one viaduct construction; –– reconstruction of four bridges; –– reconstruction of parks and boulevards; –– road repairs; –– sidewalks repairs; –– public transportation renovation: trams, trolleybuses, subway coaches; –– street lighting and overhead contact system repairs; –– lawn restoration; –– waste recycling plant construction; –– intelligent transport system development;

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

146

8.9

THE CITY AND THE SITE. HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT

The largest city in Sverdlovsk Region, Ekaterinburg is both the capital and administrative center of the region. Ekaterinburg is located 1,667 kilometers from Moscow. The first people settled here in the Stone Age. At the end of the 16th century, the Russian kingdom gained control of the region. In the 17th century, the most significant stage of the initial development of this area happened, when Russian settlers began a massive advance to the east. In 1598, the first settlers founded the town of Verkhoturye on the territory of the present Sverdlovsk region.

Verkhoturye became the first capital of the Urals because of its strategic location on the Babinov road – an important crossroads of trade routes. Sverdlovsk oblast acted as a trans-shipment base between the central part of the country and the actively developed regions of Siberia and Central Asia. The presence of strategic reserves of iron and copper ore, as well as large forest areas, predetermined the specialization of the region (ferrous and non-ferrous metallurgy, wood processing, mining, etc.). Exploration of minerals in the Sverdlovsk region began at the end of the 17th century. By the decree of Emperor Peter I in November 1723 the city got its name in honor of Empress Catherine I, the wife of Peter I on the initiative of its founders Vasily Tatishchev and William de Gennin. Ekaterinburg became the capital of the mining region and the city itself spread across a wide area on both sides of the Ural Mountain range on two continents – Europe and Asia. During the reign of Catherine II the main road

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

of the Russian Empire – the Great Siberian road – was paved through the city. As a result Ekaterinburg became the “key” to vast and rich Siberia, “the window to Asia”. Ekaterinburg is a major industrial center and a main transport hub on the Trans-Siberian Railway. In large part due to its favorable geographical position and developed transport infrastructure, this important city has been chosen as the official candidate from Russian Federation to host World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. The current population of Ekaterinburg is almost 1.5 million people. Based on its City development plans, the Expo 2025 site concept has been drawn up. The residential blocks built during the first stage of construction will be used as a hotel. The territory adjacent to these blocks, on the north, will be used for public car parks; the western part of the plot, adjacent to the highway, has been similarly allocated. Visitors to Ekaterinburg arriving in the city by air can use car, bus or trains to reach the proposed site. Indeed, the availability of a robust venue transport hub will ensure sufficient accessibility for guests from the airport, as well as from any of the currently existing approaches to the city. The development of the proposed Expo 2025 site is perfectly in line with the development of the General Plan of the City of Ekaterinburg. Indeed, the event is a powerful incentive for the complete implementation of this project, including the various transportation infrastructure projects and upgrades. Improved organization of public transport will be achieved through the application of regulatory, administrative and management tools.

147

It is part of the Urals Federal District. The unique geopolitical location of Ekaterinburg and the availability of rich resources of ferrous and non-ferrous metals have given impetus to the rapid development of the mining and metal industry and as a consequence to the rapid development of science and culture and tourism in the region. The city’s centralized location means that it is a key point in the Euro-Asian transport and trade system, which contributes to the development of Ekaterinburg as a major center of transportation, distribution, trade and tourism of regional and international importance.

destination

The Sverdlovsk Region and the City of Ekaterinburg have a number of organizations whose activities are aimed at assisting tourists and other guests arriving in the region and the city. The Tourism Development Centre of the Sverdlovsk Region was created in March 2011 in accordance with the Sverdlovsk Region Government Resolution № 1942-PP dated 31.12.2010. The Centre is the legal entity that, in accordance with its Charter, provides services in the culture and tourism sector, including: organizing celebrations, excursions, tourist events, providing informational support for tourists about activities in the Sverdlovsk Region, organizing public tours, along with many other services. Ekaterinburg’s first tourist information service (TIS) has been established, bringing together all components of the city’s hospitality industry within a single informational space. The objectives of the TIS are: providing comprehensive informational assistance to the city’s guests and residents, ensuring a comfortable stay for foreign tourists in Ekaterinburg, booking and sales of air and railway tickets, booking of hotel rooms, reservation of holiday homes, camping site, tours in Ekaterinburg and many other services.

The Sverdlovsk Region is located in the Middle and Northern Ural Mountains, and the plains of Western Siberia, adjacent to the Urals in the East.

During Expo 2025 the deep experience of these organizations will ensure a high level of comfort and service for arriving visitors.

8.9.1 The

city and region as a tourist

148

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The nature of the area fascinates tourists from all over the world. More than 15,500 rivers and 2,500 lakes enrich the landscape of the Middle Ural Mountains. The waters of the largest rivers – the Tavda, the Tura and the Iset – flow into the basin of the Ob River. One of the most beautiful rivers in all the Ural Mountains – the Chusovaya – is part of the Kama River basin. Chusovaya Nature Park features one of the most beautiful rivers of the Urals region with scenic rocky banks, rich history, and diverse flora and fauna. The Chusovaya River is one of the most interesting natural sites in all of Russia. It flows across two continents with multiple natural sites along its banks, including 37 sites and 10 industrial heritage sites. The park spans 77,000 hectares, covering 148 km of the river’s course. The Ural’s semiprecious stones zone known as the Natural Mineralogical Reserve Rezhevskoy has a history of over 300 years. The reserve includes unique, historically significant deposits of semiprecious stones, including pegmatite, ruby, sapphire and many others. The entire semiprecious zone, including the Shaitanskiye mines, Aduyskiye mines and Lipovskoye deposit, is located in Rezhevskoy District covering a relatively small territory of 2,000 square kilometers. There are about 500 natural monuments in the Sverdlovsk Region. Talkov Kamen is an extraordinarily beautiful forested lake near Syrset, formed in a flooded and abandoned talc mineral mine. The Russian writer, Pavel Bazhov, has repeatedly visited this place, admiring the steep white cliffs reflecting in the transparent green mirror-like lake surface. Perhaps this is where the plots of his famous tales were born? The region is home to a diverse range of animal and plant life within vast landscapes of forests, rivers and lakes, and no effort has been spared to preserve and protect the ecosystem and its natural beauty for future generations. A total of over 2 million hectares have been allocated to protected natural areas, with over 130,000 of those hectares covered by highly

protected state or federal nature reserves and parks. The stunning landscape of the Middle Urals and the availability of transport and communications infrastructure create the conditions for the development of environmental, hunting, fishing, and adventure tourism. In accordance with the Ministry of Natural Resources of the Sverdlovsk Region’s Expert Specialist Assessment, the number of tourists to natural parks in the region amount to over 500,000 people a year. The Sverdlovsk Region, and Ekaterinburg in particular, attract tourists due to the comfortable climatic conditions, especially during summer. Konzhakovskiy Kamen – the highest mountain of the Sverdlovsk Region (1,569 meters) is popular among tourists and is located near the village of Kytlym. The mountain is named after the Mansi hunter Konzhakov, who lived at the foot of the peak in a yurt. Even during the summer, there is snow on top of the mountain. From here, one can see incredibly beautiful mountain ranges and taiga. Since 1996, the Konzhak International Mountain Marathon takes place here on the first Saturday of July, attracting up to 2,000 participants. Nature Park ‘Deer Streams’ is located 100 km to the southeast of Ekaterinburg in one of the most popular regions of the Middle Ural. The park spans 12,000 hectares along the picturesque valley of the Serga River. These are wonderful landscapes of an ancient river valley, featuring rock ledges along the banks, the forest-clad slopes of the Bardymskiy Range and scenic rivers. The parks’ key treasure is its forest — a combination of pine and broad-leaved trees. The park features 130 large and small caves, including the largest cave of the Middle Ural, “Druzhba”, which is over 500 meters long. The cave holds the fossils of animals that lived in the ancient Riphean Sea over 100 million years ago. Additionally, the park

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

houses many archaeological, historic and geological monuments, including settlements of prehistoric humans and their rock engravings. The Sverdlovsk Region is favorable for many different types of travel: business, meetings and events; cultural; educational; active tourism; therapeutic and recreational; ecological and adventure; rural tourism; and hunting and fishing. The largest share of domestic tourism is related to business, recreational, medical and fashion tourism. Adventure tourism and event tourism are also rapidly developing. One of the most outstanding Ekaterinburg projects of recent years is the “Red Line of Ekaterinburg”, a tourist pedestrian route through the historic center of the city, marked on the pavement. The route is a 6.5 km-long loop taking in the city’s most interesting sights, which are marked on the Red Line with numbers. It includes 35 points of interest in total ranging from monuments and merchant’s houses to entire streets and squares. Some of the most interesting sights located outside of Ekaterinburg: •• Nevyansk Tower – a leaning tower in the center of the town of Nevyansk, built by the order of Akinfiy Demidov, the founder of the mining industry in the Urals, in the first half of the 18th century; •• The Cathedral of the Savior’s Transfiguration in Nevyansk; •• Battle Glory of the Urals – an open-air museum of military equipment in Verkhnyaya Pyshma; •• Automotive equipment museum in Verkhnyaya Pyshma – one of the largest collections of Russian cars, special equipment, motorcycles, bicycles; •• The obelisk symbolizing the border between Europe and Asia in Pervouralsk;

149

•• Verkhoturye – a historical town with a kremlin and many churches, called the spiritual center of the Urals. The Cross Exaltation Cathedral of the St. Nicholas Monastery is the third largest cathedral in Russia after the Cathedral of Christ the Savior in Moscow and St. Isaac’s Cathedral in St. Petersburg; •• Mount Kachkanar located near the border between Europe and Asia. At the top of the mountain stands the Buddhist Monastery of Shad Tchup Ling; •• Monastery in the name of the Holy Royal Passion-Bearers at Ganina Yama, standing on the site of the execution and the first burial of the family of the last Russian Emperor Nicholas II and his servants; •• Museum Complex Severskaya Domna in Polevskoy, 52 kilometers from Ekaterinburg – an industrial and architectural monument (1860); •• Open-air museum in Nizhnyaya Sinyachikha – Ural wooden architecture and the richest collection of the Ural house painting; •• Severskaya Pisanitsa – a monument with rock paintings and images of the Neolithic Age located near the village of Severka.

Weather characteristics The climate of Russia is mainly continental, with a significant Arctic region in the north. The east of the country experiences harsh, long, bitterly cold winters, while the north has permanent snow with permafrost. Southern Russia enjoys warm to sometimes hot summers with high rainfall, and very cold snowy winters. The two most pleasant seasons and the best time to travel to Russia are spring and autumn, when there is generally mild, dry

8.9.2

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

150

weather. Ekaterinburg, like most of Russia, has a continental climate. The city is located at the source of the Iset River and is surrounded by lakes and hills. Temperatures tend to be mild in summer and severe in winter. The average

temperature in January is -15.5C (4F), but occasionally drops as low as -40C (-40F). The average temperature in July is 17.5C (64F), but occasionally reaches 40C (104F).

EKATERINBURG, SVERDLOVSK Max, Min and Average Temperature (oC)

+20oC

0 oC

-20oC -40oC Jan ̓16

Mar ̓16

2010 Max Temp (oC)

May ̓16

Jul ̓16

2012

Sep ̓16

2014 Min Temp (oC)

Nov ̓16

2016 Avg Temp (oC) WORLDWEATHERONLINE.COM

8.9.3 Transportation The projected transport plans will ensure easy transit for 12.6 million visitors to the City of Ekaterinburg, and will provide comfortable travel within the City, including visits to the Expo 2025 venue. The three principle ways to reach Ekaterinburg (with forecasted passenger distributions during Expo 2025) are as follows: Road transport –

48.4%, Rail transport – 17.1%, Air transport – 34.5%. Ekaterinburg Ring Road (“ERR”) is the outer high-speed ring road around the City, which links seven outbound routes: Nizhny Tagil, Pyshminskoe, Rezh, Tyumen, Chelyabinsk, Ufa and Moscow. The ERR protects the urban street and road network from external traffic flows, avoiding transit through the City, and at the same time ensures an even flow of traffic into Ekaterinburg.

151

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

ERR

Br id

Central Railway Terminal

Tatishcheva St

Expo Site

Moskovskiy

Trakt

r. Kraulya Str .

Metallurgov St

Airport “Koltsovo”

The Ekaterinburg Ring Road lay-out The most direct route from the ERR to Expo 2025 site is approximately 10 km along Novomoskovskoye Highway to the Exhibition parking exit. The proposed location of Expo 2025 is in the western part of the City, on the picturesque bank of the VerkhIsetsky Pond. This is near the municipal center of Ekaterinburg and the boundary separating the European part of Russia from Asia. The General Plan of the City calls for the active

expansion of the Expo 2025 site. An important component of the proposed Expo 2025 site is a large, multi-modal transportation hub, to include the following: •• a bus terminal for long haul bus service, •• the terminal station of the underground line, serving the municipal center, •• the terminal station of the branch railway line running on the bridge which will cross the Verkh-Isetsky Pond, and

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

152

•• a car park for passenger motor transport arriving at the City from the west, via the Novo-Moskovskiy trakt. 8.9.4 Transportation

Infrastructures

The effective operation of a reliable and comprehensive transportation system will be a key factor in the successful delivery of Expo 2025. Transportation services will include movement within Ekaterinburg including service between official hotels, the Expo site, media centers, airports and railway stations. We will also work closely with all relevant governmental agencies to ensure the provision of effective transportation for visitors attending all Expo 2025 related activities. Ekaterinburg has become a major traffic center mainly due to its advantageous geographical position – it is situated in a low-lying area of the Ural Mountains, through which a trunk road connects the European and Asian parts of Russia. It is also the convergence point for six federal highways from different Russian regions, which join together to form the Ekaterinburg Ring Road (ERR): •• The М5, the Ural federal highway from Moscow to Chelyabinsk, runs along the south side of the City. As it approaches the City, it is known as the Chelyabinsk Highway. The Ural federal highway is part of the European E 30 route and the Asian AH6 route. •• The R242 is the regional highway to Perm. It runs along the west side of the City, and is called the Novomoskovskoye Highway as it approaches the City •• The R351 is the regional highway to Tyumen. It runs along the east side of the City, and it becomes the Siberian Highway as it approaches the City •• The R352 is the regional highway to Nizhny Tagil and Serov. It runs along the north-west

side of the City, and is known as the Serov Highway as it approaches the City •• The R354 is the regional highway to Shadrinsk and Kurgan. It runs along the east side of the City, and it becomes the Siberian Highway as it approaches the City •• The R355 is the regional highway to Polevskoy. It runs along the south-west of the City, and is called the Polevskoy Highway as it approaches the City. There is an extensive coach service network between Ekaterinburg and the cities of Sverdlovsk Region, as well as towns and residential areas of other neighboring regions. Ekaterinburg’s bus stations service and transport about 20,000 passengers daily, and buses make more than two thousand trips a day. Coaches and suburban buses arrive and depart from the South and North bus stations, and the East and South terminals. Due to the increasing annual flow of passengers, the Ekaterinburg development plan calls for the construction of new bus stations and the refurbishment of old ones. All the visitors to and participants of Expo 2025 reaching Ekaterinburg from Sverdlovsk Region and neighboring regions, within a radius of 300–400 km, will be able to use comfortable coaches, which will arrive at the bus station located within the transport interchange hub at the Expo 2025 venue. The Russian Federation is committed to a comprehensive strategy of developing its railways lines over the 20-year period of 2010–2030, including the creation of a direct railway line connecting Moscow, Bratislava and Vienna. This line will use a 1,520 mm wide track gauge and will be supported by the creation of a transportlogistics center in the vicinity of Vienna. The center will service traffic from southern Germany, Switzerland, south-east France, Austria, Slovenia, the Czech Republic, Hungary, Slovakia, Serbia, northern Croatia, northern Italy and the south-west regions of Poland.

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

For Expo 2025 Participants, the benefit of this center, which will be the largest in Europe, cannot be underestimated, insofar as it will provide a safe, reliable and affordable means by which their exhibitions can be transported to Ekaterinburg. Rail service in Ekaterinburg is part of a powerful regional transportation complex. It has considerable technical potential, providing the Urals and Western Siberia with transport connections with Russia’s central, eastern and western regions, in addition to foreign countries. Ekaterinburg is the site of a major rail hub located on the Trans-Siberian Railway, which serves as the convergence point for seven main lines: to Perm, Tyumen, Kazan, Nizhny Tagil, Chelyabinsk, Kurgan and Tavda. In terms of freight turnover, Ekaterinburg Terminal station is the largest in Russia, and the city has regular direct rail links with Moscow, St. Petersburg, Omsk and Novosibirsk. Ekaterinburg Rail Station, which consists of four buildings, serves more than 115,000 passengers daily, sending out up to 60 passenger trains and over 180 suburban trains, on seven lines. There is an inevitable trend for growth in freight and passenger transport through the Ekaterinburg railway transportation hub. This is primarily due to the geographic location of the Ekaterinburg railway hub on the railroad network – which creates a significant economic connection between the European and Asian parts of Russia (and the Eurasian continent as a whole) – as well as the planned scale of economic development of the City and region. Due to the increase in passenger and commuter traffic, further development of the Ekaterinburg railway hub is needed, including the expansion of the receiving and departure yard and an increase in the number of passenger platforms. By 2025, passenger flow through Ekaterinburg Rail Station will amount to about 150,000 longdistance passengers a day and 250,000 local passengers a day.

153

In connection with the extension of the international transport corridor from Nizhny Novgorod to Ekaterinburg, plans call for the construction of a modern container terminal and the creation of a transportation and logistics center at the Ekaterinburg railway transport hub. Due to increasing growth in freight and passenger traffic coming from all directions, plans have been created for the construction of additional main tracks on the Tyumen and Perm approaches, as well as full flying junctions. The Ekaterinburg railway transportation hub, which will be reconstructed prior to the opening of Expo 2025, will be ready to receive all guests and participants who arrive by rail from any of Russia’s regions within a radius of up to 3,000 km, offering all modern conveniences. Significant development and modernization programs are being implemented. In particular, those that act as ‘gateways’ into the Russian Federation. The objective of these programs is to increase airport passenger and freight handling capacity. These projects will result in an increase in the annual passenger capacity of Moscow airports as follows: Vnukovo airport – 20 million, Domodedovo – 50 million and Sheremetyevo – 33 million. The above projects are already financed and being implemented. Ekaterinburg’s Koltsovo International Airport (SVX) is the largest regional airport in Russia. In the summer of 2018, it will become a ‘gateway to Ekaterinburg’ for tens of thousands of football supporters from countries around the world, with the city having been selected as one of the hosts for 2018 FIFA World Cup matches. An analysis of Koltsovo’s technical capacity indicates that the airport can receive 3,200 passengers an hour at maximum load on match days. The second stage of Koltsovo’s reconstruction was done as part of the preparation for the 2018 FIFA World Cup. This includes replacement of the airfield surface and an extension to the runway taking it to 3.5 km, reconstruction and extension of the ramp, increase in the number of aircraft stands,

154

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

equipping the airfield perimeter with technical means of protection and the installation of airfield fencing, as well as the installation of new radar and other technical equipment. The airport’s total capacity will reach 8.5 million passengers a year. Sixty eight Russian and foreign partner airlines currently connect Ekaterinburg with more than one hundred cities, including fifty cities in twenty-eight countries in Europe, Asian and Africa. These include Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkey, UAE, China, Armenia, Germany, the Czech Republic, Ukraine, Finland, Spain and Egypt. A number of European airlines – including Turkish Airlines, Austrian Airlines and Finnair – serve Koltsovo International Airport. The City is also served by the smaller Ekaterinburg Aramil Airport. Ural Airlines has its head office in Ekaterinburg. Koltsovo International Airport is Russia’s fifth airport in terms of the number of passengers served, after the three Moscow airports and Pulkovo Airport in St. Petersburg. It is a member of the International Airports Association (ACI), a member of the “Airport GA” association incorporating airports in Russia and the CIS. In 2012, Koltsovo International Airport’s quality management system met the ISO 9001:2008 requirements, while in 2017, it was recognized as the best airport in Russia and among the 10 best airports in the world. It has also won numerous “Best Airport of the Year” awards. Ekaterinburg Koltsovo International Airport is Russia’s largest regional airport. Over 68 Russian and foreign airlines connect Ekaterinburg with more than 80 cities around the world and 135 destinations, and thanks to convenient transfers at international hubs, to almost any place in the world. As a major terminal airport, Koltsovo International Airport supports the Russian Ministry of Transport’s plan for the development of a supporting Russian airfield network. It has two runways, 60 stands for planes, and can accept 56 different aircraft types. The modern airport complex, whose construction was completed in 2009 as part of a large-scale airport reconstruction project, includes spacious and high-tech terminals which provide services to

passengers on internal Russian and international flights (А and В terminals), and a business terminal for passengers arriving and departing on internal Russian and international flights (VIP terminal). The airport complex also includes a modern hotel. The biggest cargo terminal in the Ural Federal District was constructed at Koltsovo International Airport in 2012. This doubled both the air freight processed in Ekaterinburg and the volume of internal and external trade. Ekaterinburg currently serves a number of international destinations with freight transportation through Koltsovo International Airport. The cities of Amsterdam, Maastricht, Frankfurt, Beijing, Bangkok, Istanbul, Fujairah, plus a long list of others, will benefit from the new cargo complex. The new cargo complex is at the center of regional demand for services in this area, incorporating the most modern European technologies into the essential area of international cargo air transportation. The total area of the new terminal is 19,185 square meters, of which 13,950 square meters are warehouse space, and 5,235 square meters are administrative offices. One of the key aims for the strategic development of Ekaterinburg is in its development as a transport and logistics hub. The new cargo complex will promote an increase in freight traffic through the airport, and will ensure that Expo 2025 participants will be able to safely and securely move goods into Ekaterinburg. Within the framework of the aviation strategy, the priority of Koltsovo International Airport is to go beyond the status of a standard regional airport and function as a fully international transport hub, with a developed transfer and transit chart of flights. To that end, there are plans to further develop the destination network, and to form an efficient transfer system, through regional aviation development and the creation of convenient connections with long-haul flights. It is projected that Koltsovo International Airport will be able to easily and comfortably accommodate all Expo 2025 visitors and participants coming from abroad; this ability will be validated by the airport’s service in support of the 2018 FIFA World Cup.

Samara

Kazan

Ufa

Magnitogorsk

Barnaul

Nizhnevartovsk

Kogalym Surgut

Nojabrsk

Novy Urengoy

Punta Cana

Omsk

Ekaterinburg

Tyumen

Beloyarsky Nyagan Khanty-Mansiysk

Orenburg

Perm

Syktyvkar

Salekhard

Yamburg

Schedualed Destinations Future Destinations Non-Scheduled Destinations

Tenerife

Copenhagen

Stockholm

Naryan-Mar

Nizhny Novgorod

Perm

Syktyvkar

Arkhangelsk

St. Petersburg

Kaliningrad

Riga

Helsinki

Murmansk

Surgut

Nojabrsk

Ekaterinburg

Tyumen Tomsk

Abu Dhabi

Ras Al Khaimah

Goa

Phuket

Bangkok Utapao

Tianjin

Denpasar

Kuala Lumpur Singapore

Ho Chi Minh

Nha Trang

Sanya

Hanoi

Yakutsk

Seoul

Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk

Petropavlovsk

Tokyo

Khabarovsk

Vladivostok

Blagoveshensk

Chita

Beijing

Ulaanbaator

Irkutsk

Mirny

Kemerovo

Krasnoyarsk

Nyagan Khanty-Mansiysk Nizhnevartovsk

Beloyarsky

Nadym

Novy Urengoy

Yamburg Salekhard

Norilsk

Omsk Novosibirsk Kazan Ufa Moscow Samara London Warsaw Minsk Barnaul Orenburg Amsterdam Kostanay Voronezh Cologne Astana Belgorod Kiev Prague Frankfurt Ust Kamenogorsk Volgograd Munich Karaganda Paris Vienna Budapest Krasnodar Rostov Astrakhan Zurich Simferopol Almaty Milan Pula Sochi Makhachkala Gelendzik Burgas Rimini Tbilisi Tashkent Bishkek Rome Tivat Istanbul Osh Samarkand Baku Barcelona Cagliari Khudzhand Yerevan Ashgabad Thessaloniki Dalaman Dushanbe Urumqi Kulyab Palma de Mallorca Kos Rhodes Antalya Qurghonteppa Chania Paphos Larnaka Monastir Irakleion Tel Aviv Sharm El Sheikh Bahrain Delhi Doha Hurghada Dubai Sharjah

CITIES SERVED BY EKATERINBURG AIRPORT

THE HOST CITY AND REGION 155

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

156

8.9.5 Economic

development

In the last five years, Ekaterinburg has experienced an influx of new residents from Russia and all over the world. With an ever increasing range of attractive and diverse economic opportunities, Ekaterinburg has a strong labor market that currently employs over 730,900 people. Ekaterinburg is one of the fastest growing industrial, scientific, educational, transportation and financial centers in Russia, being a major hub for the scientific, industrial and military communities. This economic complex, with Ekaterinburg at its heart, is a shining example of growth and advancement. Ekaterinburg is the heart of the Sverdlovsk Region’s infrastructure and economic system and a significant inter-regional center of social development for the entire Urals Federal District. The strengthening of this economic development in the Urals district, and in Russian Federation as a whole, reflects the structural changes occurring in the economy and the redistribution of the population into the rapidly developing cities. Evidence of Ekaterinburg’s growth is reflected through strong relationships with the following municipalities: Berezovsky, Verkhnyaya Pyshma, Pervouralsk, Revda, Polevskoy, Sysert, which taken together form Greater Ekaterinburg. Under Russia’s 2025 Plan for the country, Ekaterinburg is defined as a center for business, innovation, and educational development and in the years leading up to Expo 2025, this will be facilitated by the expansion of the high-tech and medium-tech industries within the city. This industrial growth will encourage the development of a competitive transportation infrastructure, the advantages of which will manifest themselves in the implementation

of a range of investment activities for the development of the international transport corridor “East – West”, “North – South”, as well as the Tyumen – Ekaterinburg – Kirov – Vologda – St. Petersburg route. These alternative transport corridors will bypass the Moscow transport hub and create a secondary network of international and domestic air transport distribution centers. A logistics center of federal importance will be created at the technological complex for handling, warehousing and customs clearance of cargo and shipping containers, as well as provide a full range of additional services. Ekaterinburg consistently maintains a leading position among Russia’s major cities on a number of key socio-economic indicators, and is one of the leading Russian agglomeration centers. Many large companies (“Sinara Group”, a group of companies “Renova”, “Evraz Group”, “Rusal” group, Ural Mining and Metallurgical Company (UMMC), “Uralmash” (UZTM), TMK, Pervouralsk New Pipe Plant, the corporation “Uralvagonzavod”, Nizhny Tagil Iron and Steel Works, etc.) have highly successful operations in the Sverdlovsk Region, in part thanks to large investments by foreign companies.

Public health infrastructures Today, Ekaterinburg is not only a major transportation hub and a modern industrial metropolis, but also a center for major scientific and medical development. Indeed, Ekaterinburg stands at the forefront of scientific and medical progress, is actively engaged in research and innovation, and its medical sector has established an enduring tradition of exceptional health care services.

8.9.6

THE HOST CITY AND REGION

In recent years Ekaterinburg’s health centers, clinics and hospitals have invested in the most technically advanced equipment, expanding and enhancing the range and quality of available medical services. In this way, Ekaterinburg has encouraged its medical community to embrace international healthcare standards and technological innovation – an effort that has been strongly supported by local authorities and public funding. Today there are more than 48 municipal medical institutions in Ekaterinburg, including general hospitals, children’s hospitals, city clinics, diagnostic centers, dental clinics, physical therapy/rehabilitation clinics, city preventative medical centers and first aid facilities. A large number of federal and regional health facilities as well as private clinics also operate in the city. Ekaterinburg’s extensive medical facilities will be able to care for all Exposition visitors requiring medical attention, and will offer first-class, accessible health care services. Indeed, the design plans for the Expo Site have a devoted section for visitor safety and medical care. 8.9.7 Cultural

infrastructure

The Sverdlovsk Region is a leading cultural center, with over 1,500 natural landmarks, historical, architectural and archaeological landmarks. It includes 14 historic cities and 228 cultural heritage sites, 486 museums and museum complexes, 915 cultural and entertainment facilities including 22 theatres. The region is home to over 300 Russian Orthodox parishes, including 14 operating monasteries and 11 cathedrals, which are in themselves cultural monuments and a key part of the history of the country. There are 915 recreational and entertainment facilities in the Sverdlovsk Region: theatres,

157

a philharmonic hall, concert halls and cinemas, dozens of parks, bowling centers and more, which provide a wide range of entertainment for all types of visitors. Theatre is popular in Ekaterinburg and has a long and vibrant history in the city; many of the region’s theatres are renowned across Russia. In 2012, the Ekaterinburg Opera and Ballet celebrated its 100-year anniversary. Founded in 1936, the Ural Philharmonic Orchestra is one of the most well regarded symphony orchestras in Russia today. The orchestra has more than 100 musicians, and every year performs up to 110 concerts and offers more than 70 programs. The orchestra’s repertoire consists of all major Western European and Russian classical works, as well as the works of outstanding contemporary composers. The Middle Urals are noted not only for their historical and cultural heritage, but also for the many famous people, including actors, artists and musicians, who hail from the region. One of the most highly renowned individuals from the Urals is artist and sculptor Ernst Neizvestny, a World War II veteran, who was born in Ekaterinburg (Sverdlovsk). In 2013 a museum dedicated to him was opened in the city. Among the city’s theatres, critics cite the Ekaterinburg State Academic Opera and Ballet Theatre (one of the oldest theatres in Ekaterinburg) and the Kolyada Theatre (a newish private theatre). Throughout its over century-long history, the Ekaterinburg Opera House has hosted many famous artists and received copious prestigious theatre awards. The theatre has been called the “lab of Soviet opera” because stars of the Bolshoi Theatre, such as Ivan Kozlovsky, Sergei Lemeshev, and Irina Arkhipova, and a soloist of the Kyiv Opera House, Yuri Gulyaev, started their careers here. The opera theatre recently received two Golden Mask awards for the Colordelic ballet (2015), and four Golden Mask awards in the “Ballet. Contemporary dance” category 2014). The ballet “Romeo and Juliet” received two Golden Mask awards in 2017.

158

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Volume 2

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS 9. Master Plan

12. Accommodation

9.1 FLOW OF VISITORS TO WORLD EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG 6

12.1 EXISTING ACCOMMODATION WITHIN DIFFERENT DRIVING DISTANCES 96

9.2 ENVIRONS AND ACCESSES TO THE SITE 8

12.2 POTENTIAL ACCOMMODATION DEMAND 99

9.3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SITE 30

12.3 ADDITIONAL NEEDS

100

9.4 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SITE 61

12.4 SUMMARY OF ACCOMMODATION

100

10. Participants

12.5 ACCOMMODATION FOR PARTICIPANTS’ STAFF

102

10.0 PARTICIPATION OBJECTIVES

10.1 INTERNATIONAL PARTICIPATION

10.2 NATIONAL PARTICIPATION

10.3 CORPORATE PARTICIPATION

10.4 AREA ALLOCATION

13. Feasibility Study 13.1 EXPENDITURES 13.2 REVENUES 13.3 CASH FLOW

107 112 116

14. Participation costs

10.5 ASSISTANCE TO DEVELOPING COUNTRIES 81

14.1 EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION COSTS

11. Visitors and visits

14.2 INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION COSTS 126

11.1 ATTENDANCE. VISITORS AND VISITS 84

122

14.3 OPERATIONAL EXPENDITURES 14.4 DISMANTLING WORKS

128 134

14.5 TOTAL COSTS

136

14.6 MONOPOLIES

137

11.2 POPULATION WITHIN DIFFERENT DRIVING DISTANCES

11.3 OUR TARGET, VISITORS AND RECURRENCE

11.4 PEAK ATTENDANCE PERIODS

15. Legacy and

11.5 TOURISTS SUMMER 2025

Sustainability

11.6 SPECIFIC VISITORS

15.1 ENVIRONMENTAL LEGACY

140

11.7 SUMMARY VISITORS – VISITS

15.2 URBAN LEGACY

141

15.3 SOCIO-CULTURAL LEGACY

145

15.4 THE “CHANGING THE WORLD: INNOVATIONS AND BETTER LIFE FOR FUTURE GENERATIONS” LEGACY. EKATERINBURG 2025 DECLARATION 147

Annex I. General Regulations PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

150

PART II – GOVERNMENT AUTHORITIES IN THE ORGANIZING STATE

151

PART III – OFFICIAL PARTICIPANTS

153

PART IV – GENERAL CONDITIONS OF PARTICIPATION 155 PART V – SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CONCESSIONAIRES 162 PART VI – INDEMNITIES IN CASE OF CANCELLATION OF EXHIBITIONS

163

Annex II. Participation Contract TITLE I – GENERAL PROVISIONS

166

TITLE II – THE PARTICIPANT’S EXHIBIT

166

TITLE III – THE PARTICIPANT’S COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES

167

TITLE IV – BENEFITS GRANTED TO THE PARTICIPANTS 168 TITLE V – ENTRY INTO FORCE

169

MASTER PLAN

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

9.1

FLOW OF VISITORS

To analyze the optimal transport service solution, we have collected and evaluated data on the desired parameters and the predicted demand for visits to the Expo 2025 venue from different arrival zones.

TO WORLD EXPO 2025 EKATERINBURG 9.1.1 Analysis

of the flow of visitors

The following table sets out the distribution of arrival zones and the number of visitors for each, which have been used in the deeper analysis that follows.

to Expo 2025 Visitors to Expo 2025 will arrive in Ekaterinburg from all over the world by different means of transport. Population up to 500 km AREA

Name of

EKATERINBURG

0-200 KM

GREATER EKATERINBURG

Visitors

Ratio

Visits

Percentage

3,721,594

5.0

18,728,548

50.5

KAMENSK-URALSKIY

NIZHNY TAGIL

CHELYABINSK

BALANCE 0-200KM

200-300 KM

SVERDLOVSK REMAINING REGION

CHELYABINSK REMAINING REGION

TYUMEN

1,796,520

3.1

5,542,264

14.9

PERM

BALANCE 200-300

300-500 KM

KURGAN

MAGNITOGORSK

UFA

IZHEVSK

2,503,967

1.7

4,155,334

11.2

BALANCE 300-500 KM

MOSCOW REGION

TOTAL TOURISTS

BALANCE EUROPEAN RUSSIA

EASTERN RUSSIA+BALANCE URAL DISTRICT

8,022,081 1,571,904 1,532,352 2,456,987 572,100

28,426,145 3,004,694 2,004,316 2,805,879 839,843

8.1 5.4 7.6 2.3

1.9 1.3 1.1 1.5

100 TOTALS

14,155,424

2.6

37,080,878

7 MASTER PLAN

Syktyvkar

Kirov Yoshkar-Ola Cheboksary

Perm

KhantyMansiysk

Izhevsk

Каzan Ulyanovsk

Ekaterinburg

Samara

Tyumen Ufa Chelyabinsk Kurgan

Orenburg Omsk

Estimated total number of visitors to Expo 2025:

37,080,878 PEOPLE Duration of the Exhibition:

184 DAYS Therefore, on average, the Expo will be visited every day by

201,527 PEOPLE In the estimations we have used a design day with

272,061 VISITORS TO THE EXPO

According to the experience of previous Expos, there is a 15% increase in the flow of visitors during the last two months of the Exhibition. Accordingly, we estimate that during this period Expo 2025 will be visited by 312,870 people a day. During special events such as the opening and closing ceremony, celebration of national holidays, etc., the flow of visitors is expected to rise significantly, by up to 50%. On this basis, the Expo is designed to have a capacity of 353 679 people a day during the first four months and 406,731 people a day during the last two months. The maximal flow of visitors into the Expo is expected to be during the first three hours after the Exhibition opens and is estimated

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

to be 176,840 and 203,366, respectively, corresponding to the beginning and ending periods of the Expo.

Visits to Expo 2025 Areas

Number of visits

For convenience these calculations are presented in the following table. ESTIMATION ON TOTAL PERIOD OF EXPO HOLDING Average day

201,527 Last two Total period months period (+15%)

№3

4,155,334

1.7

№4

3,004,694

1.9

№5

2,004,316

1.3

№6

2,805,879

1.1

№7

839,843

1.5

37,080,878

2.6

TOTAL

DESIGN DAY (AVERAGE DAY +35%)

272,061

321,870

PEAK DAY (DESIGN DAY +30%)

353,679

406,731

ENVIRONS

INSTANT CAPACITY (65% DESIGN DAY

176,840

203,366

AND ACCESSES

The description of calculations is described below: The first step was to calculate assumptions for the number of visits to the Expo from each area along with the recurrence rate, which are used as the basic inputs. The second step was to develop diminishing coefficients in order to calculate the number of visits to the Expo depending on the group of visits. Visits to Expo 2025 Areas

Number of visits

Recurrence rate

№1

18,728,548

5.0

№2

5,542,264

3.1

Recurrence rate

9.2

TO THE SITE Visitors’ transport modes forecasts The calculation of the average statistical distribution of visits from the city, including foot visits from the area covering the Expo-Village, Expo-City, adjoining hotels and apartments and visits made using public transport from the city of Ekaterinburg, was done on the basis of the 50,000-person accommodation capacity of these areas, and an 85% occupation rate, with an estimated occupation time of 1-2 days for areas 3-6. In order to estimate the number of arrivals into the city, the following table was created to show the distribution of visits, broken out by areas and by means of transport used to reach the Expo.

9.2.1

9 MASTER PLAN

Visits to Expo Areas

Only personal transport, %

Arrival to Ekaterinburg, (%) Other land Only train, % transport, %

31% 31% 37% 0% 0% 20%

№1 №2 №3 №4+5 №6+7 TOTAL

57.0% 54.5% 24.9% 0.0% 0.0% 28.1%

The above calculation of the distribution of visits by type of travel to the city with the aim of visiting the Expo is based on the following: •• For visits coming from outside Ekaterinburg itself, the use of personal transport compared to the use of intercity buses increases in line with the length of the journey. The analysis shows that the use of private vehicles will be in the range of 30.6-37.1% for areas 1, 2 and 3. •• For areas 4-7 the use of personal transport is not calculated, as the time needed to reach the Expo is so long as to make the trip by car unsuitable. Visits to Expo Areas

Visits

12.4% 14.8% 33.0% 15.8% 11.3% 17.1%

Only plane, %

0.0% 0.0% 5.0% 84.2% 88.7% 34.5%

•• The use of taxi, commercial transport operators and public transport diminishes in line with the increase in distance from the Expo site; the longer the trip the less likely the use of these types of transport for “door to door” trips, given the applicable prices. The results of the calculations show that the use of this transport is in the range of 57.0 – 24.9% for areas 1,2 and 3; The table below shows arrivals from the different areas to Ekaterinburg

Arrival to Ekaterinburg (visits) Personal transport only

Other transport

Train only

Plane only

№1

18,728,548

5,730,936

10,675,272

2,322,340

–

№2

5,542,264

1,701,475

3,020,534

820,255

–

№3

4,155,334

1,541,629

1,034,678

1,371,260

207,767

№4+5

5,009,011

–

791,424

2,630,174

№6+7

3,645,722

–

411,967

3,233,755

37,080,878

8,974,039

14,730,484

5,717,245

6,071,696

TOTAL:

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Further calculations of the distribution of daily visits by the type of transport used takes into consideration the following assumptions:

•• The Р351 is the regional highway to Tyumen. It runs along the east side of the city, and it becomes the Siberian Highway as it approaches the city.

•• personal transport is used by 23% of visitors.

•• The Р352 is the regional highway to Nizhny Tagil and Serov. It runs along the north-west side of the city, and is known as the Serov Highway as it approaches the city.

•• about 4% of visitors from area 1 use taxis. Also, taxis are used by 4% of visitors from other areas to get to the Expo site from the railway station or airport. •• Public transport is used by 73% of visitors from area 1, as well as by 96% of visitors from areas 1-6 coming from the railway station and airport. 9.2.2 Access

infrastructure

ROAD TRANSPORT As seen from the tables above, the main flow of visitors into Ekaterinburg will arrive by personal or public vehicle. Ekaterinburg has become a major traffic center mainly due to its advantageous geographical position. It is situated in a low-lying area of the Ural Mountains, which made it the ideal place through which to run the main highway connecting the European and Asian parts of Russia. This is the convergence point for six federal highways from different Russian regions, which together form the Ekaterinburg Ring Road (ERR): •• The М5, the Ural federal highway from Moscow to Chelyabinsk, runs along the south side of the city. As it approaches the city, it is known as the Chelyabinsk Highway. The Ural federal highway is a part of the European E30 route and the Asian AH6 route. •• The Р242 is the regional highway to Perm. It runs along the west side of the city, and is called the Novomoskovsky Highway as it approaches the city.

•• The Р354 is the regional highway to Shadrinsk and Kurgan. It runs along the east side of the city, and it becomes the Siberian Highway as it approaches the city. •• The Р355 is the regional highway to Polevskoy. It runs along the south-west of the city, and is called the Polevskoy Highway as it approaches the city. There is an extensive bus service network connecting Ekaterinburg and the cities of the Sverdlovsk Region, as well as towns and residential areas of other neighboring regions. Ekaterinburg’s bus stations service over 2,000 journeys daily, transporting about 20,000 passengers. Interurban and suburban buses arrive and depart from the North and South bus stations, and also the East and South terminals. Taking into consideration the increasing annual flow of passengers, the existing bus stations are currently significantly overloaded, with a corresponding impact on the quality of service to passengers. Hence, Ekaterinburg’s development plan calls for the construction of new bus stations and the reconstruction of the existing ones. Since the south-west of the city is one of the main focuses of urban development, as well as the location of the site selected for World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, located on the south bank of Verkh-Isetsky Pond, the largest of the six ponds within the city, one of the bus stations will be located directly inside the Expo 2025 venue, as part of a large transport interchange hub, the Passenger Transfer Terminal.

11 MASTER PLAN

All the visitors to and participants of Expo 2025 who arrive in Ekaterinburg from the Sverdlovsk Region and neighboring regions within a radius of 300–500 km, will be able to use comfortable coaches, arriving at the bus station located within this transport interchange hub at the Exhibition venue. RAILWAYS The railway infrastructure based in Ekaterinburg is a potent transportation complex, with considerable technical and knowledge-based capacity. It provides the Ural and Western Siberia with transport and economic connections with Russia’s central, eastern and western regions, as well as with foreign countries. Ekaterinburg is a major rail hub located on the Trans-Siberian Highway. This is the convergence point for seven main lines (connecting Ekaterinburg with Perm, Tyumen, Kazan, Nizhny-Tagil, Chelyabinsk, Kurgan and Tavda). Ekaterinburg Rail station is the largest in Russia in terms of turnover of freight. Ekaterinburg Rail Station, which consists of four buildings, serves more than 115,000 passengers every day, with up to 60 passenger trains and over 180 suburban trains departing on seven lines. Given the privileged geographic location of Ekaterinburg’s railway hub on the railroad network providing transport and economic connections between European and Asian Russia (and Eurasia as a whole), in addition to the large-scale plans for economic development, the growth in freight and passenger traffic through the Ekaterinburg railway hub is inevitable. The passenger flow through Ekaterinburg Rail Station will amount to about 150,000 longdistance passengers a day and 250,000 local passengers a day by 2025.

Due to this increase in passenger and commuter traffic, further development of the Ekaterinburg railway hub is required. First of all, it will be necessary to expand the receiving and departure yard and increase the number of passenger platforms. In this regard, a priority is the plan for the construction of a high-speed railway between Moscow-Nizhniy Novgorod-Kazan as well as Kazan-Ekaterinburg, and the renewal of rolling stock, as a joint project between AO “RZhD” (“Russian Railways”) and AO “Vysokoskorostnye Magistrali” (“High-Speed Railways”). Amongst a number of recently signed projects is the construction of an ambitious high-speed rail link from Moscow to Beijing (including Kazakhstan in the route) that will cut the six-day journey on the TransSiberian Railway to just two. Part of the project is a high-speed rail link between the two largest cities in the Russian Urals: Chelyabinsk and Ekaterinburg. The journey will take 1 hour 10 minutes and will significantly improve transport connection between the cities, to a certain extent uniting them as one entity. This will mean that by 2025 some 2,150,000 passengers will be transported between the two cities every year. For these purposes, Ekaterinburg Rail station must be freed from freight traffic and the use of the approach routes to the station by industrial enterprises. The construction of a servicing and repair shop is planned for repairing and equipping passenger trains. In connection with the planned extension of the international transport corridor from Nizhny Novgorod to Ekaterinburg, the creation of a modern container terminal is planned for the Ekaterinburg railway transport hub, which may be located in the area of Gipsovaya station, and a transportation and logistics center will also be set up. With increasing growth in freight, passenger and local traffic, construction of additional main tracks on the Tyumen and Perm approaches is planned, as well as full flying junctions for all routes into the Ekaterinburg railway hub.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Ekaterinburg’s reconstructed and extended railway transportation hub will be completed in advance of Expo 2025 and will have the capacity to accept all exhibition guests and participants wishing to arrive by rail from any of Russia’s regions within a radius of up to 3,000 km, offering them all the best modern conveniences. Visitors and participants of the Exhibition, who arrive at Ekaterinburg Rail station will be able to reach the Expo site via one of the following types of transport: the Koltsovo airport aeroexpress, which stops at the station; the metro, the city express-bus or a city taxi. AIR TRANSPORT Ekaterinburg’s main air gateway is Koltsovo International Airport, which will welcome Expo 2025 guests from more distant regions of Russia and foreign countries. It is Russia’s largest regional airport. Over 40 Russian and foreign partner airlines connect Ekaterinburg with over 100 destinations, including more than 50 cities in 28 countries across Europe, Asia and Africa, with links to practically the entire planet through convenient transfer hubs, international airports and terminals. Koltsovo stands firmly in fifth place in the list of the country’s largest airports by number of passengers, after the three airports that make up the Moscow air hub and Pulkovo Airport in St. Petersburg. The priority task of Koltsovo airport within the framework of the aviation strategy is to go beyond being an ordinary regional airport and function as a fully international transport interchange hub, with a developed transfer and transit schedule of flights. Koltsovo airport has everything it needs to meet this task: on the one hand, it enjoys the advantageous geographic location and busy business sector of the Ural and Siberian region, and on the other hand, it already has a developed airport infrastructure with a large reserve capacity and a reasonably extensive

existing flight network. In this regard, there are plans to further develop the route network and form an efficient transfer system, first of all, through regional aviation development, followed by the creation of convenient connections with long-distance flights. In the summer of 2018, Koltsovo Airport will literally become “The gateway to Ekaterinburg” for tens of thousands of football supporters from many countries around the world, with Ekaterinburg being selected as one of the cities where the games of the 2018 FIFA World Cup will be held. For Expo 2025, Koltsovo airport will be ready and able to welcome all exhibition visitors and participants arriving from outside Russia in state of the art airport facilities.

The Ekaterinburg Ring Road and its connections with the Site Ekaterinburg Ring Road (ERR) is the outer high-speed ring road around the city, which links seven inbound/outbound routes: Nizhny Tagil, Verkhnyaya Pyshma, Rezh, Tyumen, Chelyabinsk, Ufa and Moscow. The ERR protects the city’s urban street and road network from external traffic flows, transit through the city, and at the same time ensures an even flow of traffic into Ekaterinburg.

9.2.3

13 MASTER PLAN

THE LAYOUT OF THE EKATERIBURG RING ROAD

ERR

Br id g

Central Railway Terminal

Tatishcheva St

Expo Site

Moskovskiy

Trakt

r. Kraulya Str .

Metallurgov St

Airport “Koltsovo”

Bus Station for 200 Buses + Parking for 300 Buses

Parking for VIP Housing for 350 cars

Parking for Expo Visitors for 3,950 Cars

VIP Parking for Expo Visitors for 525 Cars

Parking for Organisers for 220 Cars

Parking for Expo Visitors for 1,700 Cars

THE PLAN OF CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ADJACENT TERRITORIES WITH THE EXPO SITE

Parking for Expo Visitors for 12,000 Cars

Parking for 500 Trucks

14 EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

15 MASTER PLAN

The predicted transport flows for the ERR consist of 18% passenger cars, 80% freight transport, and 2% public transport. The width of the ERR easement area along the entire route is 28.0 m. The maximum number of traffic lanes is six in both directions. At ERR junctions with the long-distance road network, full and partial road junctions are planned at different levels. There are a total of 32 of these, including eight which are already built. The total length of the ERR is 94.50 km, includingÂ 35.00 km of already constructed roads. The system of high-speed roads ensures a differentiated distribution of transport flows. Transport flows which are transiting the city are sent to outbound routes via the ERR. The simplest and shortest route from the ERR to the Expo 2025 site for visitors is about 10 km along Novomoskovsky Highway to the Exhibition parking exit. 9.2.4 The

environmental protection

measures taken on the site During the construction of the site, a plan of environmental protection measures will be implemented (to reduce atmospheric pollution; subterranean, surface water and soil contamination; and to reduce harm to valuable sites, vegetation and animal habitats). Works will be carried out to restore those sites that border the construction site that may suffer unavoidable damage. Rainwater will be collected from the roofs of buildings, it will be purified and used for flushing toilets, watering land, feeding the fountains, and supplying condensers. There are plans to process at least 50% of the annual average amount of rainwater. Futhermore, surface rainwater will be collected from open car parks and passageways; the water will be purified and used to irrigate the land, etc.

Site development is limited to 12 meters beyond the perimeter of buildings and 3 meters beyond pedestrian zones, car parks and technical zones. The open space concept is being implemented through the creation of a wide embankment alongside Verkh-Isetsky Pond and the network of canals connected with the pond which pass alongside the Exhibition pavilions. There is existing vegetation on the construction site, part of which is in a good physical and aesthetic condition. Some of this will be left intact to create groups of trees and shrubs. Along with additional landscaping of the site, this will guarantee considerable areas of open green spaces and create buffer zones along the perimeter of the site. Protection from the sun is envisaged in the site design, including such measures as the construction of balconies in administrative buildings, particularly along the entire length of south-facing facades; curtains and internal vertical blinds. Where necessary, leafy vegetation will be planted to provide shade. A reduction of 50% in the amount of electricity consumed is envisaged (during the period from 23:00 to 05:00) for all internal locations which receive direct light through windows, transparent doors, walls, etc. Efficient use of water resources Boat trips will be available on Verkh-Isetsky Pond. A leisure and promenade zone with a panoramic view is scheduled for construction along the banks of the pond. Furthermore, pedestrian and cycle access to the nearby Ekaterinburg forest park will be provided. The Expo plans call for the planting of vegetation over no less than 20% of the area designated for construction; in addition, considering the specific climatic conditions, the internal open areas of the buildings will be used for winter gardens.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

When internal passageways are constructed, street inlets and roadside ditches with “bio plateaus”, which purify waste water, will also be built.

•• Use of infra-red sensors in toilets and wash basins; •• Two-mode toilets with economic flushing system.

The western development area will be inserted into the existing green belt including Moscow forest park, two ponds, the banks of VerkhIsetsky Pond and the park. The eastern development area includes a network of planned squares and boulevards, connected to Verkh-Isetsky Pond by canal.

The following electricity saving measures will be taken: •• location of regulating equipment in electrical load distribution service centers; •• use of optimal section of cable lines and bus bars to minimize electricity losses; •• use of modern lighting equipment with tubular and compact incandescent lamps and electronic control gear; •• use of an automatic lighting control system in public areas, depending on the level of lighting.

These aspects constitute the environmental framework of green space and water at the planned Expo 2025 site. Planting areas which do not affect the works being carried out will be planted before the start of construction. A plan for the landscaping of temporary exhibition structures will be drawn up. The complex landscaping of the site through the use of existing natural objects and planned squares and boulevards, as well as additional landscaping instead of temporary exhibition structures will make a considerable contribution to combatting the greenhouse effect and creating a favorable microclimate. Due to the large area of existing and planned water elements, there are plans to monitor and regulate the breeding of insects (e.g. mosquitoes and gnats) in the canals and ponds of the site. At least 50% of “grey” waste water will be processed onsite; it will be purified and used repeatedly, including through the use of membrane technologies. Technical water (purified rainwater from roofs of buildings) is to be used to feed cooling stations (cooling tower), and also to water the landscaped site. To reduce the amount of fresh drinking water consumed, the following is also planned for the facility:

This will guarantee energy efficiency savings of 10–20% for new buildings in comparison with standard buildings which conform to mandatory requirements. New strategies in the project and innovations It is envisaged that the development of planning documentation and the implementation of work will take account of and use the best and most promising modern Russian technologies, whose impact on the environment will be in line with or better than any equivalent technology. Expenditure on the servicing of the lifecycle of the planned facility will be reduced by eliminating (diesel fuel, fuel oil) and reducing (gas, hot water, central electricity supply) the use of traditional energy supplies. This will also aid in the protection of the environment.

Public transport to the pedestrian entrances to the Site A complex set of model calculations of transport and passenger flows is used by the designers in determining a concept solution for the Expo Park transport service scheme.

9.2.5

17 MASTER PLAN

This work is performed with the use of Aimsun modern mathematical modeling software packages from TSS (Spain) and the Vissim microscopic dynamic model from PTV-Vision (Germany). Considering the Expo’s location close to the city center, visitors from different points of the city will be able to arrive at the Exhibition by public transport: metro, light rail, bus, tram, taxi and water tram. The plan for street and road network and public transport development, drawn up to 2018, envisages measures aimed at improving and ensuring safe and convenient passenger connections between all the residential areas and the main areas which will attract people, with the minimal possible number of changes, including the Expo Site, with the time spent being within normal values, as well as reductions in the negative impact of transport (noise and air pollution) on the environment.

•• ensuring passenger transportation to metro stations by means of feeder transport. The general plan of urban development up to 2018 for the construction of second line metro stations envisages complex subterranean space development with the creation of unified, well-organized metro center complexes which include: •• multi-level transport hubs; •• socially important urban infrastructure facilities; •• underground car parks for passenger and light vehicles. The urban electric train passenger flows are generally outside the zone of influence of the Metro, but the systems cross in four locations, which are used to form transfer hubs, one of which is located on the Expo site.

The Metro is regarded as the main high-speed off-street transport method. To increase its efficiency, it is going to be coordinated with ground transport, with a system of routes, leading to various specific locations, being created, and transfer hubs ensuring efficient interaction between different kinds of public and private transport.

One of the main lines within the planned electric train development is the connection of Koltsovo Airport with the Expo 2025 area by a high-speed, luxurious, regular electric train service (the aero-express) running from Koltsovo Airport–Rail station–Expo 2025 site. The aero-express route will pass along the planned railway bridge, combined with the car bridge, across Verkh-Isetsky Pond, with the final station at the transport interchange terminal on the Expo Site.

The metro will be developed in accordance with the documents drawn up and approved earlier, with three lines that cross in the central part of the city and form a structural triangle with three transfer hubs. One of the Metro’s lines is planned to provide a connection between the VIZ-Pravoberezhny regions and the city center, with a station in the transport interchange hub on the Expo Site.

The routes of street ground transport lines are designed in such a way as to ensure optimum accessibility for residents who are not currently adequately served, to new and to-be-developed residential areas, including the Expo Site, to the city’s main areas (city center, external transport hub facilities), all while offering an opportunity to provide positive coordination of the whole transportation system.

The Metro will be coordinated with ground urban transport in two ways: •• joint functioning of the Metro and street transport on general highways to provide long-distance (by metro) and short-distance (by street transport) trips;

When the network was designed, the requirement to ensure the mobility and reliability of the whole transport service system was taken into account, including duplication of electric transport lines by bus lines, creation of duplicated routes and closed circuits.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

However, it is not envisaged that all three kinds of transport will be combined on one highway. The following principles are laid down for the development of the tram network: •• maximum preservation of the existing tram lines with their further modernization; •• the construction of tram lines outside the zone of Metro influence on routes with the largest passenger flows; and with a prospect of extending them to satellite towns. Such passenger flows appear in connection with the development of new residential areas that have a shortage of workplaces, for instance, VIZPravoberezhny district on the western road. As far as the tram network is concerned, the routes on the Tatishchev line, to the site of the Expo 2025 exhibition, are going to be extended and reconstructed. As far as the development of city and suburban bus lines are concerned, the determining role is played by servicing remote regions, ensuring the connection of these regions with ground transport hubs, complex transfer hubs near Metro stations, the tram, and electric train (for instance, the transport interchange hub on the Expo Site). Within the city, bus is envisaged as auxiliary transport in combination with tram or trolleybus to ensure flexibility and reliability of the transport system. The bus is the chief means of transport in the feeder system of transport for Metro stations and the urban electric train. The urban development plan envisages the development of the VIZ – Pravoberezhny district to create residential and recreation zones, where the bus is the main kind of public transport.

tram functioning, and also to create a network connecting to Metro stations and other complex passenger hubs. By 2018, there are plans to reconstruct old trolleybus communication routes and lay new ones; the route along Tatishchev Street will reach the site of Expo 2025. Shuttle buses can be provided in addition to much existing public transport. They can duplicate the route system and connect residential areas with popularly visited areas: the city center, market, stations, stadiums, business complexes, airports, and hospitals, and also play the role of feeder transport for Metro stations and other transfer hubs, and serve local and remote regions on lines with low passenger flows. During Expo 2025, new routes, leading to the site of the Exhibition, will be laid on. According to the plan for the development of the public transport network, the length of the network in 2018 will amount to: Metro – 24.4 km, Tram – 146.8 km, Trolleybus – 190 km, Bus – 560.85 km, City light rail – 64 km. The total length of the transport network, including Metro and light rail, will amount to

986.15 KM The density of the transport network within the developed area will amount to

1.68 KM/SQ.KM. Types of transport

During the World Exhibition in 2025, a number of new routes will be created, connecting this district with the city center, rail station and Koltsovo Airport. Some of the new routes will pass along the designed bridge over Verkh-Isetsky Pond.

METRO

The development of a trolleybus system is envisaged as the main system in all the city districts where flows are insufficient for efficient

LIGHT RAIL (SUBURBAN TRAIN)

TRAM TROLLEYBUS BUS

TOTAL:

Length of Density of double-track transport network, network, km km/sq.km

24.4 146.8 190.1 560.85 64.0 986.15

0.04 0.25 0.32 0.96 0.11 1.68

Aeroport express train stop

City metro stop City Bus Stops

City metro stop

City tram stops

THE PLAN OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT CONNECTION TO EXPO WITH STOPS.

de Es

pl a

City and intrcity bus stops

MASTER PLAN

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

PASSENGER TRANSFER TERMINAL This terminal links the main transport routes, railroad, underground Metro and bus and will become a hub for the development of the future city district and of the public and business area on both sides of the City Small Transport Ring. During the Exhibition the Passenger Transfer Terminal will be located in the immediate vicinity of the main entrance to the Expo Site. The terminal is a multistory, multipurpose building, comprising the Metro and rail terminals, intercity bus station and multi level parking.

Near the Passenger Transfer Terminal there is a Congress Hall and a multistory hotel.

21 MASTER PLAN

Congress center hotel

HUB

THE PLAN OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT CONNECTIONS TO THE PASSENGER TRANSFER TERMINAL

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

LOUNGES IN THE PASSENGER TRANSFER TERMINAL

9.2.6 Disposition

of parking lots

and access to the Site entrances To calculate the hourly peak intervals for passenger flow arrival, the length of peak demand for arrival was determined as the three hours in the morning starting from 08:30 – the total demand for arrival during this period is 65% of daily demand. Also calculated was the percentage distribution across these three peak hours: •• 30% for the first peak hour (design demand); •• 45.7% for the second peak hour (peak demand); •• 24.3% for the third peak hour (residual demand); To calculate the hourly peak intervals of passenger outflows, one evening hour was determined as the duration of peak demand for departure; the total demand for departure during this period amounted to 50% of the daily demand. The tables showing this distribution are in the Annex. To calculate the hourly peak intervals of transport flow arrival, the duration of peak demand for arrival and the total demand for arrival during this period as compared to the overall daily demand were taken into account.

To determine the number of transport units by category, the following factors were used: •• On average one car brings two passengers; •• On average one taxi brings 1.5 passengers; •• One express bus brings 38 to 42 passengers. The tables showing arrivals distribution are in the Annex. To calculate the hourly peak interval of transport outflow, the duration of the peak demand for departure and the total demand for departure during this period as compared to the daily demand was taken into account. The dependencies of passenger flow distribution during departure from the Exhibition territory are similar in terms of ratio to the method of arrivals calculation. The calculation of required parking space for the facility was carried out in two ways: •• Calculation by arrival indicators, described in the previous sections; •• Calculation by effective norms (standards) of the Russian Federation.

23 MASTER PLAN

The detailed calculation of the needs for each zone is provided in the consolidated table attached to this explanatory note, but the main assumptions used for this calculation are as follows: •• In the case of personal cars, it is assumed that the car is parked for a duration of 16 hours;

Predictions of the hourly number of visitors Total number of spaces in the parking lot (units), including:

The table below sets out parking space distribution.

Average Day 45,110 (for the whole period) Calculation

FOR VISITORS’ PASSENGER TRANSPORT

10,939

FOR AUTOS

10,794

FOR TAXIS

•• In the case of taxis, it is assumed that the vehicle remains on site waiting to pick-up passengers for 15 minutes (0.25 hours); •• In the case of an express bus, it is assumed that the vehicle is parked for a duration of 16 hours.

STANDARD RF average min

Russian Federation (RF) standard regulations for parking spaces, which are used in the tables, correspond to the total amount of visits a day – for the maximum indicator, and also to the estimated inflows of transport –for the minimum indicator. The final table of hourly and daily visits of Expo has been drawn up according to the distribution by type of arrivals: by foot and by transport. The estimation of the average daily number of visits made by foot from the area of the hotel complex are shown below. Visits on foot on an average day

35,417 The calculation of the peak amount of innercity visits between foot visits made from the

Calculation

STANDARD RF average max

17,482 15,037

144

FOR BUSES

Average Day 72,094 (for the last 2 months)

17,252

22,555

231 292

466

territory of Expo-Village, Expo-City, adjoining hotels and apartments and between visits made by public transport from the territory of Ekaterinburg was made on the calculation of the capacities of described territories based on its capacity of 50,000 people capacity and 100% fulfillment, with estimated time of accommodation of 1-2 days. The estimation of peak amount of inner-city visits Visits on foot on peak day

41,667 Below is the consolidated table of distribution of passenger flow over a day and peak intervals of visitors coming as passengers or via transport

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Arrivals to the site Peak

VISITORS PER DAY VISITORS IN THE PEAK INTERVAL (FIRST 3 HOURS)

Average

408,091 265,259

ARRIVALS A DAY ARRIVALS IN THE FIRST 3 HOURS

272,061 176,840

VISITORS DURING THE 1ST HOUR OF PEAK PERIOD

79,578

ARRIVALS IN THE 1ST HOUR

53,052

VISITORS DURING THE 2ND HOUR OF PEAK PERIOD

119,367

ARRIVALS IN THE 2ND HOUR

79,578

VISITORS DURING THE 3RD HOUR OF PEAK PERIOD

66,315 204,046

VISITORS DURING THE PEAK HOUR

The total area of the parking zone is 60 ha: in total, this provides parking space for 500 buses and 17,650 passenger vehicles, plus a further 13,800 spaces for passenger vehicles in the underground parking under Expo-City.

ARRIVALS IN THE 3RD HOUR ARRIVALS IN THE PEAK HOUR

44,210 115,667

Additionally, for Expo participants in ExpoVillage there will be 3,000 places in the dedicated underground parking.

Underground Parking for Participants Living in Expo Village for 3,000 Cars

VIP P

Parking for VIP Housing for 350 Cars

Parking for Expo Visitors for 3,950 Cars

Underground Parking for Visitors Living in Expo City for 6,600 Cars

Parking for Organizers 220 Cars

VIP P

VIP Parking for 525 Cars

Parking for Expo Visitors for 1,700 Cars

THE LAYOUT OF PARKING AREAS AT THE EXPO SITE

Bus-Station for 200 Buses + Parking for 300 Buses

Underground Parking for Visitors Living in Expo City for 7,200 Cars

Parking for Expo Visitors for 12,000 Cars

Parking for 500 Trucks

MASTER PLAN

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The parking zone is mainly located along the southern and western borders of the Expo Site. The parking lots will be accessible for visitors, staff, media, etc. A parking zone for VIPs is located on the eastern side of the exhibition, near Tatishcheva St. All the parking lots are equipped with an automated gating system and video surveillance. 9.2.7 Service

access

and the internal ring road for motor vehicles An internal ring road for motor vehicles, two lanes wide on each side, is located along the perimeter of the Expo Site. It provides the circular route for internal passenger transport (buses), and also ensures that service vehicles, cleaning vehicles, and vehicles belonging to the special services can access any point of the Exhibition. To enter from beyond the Exhibition area, a service gate leading to this ring road is available in the north-west and south-east parts of the Expo Site. This gate allows for the passage of both arriving and departing vehicles. To ensure safety and control of access to the Exhibition, and also to ensure established procedures for the import and export of goods and valuables are applied, passage through the gate is controlled by the Expo security service. All vehicles involved in serving the Exhibition, including shuttle buses, delivery vehicles, cleaning machines, special service vehicles, ambulance, police, Ministry of Emergencies and rescue vehicles, along with different repair service vehicles are based outside the exhibition site, entering it only to carry out their duties. All such vehicles enter and

exit through the service gate, passing the examination procedure determined for each category of vehicle. Entry and exit through the service gate by vehicle or on foot requires a speciallyproduced pass with mandatory establishment of identity for absolutely all employees of exhibition services, including drivers and operators of drivable machines. The examination procedures, including the use of metal detector frames, x-ray machines, and in individual cases, selective personal examination in specially designated rooms, will be organized in the same way as at visitor entrances. Arrival and departure from the site will be recorded in the same way with the help of video cameras, with recording of the date and time of entry/exit. During the operating hours of the Exhibition, only vehicles transporting Expo visitors can use the internal ring road. Exceptions are only made for the transport of special services entering the Exhibition site in emergency cases. Service and cleaning vehicles have access to the Exhibition site only at night, when the Exhibition closes for such services. For the purposes of supplying and supporting pavilions, shops, food venues, and event venues, there are two service entrances on opposite sides of the Expo Site. The first service gate is located in the northwestern part of the Site, near the warehouse area which lies just outside the Site. The second service gate is in the south-eastern part of the Site. â&#x20AC;˘â&#x20AC;˘ The main warehouse zone is located outside the Expo Site, near the southeastern boundary. Prior to entering the Site, all products and materials shall pass through security procedures. Upon passing

27 MASTER PLAN

security tests, products and materials go either directly to pavilions or to the internal warehouse located alongside the Site boundaries. •• Loading/unloading will mainly be undertaken at night. All products, food, and consumables are to be delivered and unloaded at the reception area of the warehouse zone. When unloading, staff will check whether products comply with accompanying documents. Accepted and unloaded products will undergo special screening prior to entering the internal warehouse.

Screening will be carried out by X-ray machines, radiation dosimeters, and various indicator tests, including laboratory sampling and testing. We intend to have a separate space for an express laboratory. In the case of products which do not pass security or are not marked properly, they will be temporarily stored at the external warehouse; with the consignor and consignee notified thereof. Goods not accompanied by the correct documentation will neither be accepted for storage nor unloaded. •• Perishable products and drugs will be stored under special conditions.

Service Area

Logistical Area

Queue Zone for Trucks

Service Entrances

ra n

En t

Fire Department

Entrance

Service Entrances

Service Roads

28 EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

THE LAYOUT OF SERVICE ACCESS TO THE INTERNAL RING ROAD

29 MASTER PLAN

VIP Entrance

Entrance

VIP Entrance for Visitors

Main Entrances to the Exposition

e nc tra En

There are five entrances for visitors to the Exhibition site. The main entrances are located where the main transport flows are concentrated.

pathways

ra n

main pedestrian

ACCESS FOR VISITORS TO THE MAIN ENTRANCE ALLEY

En t

visitors and the

Entrance

for

Entrance

9.2.8 Access

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

•• The South-West (main) entrance is located near the transport interchange hub. A large pedestrian square is planned in front of the entrance, where the passenger transport terminal is located and next to a hotel and Congress hall. •• The Eastern entrance is located between Tatishcheva and Kraulya Streets, near the underground Metro stations and the tram stop. •• The three remaining entrances (two south and one west) will be used for the visitors who come primarily by personal transport, and are located next to the parking zones. These entrances are also as close as possible to pedestrian (and cycling, if necessary) routes for people living in Expo-Village and Expo-City. There are public city ground transport and taxi stops at each of the listed entrances. •• The VIP entrances are located at the eastern border of the site near Tatishcheva St., one of the main routes connecting the site with the city center. A VIP parking lot and a helicopter pad are located on the exhibition site, near the VIP entrances. Entrances to the Expo site zones are equipped with all necessary technical means for the inspection of visitors. An integrated safety system will be used to minimize the time it takes for visitors to get through while maintaining a high safety level. The safety system includes: security staff, who will inspect visitors at the entrance; alarm and access control systems; a video surveillance system; and other safety measures. These include: •• organization of the inspection of visitors and their baggage by the security service using metal detection frames at entrances; •• use of x-ray machines to examine baggage; •• use of special equipment to examine people, bags, and other items. Special closed rooms have been arranged for more detailed selective inspections;

•• installation of surveillance cameras at the entrances which record the process of visitors’ movements. These cameras work on the basis of special facial recognition software that allows identified individuals on blacklists to be quickly detected; •• the security system envisages automatic transmission of information about the situation at the site to the management center/operating center.

PHYSICAL

9.3

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SITE The Site The 500 ha site where we propose to host World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is located in the western part of the city, on a picturesque bank of Verkh-Isetsky Pond, within 3 km of the center of Ekaterinburg and not far from the border separating the European part of Russia from the Asian part, which lies within the city. The site has been selected due to its close location to the city center, which will ensure the availability of infrastructure and transport accessibility. The site’s terrain has characteristic Ural coloring and beautiful natural surroundings. To the north, the site is bordered by Verkh-Isetsky Pond, to the west, it adjoins the rolling forest. To the east and south, the site borders residential areas and city infrastructure. The area is generally flat, with one section containing marshland; it currently has practically no buildings, undeveloped infrastructure, and is owned by the city. The general city development plan envisages active development of this area. The southern part of the site, which adjoins Novo-Moskovskiy trakt and Metallurgov Street, will be developed: residential blocks will be built, the shoreline has been designated for leisure and entertainment, while the construction of a large public and business center, a sports complex and a park are

9.3.1

31 MASTER PLAN

planned for the western section. The extension of the existing Tatishcheva Street and Kraulya Street will be the basis for the new residential blocks. The public and business zone adjoins the Small Ring high-speed main road, which will be extended along a planned bridge over VerkhIsetsky Pond. A large transport interchange terminal is going to be located on the developed territory, and it will include: •• a bus station serving intercity and intracity transportation; •• the final station of the newly constructed Metro line which passes through the city center; •• the final station of the railway line that will pass along the planned bridge over VerkhIsetsky Pond; •• a multi-level car park for passenger vehicles arriving in the city from the west. 9.3.2 The

Site plot

The concept of the Expo 2025 Complex was formed on the basis of these urban planning proposals. To bring the planned concept to life, it is necessary to carry out a number of measures to prepare the land of the site before the start of construction: •• Construction of a ground wall along the south bank of Verkh-Isetsky Pond to form the embankment where the leisure and entertainment zone will be later located. •• Construction of a drainage collector under the area designated for exhibition buildings to remove excessive surface and ground water present at the site. The drainage collector will be laid from the area designated for the Exhibition within the city territory, and will flow out into the Iset River below the City pond. •• Removal of the existing engineering works from the exhibition site. •• Replacement of the soil on the site designated for construction. •• Construction of a 4,200-meter long, 15-meter wide and 2.2-meter deep circular canal for water trams that transfer visitors around the exhibition.

•• Laying of engineering services (water supply, water disposal, rainwater disposal, heating, electricity supply, and telecommunications). •• Preliminary site layout with allocation of sites for construction of Expo 2025 facilities. •• Improvement of the land, installation of the “growing green framework”, which does not prevent further construction.

Zoning of the Site and the

9.3.3

adjoining territory The Site and the layouts for the planned Expo were drawn up on the basis that the space must be an integral part of the fabric of the city. The concept of the Expo 2025 exhibition complex includes the following main zones: •• Expo Site is a venue with an area of 184 ha where the pavilions and service facilities for exhibition visitors are located; •• Residential blocks on an area of about 114.2 ha will be used as hotel room stock for visitors to the exhibition; •• A residential area of about 21 ha is designated for accommodation of exhibition participants, in 8-12 story residential accommodation blocks; •• Visitor parking of 60 ha; •• A transport interchange hub with bus station and a pedestrian area covering about 8 ha; •• An entertainment park on the hill, covering 15 ha; The majority of these zones, except for the main Expo Site and visitor parking lots, will be transferred to the city intact after the exhibition ends. The proposals contained in the Ekaterinburg Urban Development Master Plan, will be implemented in the remaining areas. Thus, development of the site allocated for Expo 2025, is not only entirely in line with the Urban Development Master Plan; it is in fact a powerful catalyst for the project’s implementation.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

EXPO SITE ZONING AND SURROUNDING AREAS

Expo City for Visitors

Expo Village for Participants

VIP Residential Area for Participants

Expo Area

Urban Residential Areas

In the evenings and at night, the entertainment zone, including restaurants and performance venues, will continue working. The working zones will be well lit, while non-working zones will have after-hours lighting only. This will help visitors determine which zones and routes are available at any particular time.

Parking

Ar ea ce

Se r

Expo Day

Parking

Service Area

Entrance

Expo Night

Parking

VIP Entrance

MASTER PLAN

THE PLAN OF EXPO NIGHT ZONE ALLOCATION

En t

ra n

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

9.3.4 Disposition

and pedestrian

flows within the Site The main pedestrian route connecting the Eastern and Western entrances follows the route of the on-site water transport system and hosts the Theme pavilions, making it the main attraction for visitors. The second main pedestrian route is the esplanade, both sides of which will host the pavilions of Russia’s Federal Districts, in accordance with their geographic locations. The pedestrian esplanade begins at the main entrance to the Expo Site and connects the Passenger Transfer Terminal with the banks of Verkh-Isetsky Pond. Wide avenues lead from the southern entrances towards the Pond, and there are

two highly visible landmarks – the first is the Russian pavilion and the second, the arena. The main pedestrian routes include those mentioned above and the embankment of the bypass canal, which borders the Site waterside zone. These pedestrian routes divide the pavilion area into eight “quarters”. Within the “quarters”, visitor flows will run through alternate convenient squares which allow each participating country to host all manner of events close to their country pavilion. Walking around the Expo Site will be extremely pleasant for visitors, with the possibility of enjoying picturesque views of the Theme pavilions, Russian pavilion and Expo Arena. Furthermore, the green zones and urban elements are designed to enhance the mood of the visitors.

35 MASTER PLAN

Theme Pavilion Theme Pavilion

Main Pedestrian Routes

Russia Pavilion Expo Arena

pl a

One can move around the Expo Site not only by foot but also using the waterway (the circular canal in the central part of the site). This canal provides both a transport route and sightseeing of the Expo. The waterway is an artificial canal fed with water from Verkh-Isetsky Pond and which can carry water trams. For this purpose, six piers will be organized near the main pedestrian routes.

Example Designs of Special or Featured Structures

MAIN PEDESTRIAN ROUTES

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Helicopter Platform

THE PLAN OF THE INTERNAL WATER WAY

Main Pedestrian Routes

Main Pedestrian Axis

Electric Bus Stops

Watertram Stop

•• length – 4,200 m •• width – 15 m •• depth – 2.2 m •• one-way traffic (clockwise) •• number of stops – 6, •• number of vessels – 6.

pl a

37 MASTER PLAN

9.3.5 Use

allocation

To be considered efficient, the Exhibition organization should ensure visitor flows are evenly divided across the whole Site. The pavilions where the Exhibitionâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s participants are based are located evenly throughout the Site, regardless of their size, architectural specifics, or geography, in order to avoid an over-concentration of people in any one area. Pavilions are grouped together, thus forming squares between them, which can be used to host various events, or for recreation zones, restaurants, etc. In this way, each participating country will be able celebrate its national holidays near its own country pavilion. These squares are located in FACILITIES 1.

THEME PAVILIONS+BEST PRACTICE

LARGE PAVILIONS CORPORATE PAVILIONS LARGE COUNTRIES RUSSIAN PAVILION PAVILIONS OF RUSSIAN DISTRICTS JOINT PAVILIONS

The exhibition contains

103 PAVILIONS The principal characteristics of the facilities were determined in the Expo 2025 Concept and are listed in the table below for convenience. PAVILIONS Different types of pavilions will be built depending on their purpose. The main characteristics of the different types of pavilions are listed in the table below. Build. Plot, sq. m.

Total area, sq. m.

Site plot

50,000

75,000

83,000

13 20 1 8 3

39,000 60,000 4,500 20,000 9,000

58,500 90,000 6,700 28,000 13,500

79,000 103,000 7,500 38,000 14,700

60,000

90,000

110,000

18 2 1 1 1 103

36,000 4,000 1,800 600 1,000 285,900

36,000 4,000 1,800 600 1,000 405,100

62,700 7,600 3,500 1,200 2,100 512,300

MIDDLE-SIZED PAVILIONS PAVILIONS OF 30 COUNTRIES

Number of units

alternating spaces, thus allowing visitors to see what is going on in the next square.

SMALL PAVILIONS INDIVIDUAL PAVILIONS JOINT PAVILIONS INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS PAVILION NGO PAVILION JOINT PAVILIONS TOTAL:

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

ENTERTAINMENT VENUES

SERVICE FACILITIES

The following table sets out the areas of all buildings and open-spaces which are available for the organization of various simultaneous mass events, presentations, national holidays etc.

Service area for visitors includes the following: medical posts with special slots for ambulances, toilets, communication posts, offices of the following services: •• Excursion service •• Joint operations of pavilions •• Technical maintenance of pavilions

Entertainment Build. Plot, Total area, Site plot venues sq. m. sq. m.

1. ARENA, 7,000 SEATS 2. POP MUSIC VENUE, 5,000 SEATS 3. CINEMA, 1,200 SEATS 4. MULTIMEDIA VENUE, 1,000 SEATS 5. CONCERT VENUE, 2,000 SEATS 6. CONCERT VENUE, 1,200 SEATS TOTAL:

7,000 18,000 14,000 9,000 12,000 14,500 2,000 1,700

2,000 1,700

3,500 2,700

9,000

9,000 14,500

5,400

8,600

34,100 48,100 57,800

RESTAURANTS AND SHOPS Food venues include restaurants, self-service cafes, bars, etc. The requisite amount of small shops, sale points, kiosks and other retail facilites will be provided. Restaurants Build. Plot, Total area, Site plot and shops sq. m. sq. m.

Service area Build. Plot, Total area, Site plot sq. m. sq. m.

1. VISITOR SERVICES (REST ROOMS, FIRST AID POST, ETC.)

10,000 10,000 10,000

2. SUPPORT ZONE (WAREHOUSES, LOGISTICS FACILITIES, ETC.)

60,000 60,000 60,000

TOTAL:

70,000 70,000 70,000

OPEN SPACES AREA This table contains the areas of all entrances, parks, lawns, pedestrian routes, open sites for Expo events, all transport and service routes, projected waterside areas, helicopter landing site and VIP parking. Open spaces

1. ENTRANCE ZONES, PEDESTRIAN ROUTES, SQUARES 2. PARKS, LAWNS 3. TRANSPORT ROUTES, SUPPORT PATHS

1. RESTAURANTS (INCLUDING RESTAURANTS, SELF-SERVICE CAFES, BARS, ETC.) 2. RETAIL SHOPS TOTAL:

4. CANALS, PONDS

50,000 50,000 50,000

634,000 116,000 84,000 94,000

5. WATERSIDE AREA GREEN ZONE

13,500 13,500 13,500 63,500 63,500 63,500

Total area, sq. m.

SQUARES, PEDESTRIAN ROUTES 6. HELICOPTER LANDING SITE

64,000 122,000

15,000

39 MASTER PLAN

Open spaces

7 VIP PARKING LOT TOTAL:

9.3.6 Physical

Total area, sq. m.

8,000 1,137,000

structure of the Site

The total area of the Site is just over 500 hectares. The Expo Site forms an irregular polygon extending from west to east along the banks of Verkh-Isetsky Pond. To the south, the area is bordered by the guest parking area and Expo City. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF EXPO SITE: Total Area

184 HECTARES Average length of the Site

2,300 M Average width of the Site

1,200–600 M Site Perimeter

7,000 M Waterline Length

2,600 M The landscape is fairly even, though the southwestern part of the Site has a fairly low hill covered with pine trees. The hill provides a good viewpoint over the Expo Site. During the Exhibition, the green area will include the park, pedestrian route, and park attractions.

The Expo Site is circled by the internal road to be used by eco-friendly buses which will transfer visitors between pavilions. At night, the ring road will be used as a service route for transporting goods and supplies. The central part of the Expo Site has a water canal which forms an internal transport ring to be used by water trams for recreational trips. All visitors may use these water trams to get around the Site. In the northern part of the Expo Site, a granite embankment runs along the entire waterline, with an average width of 100m; this embankment will host the majority of nighttime shows and entertainment events. The embankment has open-air sites to be used for performances, film screenings, and various shows. In the waterside area, the main facility is the covered Arena which will host official events to which all participating countries are invited. Directly inside the ring road are located the exhibiting countries’ pavilions, with pavilion sizes according to the needs of participants, including: the Russian pavilion, pavilions of the Federal Districts of the Russian Federation, Theme pavilions, corporate pavilions, and country pavilions. The Expo Site hosts a number of catering facilities (including restaurants, bars, snack bars, etc.) and retail and service shops.

Constructed areas Plots allocated for the construction of pavilions are of a sufficient size to construct the pavilion itself (60%), plant greenery and include a visitor recreation zone (25%), and allocate space for visitor queues (5%) and service areas (10%). Plots are arranged alternately to allow visitors in one space to see the space occupied by the next group of pavilions.

9.3.7

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Main Buildings of the Exhibition 4 THEME PAVILIONS

THM

Thematic pavilions

THM

THE LAYOUT OF THE THEME AND BEST PRACTICES PAVILIONS ALLOCATION

Best Practices pavilion

BPP

41 MASTER PLAN

Accordingly, the exhibition is spread across four equal-sized thematic pavilions, each of which has a total area of 15,000 sq.m. They are located in the central part of the Site, taking into account the following factors: •• these are most spacious pavilions and will be visited by the majority of visitors; •• these are the icons of the Expo; •• these are permanent buildings, which will remain in the city after the Expo is over; As the citizens of the city will associate the design of each of these building with the World Expo, their location and use in the city shall be determined accordingly. Therefore, four Theme pavilions are located on the extension of Tatishcheva Street which will become the trunk road of the new city district and separate the public and business areas from the residential area. The Best Practices pavilion has the same size as the Theme pavilions and is located on the pedestrian esplanade which leads to the Russia pavilion, another permanent building to be used by the city after the end of the Exhibition

INTERNATIONAL PAVILIONS National pavilions are evenly distributed across the territory of the site regardless of their size. There are three main pavilion sizes envisaged: •• Large pavilions up to 4,000 sq. m. •• Medium-large pavilions up to 3,000 sq. m. •• Small pavilions up to 2,000 sq. m. Each participant country can build a pavilion based on its own project at its allocated plot. It can also choose to display its exposition in a pavilion provided by the Organizers of the Expo. Countries with a small presentation have the opportunity of using joint pavilions on a mutual basis; six joint pavilions are located on the site. The Western part of the Expo near VerkhIsetsky Pond hosts the pavilions of International Organizations and NonGovernmental Organizations, with areas of 1,800 sq. m. and 600 sq. m. respectively.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Service

ice Service

Service

4th Joint Pavilion

3rd Joint Pavilion

Medium Pavilions

Large Pavilions

6th Joint Pavilion

The NGO pavilion and International pavilions (three pavilions within the same building) are located in the eastern part of the Site, near the VIP entrance.

5th Joint Pavilion

THE LAYOUT OF INTERNATIONAL PAVILIONS ALLOCATION

Small Pavilions

1st Joint Pavilion

Service

2nd Joint Pavilion

43 MASTER PLAN

Scheme square allocation

THE PLAN OF SQUARES AND FACADES ALLOCATION

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

International Organizations

THE PLAN OF NGO AND INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS PAVILIONS ALLOCATION Non-Governmental Organizations

45 MASTER PLAN

The Russia pavilion and pavilions of the Federal Districts The Russia pavilion is located near the waterline of Verkh-Isetsky Pond, across from the pedestrian esplanade, and represents a bridge connecting two parts of the world â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Europe and Asia. The Russia pavilion is the largest building on both sides of Expo 2025. The pavilion design will be determined by a Russia-wide competition.

The Federal District pavilions will be located on either side of the esplanade, four on each side. The city authorities have proposed that these pavilions not be dismantled after the Exhibition closes, so that they can be used as a basis for a future public and business area.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

REG

REG REG

REG

Russian Federal Districts pavilions

REG

Russian pavilion

THE PLAN OF THE RUSSIAN PAVILION AND FEDERAL DISTRICTS PAVILIONS ALLOCATION

REG

47 MASTER PLAN

CORP CORP Corporate pavilions

Corporate pavilions

CORP CORP

CORP C ORP

CORP

Corporate pavilions

CORP

Corporate pavilions are capable of attracting a lot of visitors, the decision was taken therefore not to concentrate them in the same place, but to divide them into three groups located in different parts of the Site.

THE PLAN OF CORPORATE PAVILIONS ALLOCATION

CORP

The Expo Site will contain 13Â corporate pavilions.

CORP

CORPORATE PAVILIONS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Amphitheatre with 5,000 Seats Multimedia Venue

Cinema with 1,200 Seats

The following scheme shows their allocation in the Expo site.

Russia Pavilion

A large number of different entertainment, cultural and recreational activities will be arranged during the Exhibition period. Entertainment venues and sites around the embankment will be built. The main venues are: Amphitheater, Concert Hall, Expo Arena, Multimedia playground and cinema.

THE PLAN OFÂ ENTERTAINMENT VENUES ALLOCATION

Multifunctional Stages with 2,000 Seats and 1,200 Seats

ENTERTAINMENT VENUES

Expo Arena

49 MASTER PLAN

COVERED ARENA This is a permanent multi-purpose building, which will host year-round events, including sports (hockey, basketball, etc.) and concerts.

During the Exhibition, the Arena will be used for various performances and shows and serve as a substitute venue for the Exhibition Opening and Closing ceremonies in the case of bad weather.

ROAD MAPS TO THE EXPO ARENA Transport scheme CARGO ENTRANCE DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT OF EXPO VISITORS VIP ENTRANCE PARTICIPANT ENTRANCE ENTRANCE

EXPO ARENA ZONING

PARTICIPANT ENTRANCE

TECHNICS ZONE

ENTRANCE FOR VISITORS

CARGO ZONE

VIP

MEDIA ZONE

TRIBUNE

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

DESIGN OF THE EXPO ARENA

51 MASTER PLAN

Service Entrances

THE PLAN OF LOGISTICS AND FIRE DEPARTMENT STATION ALLOCATION

Logistical Area

Queue Zone for Trucks

Service Entrances

Entrance

En t

ra nc

Fire Department

Their location allows easy access to the service entries of the Expo Site due to their proximity to the service roads.

Service Area

In the north-western part of the Expo Site a logistic area is located, which includes warehouses, queue zone for trucks and a fire department station. Facilities for supporting services are allocated in western, southwestern and southern parts, along the perimeter.

Service Roads

OTHER FACILITIES

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Maintenance

Food and Sanitary Control

Police Accreditation

General services will be allocated in surrounding perimeter zone of the Expo Site. The scheme of their allocation is shown below.

THE PLAN OF GENERAL SERVICES ALLOCATION

Security

ON-SITE GENERAL SERVICES

Fire department station

53 MASTER PLAN

Internet Cafe

ATM

Telephone

Lost & Found

Postal Service

Toilet

THE PLAN OF ALLOCATION OF SERVICES FOR PARTICIPANTS AND VISITORS

Information Point

All necessary service facilities for visitors and participants are allocated in the Expo Site. The scheme of their allocation is shown below. Additionally, the Expo Site will be fully covered with high-speed wireless Internet access.

Medical Station

SERVICES TO VISITORS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

RESTAURANTS AND SHOPS

Retail and Food Services

There will also be restaurants, self-service cafes, and bars, covering a total area of about 50,000 sq.m. Expo visitors will be able to choose a restaurant which serves the food most suitable for them, a convenient cafe, or a bar.

THE PLAN OF FOOD AND SALES AREAS ALLOCATION

There will be special areas for the sale of various products: •• Souvenirs; •• Maps and guides for the Exhibition and Ekaterinburg; •• Non-prescription drugs; •• Hygiene and sanitary products; •• Batteries and other accessories for gadgets; •• Daily essentials; •• Other products to ensure convenience and comfort for Expo participants and visitors.

The building which hosts the Organizing Committee and the Media Center is located in the eastern part of the Site, along Kraulya street, close to the VIP entrance. All accredited journalists will be issued permission to enter the Media Center. The building has all modern facilities and equipment required for rapid communication of information and will be supported by a dedicated staff. Once the Exhibition is over, the building will be used as a business center and will be part of the buffer public zone between the current and planned residential areas.

THE PLAN OF THE MEDIA CENTER AND ORGANIZING COMMITTEE OFFICE ALLOCATION

Media Center/ Office for Organizers

MEDIA CENTER

Parking for Organizers for 220 cars

MASTER PLAN

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

9.3.8 Entry

Gates

As mentioned above, there will be five visitor entrances to the Exhibition. Main entrances are located at the points where the main transport flows are concentrated. •• The south-western (primary) entrance is located near the Passenger Transfer Terminal which comprises the bus terminal, the underground Metro terminal, the railway terminal for the railway running via the planned Verkh-Isetsky Bridge, and the multi level parking. In front of the entrance, there is a large pedestrian square which includes the transport terminal, hotel, and conference hall. •• The eastern entrance is located between Tatishcheva Street and Kraulya Street, near the Metro station, and the tram terminal. The Organizing Committee Office and Media

Center are located within the pedestrian square next to the entrance. •• The other three entrances (two southern and one western) are located in the parking areas and mainly intended for visitors coming by car. These entrances are also located most closely to the pedestrian (or bicycle) routes for people living in the ExpoVillage and the Expo-City. Each of the entrances listed above include stations for city overground public transport and taxi ranks. Two VIP entrances are located on the eastern border of Expo Site, near Tatishcheva street, which is the main road connecting the Expo Site and the city center. Two VIP-entrances are located near VIP parking lots and the Expo Site helicopter pad.

nc e

tra

ce ra n

Main Entrances to the Exposition

Entrance

VIP Entrance for Visitors VIP Entrance

THE PLAN OF ENTRY GROUPS

En t

MASTER PLAN

Entrance

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

ENTRY GROUPS Entrance 1

2 1 3

TICKET COUNTER SECURITY DOORFRAME ENTRANCE (QUEUE LINE) ENTRANCE FOR DISABLED PERSONS TICKET TERMINAL SECURITY, LOCKERS, ATM EXIT INFORMATION DESK

Entrance 2

Entrance 3

Entrance 4

Entrance 5

59 MASTER PLAN

It is very important to establish an efficient access system to the Site, since this is where people receive their first experiences of the Exhibition.

Internet access points will allow visitors to use their own devices to access the web, including the Exhibition website, and receive necessary information on-line.

The majority of visitors usually arrive in the first two or three hours after the Expo opens for the day, meaning this is the expected peak time.

Ring road for internal

Groups entering the Site will be divided so as to avoid queues for tickets blocking the route towards the entrance turnstiles for visitors who already have a ticket, multi-ticket, or invitation. Visitors will also be able to buy tickets from automatic terminals located near the ticket offices. The dimensions of the two main entrances, together with the equipment installed at each of them, shall be sufficient to ensure passage of 10,000 persons per hour, and those of the other three entrances, at least 8,000 persons per hour. Through the use of modern equipment, security procedures will be carried out without causing inconveniences to visitors. Near each entrance, a board will be put up showing the layout of pedestrian routes and pavilions. Public messages will be communicated via an electronic board with crawling text and via radio. Free wireless

transportation For visitors’ convenience a ring road for internal transportation will be built. BUS RING: Length

5,350 M

It will have a 1 counter clockwise bus lane 3.5 meters wide and two service lanes

Pedestrian sidewalk

4 M Number of stops

9 plus one for parking of internal

transport vehicles

Vehicles on the line

9.3.9

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

THE PLAN OF THE RING ROAD OR INTERNAL TRANSPORTATION

Electric Bus Stops

61 MASTER PLAN

9.4

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SITE

9.4.1 Flexibility

of the project as a

main feature The Expo Site occupies a territory of 184 hectares and consists of 103 pavilions. 147 countries are expected to participate in World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. The design of the exhibition area is developed in compliance with the best practices and experience of previous exhibitions. It is intended to make the best use of space and find the optimum size of pavilions, sales areas, service offices and open spaces. The location and number of the main Expo (thematic, institutional, etc.) pavilions as well as pavilions of the Russian Federation and its federal districts are fixed. The location and number of the participant countries’ pavilions can be changed. The Master Plan shows all the pavilions as separate local blocks with intrinsic areas. If the number or size of pavilions changes, this plan will allow us to update the Master Plan without upsetting the general architecture and the site layout or breaking down the regular distribution of the flow of visitors. If the number of participant countries’ pavilions decreases the vacant space will be used for green fields, squares, recreation areas, sales areas and food courts. If the number of participant countries’ pavilions increases additional pavilions will be located on the territory of the Expo site; while at the same time all regulatory standards for pedestrian areas, service offices and food courts will continue to be observed.

Any of all of these measures will not affect in any way the comfort of the visitors’ stay at the Expo site.

Exhibition schedule

9.4.2

Expo 2025 will be held over the period from May 2, 2025 to November 2, 2025 The Expo Site will be open for 184 days in accordance with the schedule. A typical day at Expo will be as follows: 08:00 Parking areas open 08:45 Ticket offices at gates open 09:00 Visitors’ gates open. 09:30 All pavilions open their gates 11:30 National Day ceremony. 18:30 Parade starts 19:00 Expo Evening starts. 21:30 All pavilions close their gates. Expo Evening properly starts 22:00 Night Show commences 00:30 Expo closes its gates

General description of Site services Тransportation and Access As part of the arrangements for the arrival of visitors to Expo 2025, public transport routes with their final stop in the immediate proximity to the Expo entrance will be laid on. Public city transport starts operating at 05:30 and runs until 01:00. The vehicles on these lines will be allocated in a quantity sufficient to transport the required number of passengers. The airport express train from Koltsovo airport (aeroexpress) also arrives at the exhibition, while at the south-western and south-eastern entrances 2 subway stations will be built, the city bus routes will have stops on the southern side, the city tram will operate on the eastern side. Visitors and participants of the Exhibition, who arrive at Ekaterinburg Rail station will be able

9.4.3

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

to reach the Expo site via one of the following types of transport: the Koltsovo airport aeroexpress, which stops at the station; the metro, the city express-bus or a city taxi. At the south and west the parking lots for cars and coaches are planned. The parking is free for 16 hours for Expo 2025 ticket holders. For the transportation of participants and visitors living in more distant parts of the ExpoCity and the Expo-Village free shuttle buses will be provided. Visitors will be able to move about the Expo Site using the free buses and free water trams on the circular canal .

•• Non-alcoholic beverages; •• Ice-cream and/or sweets. ESTIMATED TOTAL AREA OF DINING PLACES AND SERVICE FACILITIES Descrption

1. RESTAURANTS 2. SELF-SERVICE CAFES AND FASTFOOD POINTS 3. BARS 4. RETAIL SHOPS

There are five entrances via which the exhibition area can be accessed, all equipped with cash registers and ticket sales terminals, turnstiles for visitors entry, and essential security and control equipment. Visitor flows will be separated into ticket lines and queues for turnstiles. The entries for disabled persons and the “green corridor” will be highlighted. There will be various types of exhibition tickets: for visiting the Expo Day, for visiting the Expo Night program, tickets for both Expo Day and Night programs, as well as season tickets for multiple visits and group visits. During the Expo Night program two entrances will operate to allow entry, while visitors can exit using any of the five gates. VIP entrances will admit visitors at all times the exhibition is open. Concessions and deliveries The entire site will have a wide range of trade pavilions, mobile and stationary retail outlets, vending machines, and payment kiosks, which will be located in those places where it is safe, secure, and convenient for exhibitors and visitors; the total area covered exceeds 13,500 sq.m. General types of goods to be sold include: •• Fast food;

Calculated Number

Calculated Area, m2

1,900 SEATS 3,900 SEATS

8,500 17,500

5,450 SEATS 450 OUTLETS

24,000 13,500

All goods being brought into Expo 2025 will go through security control in the logistics warehouse area. Food products will be required to have a special certificate proving its quality and ecological safety. The documents must contain the date of production and the expiry date, which will be checked. In the case of an absence of the necessary documentation, or where the goods are accompanied by the wrong documentation, the goods will not be allowed to enter the Expo site. Such goods will be left at the warehouse with the supplier and consignee being informed immediately. These procedures will help to avoid the possibility of the sale of poor quality goods during the Expo. For the estimation of sales volume and for taxation purposes all retail sales will be carried out using registered cash machines and with all required documentation processing according to the laws of Russian Federation The employment of personnel at the concessions will be carried out in accordance with the applicable legislation.

63 MASTER PLAN

Information maintenance To facilitate visitors’ awareness of Expo facilities, we will set up information boards and Site plans, showing the allocation of: •• Exhibition pavilions; •• Restaurants, cafes, snack bars, and fastfood outlets; •• Entertainment centers; •• Souvenir shops and boutiques; •• Rest rooms and service facilities; •• First-aid points and medical centers; •• Police stations; •• Site entry and exit points; •• Public transport stops and taxi ranks. Maps and signs will be placed at vehicle and pedestrian intersections, near entrances and other places where visitors are concentrated. All signs will be in Russian and English. The preference will be to use pictures and symbols, as they are more understandable for people of all nationalities. Routes and points for visitors with reduced mobility will be marked separately. We intend to have two types of maps and signs – static and interactive. Static maps and signs present the same information all the time. They are illuminated at night. Interactive maps and signs have touchscreens and allow visitors to determine their locations, change the image scale, receive information in their preferred language (from a wide choice of languages), look up the most efficient way to the selected site, distances, and more. To provide high-quality information services, we will deploy a modern IT infrastructure. This will include dedicated lines to every building, pavilion, and site, which will ensure highspeed broadband communications. Dedicated lines will also be laid to plug-in points/sockets for mobile TV/radio journalist stations. Throughout the Site, visitors may use high-speed wireless Internet access points according to the protocols in widespread use at the time of the exhibition. The Site will also host the equipment

of all main Russian cell operators, so visitors will be able to use their cellphones/smartphones to access the Internet. Visitors can access the Exhibition website and obtain the information they require. This information will be available in various languages. If a visitor fails to find any information at the website, he/she may contact the support staff to obtain the answer. In addition to this, we will set up interactive information boards/kiosks to enable visitors to obtain all information which has been placed on the Exhibition website, all in the visitor’s native language. In cases where some information is unavailable, visitors will be able to address the support staff and receive prompt answers. Support staff will be available 24/7. In the accommodation area of the Expo Site, the full range of information services will be also available. This will include dedicated lines in apartments and suites, high-speed wireless Internet access, and mobile Internet access. The Expo Site will be equipped with an emergency alarm system which can also be used to broadcast background music, multilanguage messages regarding the time and place of upcoming events, advertisements, and other information. In emergencies, the alarm system will broadcast multi-language emergency messages and relevant instructions. Control of operations Given the large flow of visitors and the significant size of the Expo territory, compliance with the safety, security and order requirements, while ensuring the comfort of all Expo 2025 attendees, is very important. The areas to be controlled include the Expo 2025 territory, and the zone directly adjacent to its perimeter (including the part of the water area of Verkh-Isetsky Pond).

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The creation of the safety and security system will involve both deploying the necessary technical tools and the mobilization of special security units and municipal police forces. Each of these units has its own sector of responsibility and will work in accordance with the standard plan under normal conditions / situations, and a separate plan in case of emergencies. The management of these units, as well as the control and monitoring of the technical security systems, will be carried out from one center. Technical security systems are the alarm system, access management and control, and the video surveillance system. Modern equipment and video surveillance systems provide new opportunities to prevent incidents and increase the efficiency of the security services. Digital cameras are combined into a separate dedicated network the central equipment of which: servers, DVRs, monitors are located in the central security post premises. In addition, access to the digital video recordings created by the video surveillance systems can be obtained anywhere through the IP-based network using personalized access. Computer surveillance via internet access allows the security personnel and other employees dealing with security issues to manage the surveillance systems, being able to view and analyze the data obtained via them. Built-in artificial intelligence also allows the cameras to automatically detect potential violations, to spot suspicious activity and actions and to warn the security personnel about these. Control of the cameras, viewing of their output, as well as viewing of the video archives produced will be available via the website from any internet connected computer. Secure access will be provided for a limited number of persons, and carried out by entering the logins and passwords, with the possibility of differentiating the levels of access; Night surveillance is carried out with the help of surveillance cameras with Day / Night

Function. Day / Night function allows the use of standard color cameras during the day and the use of the black and white pictures in low light. The black and white cameras have a much higher sensitivity, i.e. they ensure high resolution in the dark. If necessary, an infrared illuminator with IR lights can be used, but in this case IR sensitive cameras must be used. Using infrared illuminators allows for the video surveillance in the dark. As the infrared light is not perceived by the human eye, for the outsider the object will look absolutely dark while for the surveillance system operator on the screen it would look like it is brightly lit. The infrared illuminators with infrared light are more comfortable for use compared to the regular ones for the people inside the building as well, as there is no bright light shining into the windows at night; In the evening / night time the perimeter is lit by the street lighting. In order to save power only the lights at the entrances can be left working, without lighting the entire perimeter. The perimeter video surveillance is carried out by the cameras with the Day / Night Function, as well as by using infrared light. To reduce the visitors’ entry time while maintaining a high level of security an integrated security system will be put into use. This security system includes: the security officers carrying out visitors searches at the entrance, alarm system and access control, video surveillance and other measures to ensure safety such as: •• visitors and baggage screening by the security services using the metal detecting frames at the entrances; •• the use of the X-ray equipment for luggage screening; •• the use of special equipment for the screening of people, as well as their handbags, other items, etc. For a more thorough examination special private cabins are arranged;

65 MASTER PLAN

•• the installation of cameras at the entrances which record the inflow of visitors. These cameras work in conjunction with the special software, which ensures the recognition of the individuals and allows identified individuals on blacklists to be quickly detected; •• the security system supports the automatic transfer of on-site status information to the control center / operations center. The concept of integrated security involves the apparently visible presence of the representatives of security services, with the presence of cameras and dummy cameras. These measures also produce a psychological effect, which has been proven to be effective in the prevention of illegal activity. Modern software allows for easy control of the video surveillance systems remotely via the website. The website interface is intuitive. The security services representative can easily access the system after completing the identification process (entering the login and the password). The various website features can be accessed instantly without any time delay. The website interface allows the remote viewing of both the data from the one selected camera, and from several cameras in the multiscreen mode. The choice of cameras viewed (by the operator) is at their choosing, as an option the images from the cameras viewing the perimeter or access roads / paths can be visualized. The facilities will be patrolled. This allows for a quick response to any emergency situation. The night-time security service: •• the alarm system uses magnetic sensors, infrared sensors, ultrasonic sensors, glassbreak sensors, resistive sensors, combined sensors, etc.; •• magnetic sensors are installed on windows, doors, hatches, etc. that can be opened;

The glass-break sensors are installed close to the glass surfaces. Infrared presence detectors are installed inside the premises. IR sensors, such as the “Blind” type, are fixed at the entrances to the premises; •• safety at night is also ensured by the CCTV surveillance system. In most cases the intelligent algorithm of the video surveillance system automatically generates the “Alarm” signal when motion is detected in the zone controlled by a video camera which is set on the “protection” mode. When a security service operator receives visual confirmation of an intrusion they will take the necessary further measures. The security personnel will be trained for communication with each other using special signs during any emergency situation (hostage-taking, explosives detection, etc.). The security personnel jointly with the Expo volunteers will constantly carry out activities relating to the flow of visitors across the Expo Site, and will organize the evacuation of people in the case of threat or emergency. The access of people and service vehicles into the Expo Site will be controlled. Support services The following support services will be provided at the territory of Expo 2025: •• Health care: including the Medical center (the Outpatients clinic), with a 12-bed day hospital, located at Expo-City and a medical center with ambulance parking on the Expo Site, in the south-western part next to the main entrance; •• Security and Civil Protection services: also located in the south-western part of the Expo Site; •• Maintenance and Repair services: located in the north-western part of the Expo Site, next to the main service entrance;

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

•• Warehouse and offices of the services for the supply of goods and food to the Expo shopping and catering points are located outside the Expo territory, to the north-west;

•• The Administration serving the Theme pavilions, as well as the offices of the Administration of the group pavilions, are also located on the southern side;

•• Offices of the services in charge of recreational activities and group visits are located on the southern side;

•• VIP Service offices are located on the eastern side, next to the VIP entrance to the exhibition.

Clinic with a hospital for 12 beds Entertainment Support Services

Theme Pavilions Management Collective Pavilions Management

VIP Services

THE PLAN OF SERVICE FACILITIES

Healthcare

Security and Civil protection

Maintenance and Upkeep

Store and Delivery Management

MASTER PLAN

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Сleaning Service During the entire period of the Exhibition, the cleaning service will be working on-site. Cleaners collect litter from the Site into special containers for onward removal at night. Daytime cleaners shall prevent litter from accumulating and becoming a fire hazard, while not hampering the normal operations of the Expo. The majority of cleaning will be done between 01:00 and 07:00. Cleaning will be carried out by dedicated staff working in shifts. Reception areas and internal rooms will also be cleaned between 01:00 and 07:00. During the day, rooms will be cleaned regularly. The working hours of the cleaning service are 24/7, provided by various teams. The number of cleaners required will be determined accordingly, as well as shift patterns (in compliance with labor laws). The cleaning service will use machines include sweeping trucks (outsourced by the municipality) and tractors (to be purchased by the Organizing Committee). Cleaning materials and consumables will be transported from warehouses to distribution points by trucks at night.

The Site will have storage points for outdoor cleaning equipment, materials, and consumables, as well as rest rooms for cleaning staff. Solid waste will be collected into separate litter receptacles for metal cans, plastic cans, and paper waste. Food waste will be stored in waste storerooms until transported for disposal. Operational waste (scrap metal, rubber, textile, polymers, construction waste, etc.) will be sorted by the operational personnel and stored at dedicated points until transported for disposal. The Expo will have hazardous waste separation, mainly mercury lamps, energyefficient lamps, and used batteries. Hazardous wastes will be temporarily stored at the Site within closed metal containers at dedicated points until transported for disposal. Performances Performance Events The Expo Park has a multitude of sites for performances, shows, and other popular events. These are covered constructions or open-air sites which may be covered, in whole or in part, if necessary. The majority of such sites are located near the waterline.

Russia Pavilion

Multimedia Venue

Cinema with 1,200 Seats

Multifunctional Stages with 2,000 Seats and 1,200 Seats

Expo Arena

Amphitheatre with 5,000 Seats

MASTER PLAN

THE PLAN OF ENTERTAINMENT VENUES

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The largest performance sites are: The Amphitheater – this is a summer covered venue located on an artificial floating platform in the water. The Amphitheater is located on the eastern part of the embankment and will be used for live music performances and various shows. The venue’s location means that the audience can watch the performance from the stands, or from the squares and lawns along the embankment. Six multi-purpose venues are located along the embankment and in the park in the eastern part of the Expo Site. Each of these venues has a removable stage and roof. These venues may be used for performances, presentations, and sport and cultural events. One venue will serve as a children’s recreational zone, with amusements, playgrounds, and other children’s entertainments. The cinema and multimedia venue are located on the western part of the embankment zone. These venues are intended for video presentations, 3D shows and movies. The Expo Opening Ceremony will be held at the Green Zone located alongside the embankment, which will be covered with temporary wooden decking. The Expo Opening Ceremony includes a number of shows that will take place on the water. The Green Zone can accommodate up to 40,000 persons.

All Expo 2025 pavilions are situated so as to form internal squares between them, which could be used to host various events, or where recreational zones and restaurants could be located. This general layout will allow each participating country to host its celebration, cultural and other events near their own pavilion.

71 MASTER PLAN

EXPO EMBANKMENT PROSPECT

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES TEMPORARY PERSONNEL SECURITY AND TRANSPORT

In the evenings and at night, Expo Night will be open for visitors and guests. Expo Night is located near the embankment, where the majority of performance venues, restaurants, and bars are located.

CONCESSIONS LOGISTICS TECHNICAL SERVICE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATIONS OF EVENTS

9.4.4 Operations

Personnel

Upon construction and commissioning of the Expo 2025 facilities, their safe, secure, and fail-proof operation must be maintained. For this, the Operations Service will be created.

ORGANIZATION OF EXHIBITION ASSISTANCE (VIPS, DELEGATIONS, SERVICE OF TRANSLATORS)

1,430 280 2,250 1,520 980 970 1,220 560

PERMANENT PERSONNEL ORGANIZING COMMITTEE TOTAL: + VOLUNTEERS

970 10,180 5,000

10.

PARTICIPANTS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

10.0

PARTICIPATION OBJECTIVES The participation objectives must be in line with the importance of the theme and the category of exhibition which is to be organized. Moreover, the success of the International Exhibitions immediately preceding the World Expo 2025 means that the level of participation at Ekaterinburg must be reasonably high. Russia is the largest country in the world sharing borders with fourteen countries and showing a determined peaceful and cooperative relationship with all countries in the world. It enjoys a privileged position both in Europe and in Asia and it is a leading actor in geopolitical terms as well as in understanding. This geographical, cultural, and political situation clearly offers great potential for participation in an World Exhibition held on its territory. The theme of World Expo 2025 has a universal appeal and concerns every country in the world. Although there are not limitations in terms of space or otherwise, it has become obvious in recent expos a trend towards a more contained presence in terms of space and investment on the side of international participants. This, in turn, means that above a certain number of official participants, the relevant trend is to concentrate more in the quality of the presentations than in the number of nations. Therefore, instead of aiming at a number of countries difficult to manage, the organizers will seek a balanced participation of countries from all over the world. Having said that, World Expo 2025 will try to resemble the foreign policy

of the Russian Federation and its attitude towards the world. The international character of the Exhibition and the widespread concern of its theme demand the contribution of civil organizations which help to mobilize civil society across the world in support of objectives of a public nature, as well as other organizations, scientific, business oriented, think-tanks and others whose presence will cooperate to present a varied range of opinions and alternatives to the theme. It is of the utmost importance that the big companies of the different activities related to innovation find a place at World Expo 2025 since the idea innovation today and in the future future will not be conceivable without them. So, without going all the way to an over-commercialized Expo, World Expo 2025 will make sure corporations will have their own pavilions on the site. In this case, World Expo 2025 will seek the relevance of the corporations and their field of activity, trying to make sure a powerful presence within a limited number. The above mentioned are the basic aims of participation; the combination of them will grant an adequate mix for visitors, media and interested organizations and countries as far as the development of the theme is concerned and will help the host country, Russia, achieve its public diplomacy objectives. An adequate mix of participants, both official and non-official could be as follows:

140-160

Countries

International organizations

Corporations

This mix of participants will ensure a remarkable participation success and will grant an outstanding opportunity to make a relevant contribution to the development of the theme.

75 PARTICIPANTS

Throughout history, World Expos have had the power to reshape the future, thus the international participant engagement changes the world for the better. The Universal Expos become platforms of communication and public diplomacy exercise internationally wide and are highly organized events. Exhibitions offer an interactive platform to the market participants, and it’s industry takes over important economic functions, where the venue supply and demand are brought together. To raise participant and visitor interest, seminars, special events, congresses and entertainment programs combine the expos.

attracting as many participants as the venue can host to be inspired by innovation and technology.

As a European-Asian crossroads, Ekaterinburg is ideally situated to host The World Expo 2025. It provides its participants a unique platform to address innovative issues and explore creative solutions together with the global community. Exhibitions are not just collections of interesting objects brought together at a certain place and time. They are human activities, human enterprises, undertaken for definite reasons and in order to achieve certain specified results. They are a form of human exchange, whereby the promoters and exhibitors communicate with the visitors.

in attracting large numbers

International Organizations, different countries, companies, the civil society, and NGOs are invited to participate by building their pavilions and organizing events within six months universal expo.

A large number of participants is not equal to a successful Expo. It is true that a minimum critical mass of participants is needed but it is also true that quality matters as much as numbers in this sense. The high number of BIE member states makes it likely that many countries will accept the invitation of an Expo organizing country. But the organizing country has to bear in mind the need to achieve a good development of the theme, not only in its theme pavilions but also in the international participants’ contribution to it. The BIE is very keen on this, and trying to reach a participation figure than can be easy to manage will facilitate this task. World Expo 2025 will try to be remembered by the legacy in developing a theme that was a major concern for humankind, not by the number of participants that accepted the Russian invitation.

Thus, World Expos are not only dedicated to presenting technological progress and showing off national prestige. Such venues have become discussion platforms aimed at finding solutions to universal challenges of our time and the future. World Expos welcome tens of millions of visitors, attract participants, allowing countries to build extraordinary pavilions and transform the landscape of host cities for years to come. Our vision is that Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg will be the central forum place that cultivates progressive solutions to global challenges,

INTERNATIONAL PARTICIPATION Recent world exhibitions comparable to that planned for Ekaterinburg 2025 succeeded of international participants, with excellent results. In Hannover 2000, 155 countries were present; in Shanghai 2010 there were 160 countries, further back, Seville 1992 got 110 international participants and Osaka 1970 75. All of them were successful Expos. Dubai 2020 is aiming to 200 participants.

10.1

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The Organizers of World Expo 2025 believe that the Russian Federation stance in international relations, its contribution to scientific and cultural development and the appeal of the proposed theme will make an attractive proposition to the invitations to participate when the moment comes. On top of that, the Organizers of World Expo 2025 have drawn up a plan for cooperation with developing nations to facilitate their presence PAVILIONS

Number of units

at the exhibition, thus ensuring no part of the world will be neglected and all our participants will have a say on the theme. According to the above, the Organizers of World Expo 2025 are aiming to attract the participation of 140 to 160 countries and 10 international organizations. The Master Plan of World Expo 2025 allows for different combinations of pavilion sizes, grouping of countries, etc.

Build. Plot, sq.Â m.

Total area, sq.m.

Site plot

LARGE PAVILIONS LARGE COUNTRIES

60,000

90,000

103,000

RUSSIAN PAVILION

4,500

6,700

7,500

PAVILIONS OF RUSSIAN DISTRICTS

20,000

28,000

38,000

JOINT PAVILIONS

9,000

13,500

14,700

60,000

90,000

110,000

36,000

62,700

JOINT PAVILIONS

4,000

7,600

INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS PAVILION

1,800

3,500

NGO PAVILION

600

1,200

JOINT PAVILIONS

1,000

2,100

196,900

271,600

350,300

MIDDLE-SIZED PAVILIONS PAVILIONS OF 30 COUNTRIES

SMALL PAVILIONS INDIVIDUAL PAVILIONS

TOTAL:

77 PARTICIPANTS

Blessed by a unique geographical location, the Sverdlovsk Region and its Capital city Ekaterinburg become increasingly open to the global economy with each passing year, while also become more attractive to international investors. The region’s international business infrastructure is expanding. The Sverdlovsk Region has a sufficiently diversified economic structure and high economic growth rates. Thus, it is heavily involved in international trade. Over the past 20 years, the region has established mutually profitable economic relations with 149 different countries around the world. In fact, it is now ranked third in Russia by number of diplomatic and trade missions after only Moscow and St Petersburg. The essential mission of the Sverdlovsk Region, given its strategic location where Europe and Asia meet, to play a leading role in expanding multilateral ties between East and West. The Expo gives our partners the opportunity to learn more about the boundless prospects for doing business in the Sverdlovsk Region as well. As a national project, The World Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg is an exercise for Russia’s international cooperation and strengthening its bilateral relations with countries through hosting the event. The Sverdlovsk Region is an economically strong area of Russia and a long successful center for industry. That prosperity has allowed the Sverdlovsk Region to establish itself as a center for education and research, and a direct economic trading partner with several major countries. While Russia and Ekaterinburg are the beneficiaries of this involvement, all countries and organizations have an equally valuable stake in the success of the event, and the opportunity to benefit financially, politically and culturally through their active participation. The event provides a unique platform that merges innovation and national priorities for governments and the private sector for 147 participant countries expected. In addition, the venue will host international organizations, corporations, non-governmental organizations and universities. To project

our international participant attendance, we considered the following factors: •• Russia’s well-established diplomatic relationships with over 190 countries. Russia is also home to over 160 international embassies, and this number continues to grow; •• Ekaterinburg’s active role in Russia’s diplomatic relationships as home to numerous international consulates; •• An historic analysis of participation from previous World Expos; •• The commitments of the Russian Government, Russia’s Regional Governments and local organizations whose support is indicative of their likely interest in participation; •• The existing international relationships between Ekaterinburg and commercial, cultural, economic and social networks that are dedicated to global issues; The World Expo 2025 will be not solely the festival of innovative decisions, but cultural understanding between nations worldwide. The International Participants will be key partners in creating an authentic visitor experience while showing their contribution to innovation and displaying their talents in national pavilions, thus connecting people around the world and engaging the global community. The World Expo 2025 will help the international participants to learn, innovate, share ideas and work together on common goals, while experiencing the cultural richness of Russia, increasing our mutual understanding and enhancing the quality of our relationships. To highlight the appeal of being a part of Ekaterinburg World Expo 2025, we will encourage and support the meaningful expression of each nation’s identity during the six-month period, including designated “national” days that allow each country to take the center stage.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

10.2

NATIONAL PARTICIPATION The national participation of Russia, as the country hosting the Exhibition, will obviously be very important. In addition to its role as the Organizer of the Exhibition, the presence of Russia on the site will consist of a large national pavilion to be located in a prominent position of the site plus the pavilions of the eight federal districts, therefore making the presence of Russia a strong and varied one. Altogether, the Master Plan has considered a built space for Russia of over 34,000 square metres. Pavilions

Number of units

Build. Plot, sq. m.

Tot Total area, sq.m. al plot

Site plot

RUSSIAN PAVILION

4,500

6,700

7,500

PAVILIONS OF RUSSIAN DISTRICTS

20,000

28,000

38,000

TOTAL:

24,500

34,700

45,500

A leader in industry, the Sverdlovsk Region is located at the crossroads of major transportation arteries connecting Asia and Europe. The region offers a wealth of natural resources, a well-developed, highly diversified industrial base, significant scientific research potential, and a strong pool of talented people. It also boasts a rich economic and business history, including success stories involving major national and international investment projects that have been carried out in the region. The following facts makes the national business get interested in the area and participate in the world event.

•• The Sverdlovsk Region is one of Russia’s industrial powerhouses. The regionaccounts for nearly 100% of the country’s production of titanium, over one third of its output of copper, rolling equipment and railroad freight cars, and over 20% of iron-based alloy and steel tube production. •• The Sverdlovsk Region is one of Russian leading regions in terms of mineral resources supply and one of the oldest mining centers in the country. The region extracts over 95% of vanadium, 70% of the bauxites, 70% of asbestos, over 20% of

79 PARTICIPANTS

iron ores in Russia’s total balance of raw materials. Metallurgy is the backbone of the Sverdlovsk Region’s economy. The region’s metals industry is export oriented, with around 50% of local metallurgical output earmarked for export. •• The engineering industry has traditionally been one of the Sverdlovsk Region’s cornerstone industries. As such, it ranks second only after the metals industry in terms of overall production. The region’s engineering industry is made up of over 3,000 businesses of various forms of ownership.

The objectives of the venue will resonate with companies nationwide at every level of development. We anticipate local enthusiastic participation and a broad commitment that will be both creative and focused, spanning the full range of Russian industrial, innovative, social, political and cultural institutions.

CORPORATE

10.3

PARTICIPATION World Expo 2025 will

•• The Sverdlovsk Region’s defense industry has historically been one of the largest in Russia. Defense sector companies manufacture weapons and military equipment for all branches of the armed services: from tanks, cannon artillery and munitions to ballistic missile management systems and electro-optical guidance systems.

preserve its character as

•• The engineering sector ranks third among all Sverdlovsk Region industries in terms of export volume (15% of all regional exports). Moreover, the Sverdlovsk Region accounts for 5.2% of all machinery and equipment exported from Russia. Urals region-made machinery and equipment are exported to 92 countries around the world.

But there is no contradiction by having a strong corporate presence at the exhibition. Most of the biggest companies in the world, those that have become household names, are related to innovation. Those companies allocate significant resources to the development of new tools and systems to improve what is a core element of our theme: the living social processes which are dominated by continuous technological change. Those companies are at the avant-garde of what constitutes the theme of the exhibition. World Expo 2025 will, therefore, encourage the presence of large international corporations to be present at the exhibition.

This is the key objective of the Expo, where to begin the direct engagement and collaboration with local prospective participants nationwide. Within communications efforts and the broad relevance of The World Expo 2025 theme, we hope to exceed our goals by attracting a large group of local participants. Pavilions

CORPORATE PAVILIONS

Number of units

an international exhibition avoiding over-commercialism, and will cooperate to the BIE mission.

Build. Plot, sq. m.

39,000

Total area, sq.m.

58,500

Site plot

79,000

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Trade and commerce are the originating forces behind development of corporations worldwide and the participation role for commercial entities is clear. We expect The World Expo 2025 to help our exhibiting corporations show their innovations and actively pursue their strategic objectives through their presence and engagement with business leaders and other commercial organizations. With a compelling and inspiring theme, the expo aims to explore the new century and identify the changes involved in planning the future, representing an excellent opportunity for corporations to raise questions on innovation impact and its role in this fast developing world and humanity. The Expo will foster collaboration between corporations, making them learn from each other in a spirit of cooperation and innovation. The event will provide companies with a unique forum to demonstrate progress, share knowledge, forge relationships, engage with an international audience and connect with countries and corporations around the world. Furthermore, the Sverdlovsk Region is actively involved in the development of commercial relationships and the strengthening of their established partnerships. Ekaterinburg World Expo 2025 provides the ultimate networking and exhibition environment to initiate dialogues between companies and countries with raising interest in commercial growth. Our theme promotes the benefits of innovation and the value of strong commercial partnerships that are international and multinational as well.

10.4

AREA ALLOCATION The area allocation plan provides an optimal mix of indoor and outdoor space

for all pavilions to help participants achieve their thematic, commercial, diplomatic and cultural objectives. The participant pavilion space intends to provide flexibility for countries of all sizes and resource availability, with certain allocations available to be configured for joint pavilions and exhibits. In the tradition of past World Expos, our plan allows participants to collaborate on the development of pavilions and exhibits that represent their common regional, economic and social interests and are presented in the context of the World Expo theme. The Ekaterinburg World Expo 2025 participant plan also encourages the promotion of our participant countries national identities by allowing broad freedom in the use of designs and materials originating from their respective countries. Construction and operational constraints for pavilions will be in accordance with local government building regulations and sustainability guidelines. The space allocations of the plan are flexible and scalable to accommodate the wide range of configurations and partnerships that participants will likely request. Participants can build their own pavilions in which they can display their ideas, experiences and best practices on the Expo theme. From the outside, the pavilions are innovative architectural structures inspired by the identity of the participant and by the Expo theme. Inside, the pavilions offer visitors a journey through the theme and present innovations and discoveries. Our participant plan places a high value upon flexibility and the fulfillment of our participant objectives.

81 PARTICIPANTS

10.5

ASSISTANCE TO DEVELOPING COUNTRIES Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will reflect the priorities of the Russian federation in the field of international relations. Russia has developed an independent foreign policy based on the pillar of cooperation and in search for peace and peaceful solutions to international conflicts. So it maintains friendly relationships with all countries of the world. Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg

will be an excellent opportunity to showcase the will of the Russian government to pursue this path and to strengthen its ties with those countries with whom it cooperates regularly as well as opening new ways for cooperation with other countries. As a consequence of the above, the Russian government will make sure Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will have a balanced presence of all the world regions. To this end it will make available the necessary resources to guarantee the participation of those countries willing to make a contribution to the theme but lacking the means to do so. Besides the amount identified with in the overall Expo budget the Russian Federation will add the necessary funds to guarantee a significant presence of developing countries.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

11.

НАЗВАНИЕ ГЛАВЫ РАЗВЕРНУТОЕ

VISITORS AND VISITS

11.1

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

ATTENDANCE. VISITORS AND VISITS World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be an event unlike any other hosted in Russia thus far. We anticipate that in addition to unprecedented visitor numbers it will also draw a high level of visitors from other countries that have had few opportunities to attend a World Exposition. Expo 2025 will contribute to a better understanding of the forces of innovation, which are reshaping the world today, as well as showing a new Russia to the world, making it an extremely attractive destination. It will serve as a catalyst for the development of Ekaterinburg, one of Russia’s greatest cities. The Communication Plan of Expo 2025 will be a critical instrument to promote and highlight the Expo in the coming years. Expo 2025 will become, no doubt, a familiar name in every household, with high levels of interest in visiting coming as a result of intense, focused efforts during the long period of planning and promotion. Our estimations and calculations are based on the analysis of visitor numbers and visits generated from previous World Expos as well as on the demographics of Russia and the Ekaterinburg – Sverdlovsk Region. We use up to the minute data on tourist and business visits provided by the Ministry of Tourism of the Sverdlovsk oblast, which analyse the large event attendance habits of Russians in general and the people of the Sverdlovsk Region in particular, as well as by conducting surveys and polls. Previous World Expos have shown that the population of the hosting city and nearby territories generate the bulk of visits. World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be no exception. But Expo 2025 will be a national project and the efforts of

the Organizers will be addressed at attracting not only the citizens of Ekaterinburg and Sverdlovsk Region but also those of other parts of Russia and abroad. Again, the implementation of the Communication Plan will play a key role in this, as well as the provision of an adequate ticket mix together with the development of sufficient accommodation capacity for those who will come to Ekaterinburg from far away. The current total population of the Russian Federation is

146,804,372 PEOPLE The estimated number of visits throughout the six months of Expo 2025 is somewhat over

37 million OVER

ARE INTERNATIONAL VISITS

94.6% OF ALL VISITS COMING FROM RUSSIA

MORE THAN 50% WILL BE FROM THE CITY OF EKATERINBURG AND THE SVERDLOVSK REGION

The Sverdlovsk Region is a geographically extensive, highly economically developed region of the Russian Federation. With a very high level of business, cultural and social activity, it is among those Russian regions with the brightest prospects for economic development. It currently has a population of over 4.3 million people. For our detailed analysis of the calculation of visitors and visits, we have followed a distance-areas approach. The calculations rely on the behaviour of previous World Expo visitors and those of Russian citizens. We have calculated a realistic target number out of the total population of the respective area and calculated in a conservative way the total number of visitors and visits, based on a comprehensive ticketing model. Using this model, we have calculated the total number of visitors and visits per area, per target group.

VISITORS AND VISITS

11.2

POPULATION WITHIN DIFFERENT DRIVING

Syktyvkar

DISTANCES The Sverdlovsk Region enjoys a highly favourable

Izhevsk

geographical location in the heart of Eurasia, making it one of Russia’s key transit

KhantyMansiysk

Perm

Ekaterinburg Ufa

Tyumen Chelyabinsk Kurgan

centres. The city of Ekaterinburg is one of the country’s largest transportation hubs. The region is served by

33,800 KM of motor roads, including 588 KM

of federal highways

11,000 KM

of regional roads

22,000 KM of local roads (including urban road networks) The region is traversed by six federal motor routes, which connect it with other Russian regions: M5 The Ural Highway, which runs to Chelyabinsk, Ufa, Samara, Penza and Moscow. P242 to Perm and Kazan P351 to Tyumen P352 to Serov P354 to Kurgan P355 to Polevskoy This means that visitors from the vicinity of Ekaterinburg and Sverdlovsk oblast will be able to get to the site easily, using the excellent, modernized network of roads.

According to a survey conducted by the Institute of Sociology of the Russian Academy of Sciences, private car use is the most popular form of transport in Russia. On average, there are 300 cars per 1,000 people in the country. Ekaterinburg residents will be the most active visitors of Expo 2025, followed by vistiors from within a driving range of up to two hours from Ekaterinburg. Therefore, the probability of visiting Expo 2025 is directly related to the distance and travel time between the place of residence and the Expo site. To identify the number of anticipated visits, including the recurrence rate per visitor for each Area, we use the travel-times and accessibility of Expo 2025 as the most decisive data. This model is the most commonly used one in Russia to calculate the attendance for major events. Area 1 comprises Ekaterinburg and its satellite cities up to 200 km away, such as Kamensk-Uralskiy and Nizhny-Tagil, which have well established transport connections with Ekaterinburg. People from these cities can reach Ekaterinburg easily. This Area has the best transport accessibility, and driving time to the Expo site is not more than, at a maximum, one hour and a half. In addition to

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Ekaterinburg and its 1,488,791 inhabitants, the most populated city is Chelyabinsk with 1,191,994 million people. The total population of Ekaterinburg and its surrounding environs is 4,330,652 people (including Ekaterinburg). Area 2 incorporates residents from municipalities which are 200-300 km from Ekaterinburg with a total population of 3,266,400 people. This area includes the territories of the remainder of the Sverdlovsk oblast, the remainder of the Chelyabinsk oblast, and the cities of Perm and Tyumen, among others. Visitors can also easily come from these areas to the Expo site by car. Area 3 covers the population from 300 to 500 km away, covering a total number of 7,154,192 people. It contains cities such as Kurgan, Magnitogorsk, Ufa and Izhevsk. Visitors can reach World Expo 2025 by car using federal and regional highways. Area 4 This area covers the region of Moscow, with more than 19 million people. While they can reach Ekaterinburg by bus, it is likely that high speed rail and flights will be the most likely means of transportation.

Area 5 is made of international tourists arriving in Russia, over 31 million. Only those arriving during the six-month Expo period are considered for our calculations (about 19 million). Only 8 per cent of them are considered as a reasonable target although that group will be subject to a considerable advertising effort and will benefit from special package tours. Area 6 takes in European Russia, excluding the previous areas. European Russia is the most heavily populated part of the country, with a total of 81,899,550 inhabitants. It covers all the regions of Central, North-west, North Caucasian federal district, and some regions of the Privolzhsky federal district. Most of the large cities in this area have a direct connection to Ekaterinburg by highway, railway and air. This area also includes SaintPetersburg which has 5,200,000 people. Area 7 includes Eastern Russia, the FarEastern federal district and the Yamalo-Nenets autonomous region. For this assessment, we include here the remainder of the Ural district. This area accounts for over 28 million people. The sum of the 7 areas gives us a total potential population of over

166 million PEOPLE

VISITORS AND VISITS

FOR A BETTER UNDERSTANDING, THIS CAN BE VIEWED IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE: Name of city

Population up to 500 km

Distance km

EKATERINBURG

Area 1 (0–200 km)

GREATER EKATERINBURG KAMENSK-URALSKIY NIZHNY-TAGIL CHELYABINSK

0 60 95 120 195

BALANCE 0–200 KM

Area 2 (200–300 km)

SVERDLOVSK REMAINING REGION CHELYABINSK REMAINING REGION TYUMEN PERM

295 292

BALANCE 200–300 KM

Area 3 (300–500 km)

KURGAN MAGNITOGORSK UFA IZHEVSK

330 390 370 450

BALANCE 300–500 KM

Area 4

MOSCOW REGION

Area 5

TOURISTS TO MOSCOW DURING EXPO (60% OF 4.5 M) TOURISTS ST. PETERSBURG DURING EXPO (60% OF 2.8) BALANCE TOURISTS RUSSIA (60% OF 24.5 M) TOTAL TOURISTS

Area 6

BALANCE EUROPEAN RUSSIA

Area 7

EASTERN RUSSIA + BALANCE URAL DISTRICT TOTALS

Population

1,488,791 629,032 172,040 359,450 1,191,994 2,361,349 157,896 380,699 720,575 141,884 1,865,345 325,189 417,563 1,121,429 643,496 4,646,515 16,623,247 19,648,800 2,730,000 1,680,000 14,744,400 19,154,400 81,899,550 28,605,021 165,931,019

11.3

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

OUR TARGET, VISITORS AND RECURRENCE The probability of visiting Expo 2025 directly depends on the distance and travel time between the place of residence and the Expo site. The purchase of several-day tickets, evening passes or season tickets will likely be a function of proximity to the Expo. The closer to the site citizens are, the likelier it will be for them to visit the Expo and, equally, the likelier it will be for them to repeat the visit. Locals, those living in Ekaterinburg and therefore very close to the Expo site will be most likely to see value in the evening passes and are expected to visit the Expo on a number of occasions using evening tickets, being able to visit pavilions for a couple of hours and enjoy the evening entertainment programme. The longer the distance to Ekaterinburg and the site, the less likely it will be that citizens have a high visit repetition rate. Whatever the distance to the site, a percentage of the potential population is deducted from our calculation, either because of the group age (too young or too old), because of a lack of interest or because of the distance to the site. What is important to highlight is that the ticket price will not be a deterrent to making a visit to the Expo. Most of the local visitors and those living in the vicinity of Ekaterinburg and in the Sverdlovsk Region will purchase several-day or season passes, which reduce the price per visit. Additionally, a low-price ticket (Special Ticket) is planned for, at a considerably reduced price, to be managed by the Expo Organizer and the authorities that will cover those citizens with reduced financial capacity.

In Area 1 due to the proximity to the site 60% of people will visit the World Expo (3,721,594). With a repetition visit of 5 times the total number of visits comes to 18,728,548. We expect a high number of families and adults with children, the majority of the schools of this area and a variety of special holiday visitors, especially during the summer school holidays, to attend World Expo 2025 as many times as possible. Locals will also make up for a good number of repetitions, especially during the evening. In Area 2, 200-300 km away from the site, which is not an excessive distance, our target is 1,796,520 possible visitors, out of a total potential of over 3 million. We think people from this area will come to the Expo at least 3 times, so the number of visits here can be 5Â 542Â 264. In Area 3, located 300-500 km away from the site, but still with high quality highway and train accessibility, we expect 35% of the total population of over 7 million to visit the Expo. Our target here is 2,503,967 visitors with a recurrence rate of 1.7, giving a total of 4,155,334 visits. In Area 4 we estimate 8 per cent of the total population of Moscow and its region coming to Expo, due to the long distances to Ekaterinburg, though visitor numbers will be driven by the comprehensive communication and advertising campaign, and the average stay is expected to be two days. These visitors will produce over 3 million visits to Expo. Area 5 refers to tourists arriving in Russia (over 31 Mio according to the World Tourism Organization 2016 Report and Russian Tourism statistics). The commercialization of tickets will be tied to tourist packages that will include visiting Expo as part of their tour. Since this group of visitor is mostly managed by travel operators, a percentage of them will stay overnight in Ekaterinburg, visiting the site more than once. The total expected visits are 2,004,316.

VISITORS AND VISITS

Area 6 covers European Russia. We expect only 3 per cent of the total population to visit, visiting the site more than once on average, and giving a total of 2.8 million visits. Area 7 covers eastern part of Russia, which is expected to have a lower number of potential

visitors. They are less likely to visit the Expo due to the long distance to Ekaterinburg. With travel arrangements being more difficult than those from European Russia, higher numbers of those that do visit will need to stay overnight, giving an average of 1.5 visits per visitor, and a total of more than 800,000 visits.

FOR AN EASY TO UNDERSTAND BREAKDOWN OF THE VISITOR-VISIT RATIO, PLEASE SEE THE FOLLOWING TABLE: Population

Name of city

Distance

up to 500 km

1,488,791

GREATER EKATERINBURG

629,032

KAMENSK-URALSKIY

172,040

EKATERINBURG

Area 1 0–200 km

NIZHNY-TAGIL

120

359,450

CHELYABINSK

195

1,191,994

SVERDLOVSK REMAINING REGION

157,896

CHELYABINSK REMAINING REGION

380,699

TYUMEN

295

720,575

PERM

292

141,884

Visitors

Ratio

Visits

6,202,656 60%

3,721,594 5.0

18,728,548

3,266,400 55%

1,796,520 3.1

5,542,264

7,154,192 35%

2,503,967 1.7

4,155,334

1,865,345

BALANCE 200–300 KM

Area 3 300–500 km

Target

2,361,349

BALANCE 0–200 KM

Area 2 200–300 km

Population

KURGAN

330

325,189

MAGNITOGORSK

390

417,563

UFA

370

1,121,429

IZHEVSK

450

643,496

BALANCE 300–500 KM

4,646,515 16,623,247 19,648,800

Area 4

MOSCOW OBLAST

Area 5

TOURISTS TO MOSCOW DURING EXPO (60% OF 4.5 M)

2,730,000

TOURISTS ST. PETERSBURG DURING EXPO (60% OF 2.8)

1,680,000

16,623,248

8,022,081

28,426,145

1,571,904 1.9

3,004,694

BALANCE TOURISTS RUSSIA (60% OF 24.5 M)

14,744,400

TOTAL TOURISTS

19,154,400

1,532,352 1.3

2,004,316

Area 6

BALANCE EUROPEAN RUSSIA

81,899,550

2,456,987 1.1

2,805,879

Area 7

EASTERN RUSSIA + BALANCE URAL DISTRICT

28,605,021

572,100 1.5

839,843

14,155,424 2.6

37,080,878

TOTALS

165,931,019

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

11.4

PEAK ATTENDANCE PERIODS We anticipate that there will be several peak attendance periods during World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. They will be caused by any one of traditional World Expo high attendance periods, national holidays, school holidays and specific special events created for Expo 2025. The last two months of a World Expo, and with a particular focus on the closing weeks, are the peak period for Expo attendance. During the first two weeks of Expo 2025, Russia will be celebrating two of its most important national holiday periods: May 1 and May 9. Both holidays are combined with additional days of public holidays. Expo 2025 will celebrate these holidays, creating a special event programme paying tribute to those days and which will give rise to the event’s first peak period. An additional peak day during this time, on May 24, will be the Day of Slavic Script and Culture. This is a traditional holiday involving all Slavic countries and it will be specifically celebrated during Expo 2025. The next anticipated peak period created by special thematic events is the period from June 6 to June 14, starting with Pushkin day on June 6 (a traditional holiday with a nonworking Saturday) and running till Russia Day on June 12 with a long weekend. The Organising Committee, the Russian Pavilion and the Russian Federal Districts pavilions will organise a special commemorative event programme thus resulting in the second peak period of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. We anticipate that Russia will celebrate its traditional National Day during this phase. The third peak period will fall between June 27 and June 30. Youth Day on June 27, the National Day of the Inventor and Innovator on June 29 and the Economist’s Day on June 30

will be used to create a special program relating to our theme. The first three weeks of August will see the fourth peak period, with both the summer school break and the festivities for the Ekaterinburg City Day, which will attract tens of thousands of people. It will be celebrated on the third Saturday in August, falling on August 16, with a huge firework display and special events on the actual day, as the culmination to a period of two weeks of major cultural events, organised across the entire city and at the Expo site.

TOURISTS SUMMER 2025 Expo 2025 promotion and marketing programmes at regional and federal levels will target various visitor groups. These campaigns will seek to stimulate attendance both generally as well as more targeted programmes, including reduced corporate, student, tourist and senior citizens tickets. The appeal and popularity of Russia as an international tourist destination has been significantly boosted in recent years, with the Winter Olympics in Sochi in 2014 showcasing Russia as a superb host for such megaevents. The FIFA World Cup in 2018 will also significantly raise the standing of Russia among international tourists, making a trip to visit a world-class event in Russia far more common. Other arguments to take into account in terms of the number of visitors include the fact that there are “Expo fans” who will travel to an Expo wherever it takes place; that the overall attractiveness of Russia as a tourist destination will increase with the Expo taking place; and that there are a growing number of business and commerce-related events that involve evermore international participants. There will be a variety of special celebrations during Expo 2025 that will greatly raise interest

11.5

VISITORS ANDÂ VISITS

levels, thereby increasing the number of tourist visits. A festive atmosphere will be created throughout the city. We will also integrate the major events planned within the city, that would be taking place regardless of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, into our communication and event activities, powerfully combining them with the specific, focused Expo 2025 events. Russia has strong ties with a variety of other countries, most notably within the current Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) organisation. A number of countries within this organisation share a physical border, as well as linguistic and ethnic ties with groups within the Russian Federation. 21 different ethnic groups hailing from areas across all of Asia, ethnic Ukrainians, Germans, Azeris, Armenians, and Uzbeks live within the Sverdlovsk Region. We anticipate that the interest in visiting Expo 2025, from Central Asia in particular, will be high given the dearth of traditional large-scale, international events hosted in the region. Tourists will make

11.6

9.2%

5.4%

OF TOTAL VISITORS TO EXPO

OF THE VISITS

SPECIFIC VISITORS In recent years, the Sverdlovsk Region has taken active steps to develop and expand its investment and innovation infrastructure. In particular, the region is creating a special economic zone (SEZ) called Titanium Valley, which represents a

network of technology and industrial parks, and business incubators. As one of Russiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most science and researchintensive regions, the Sverdlovsk Region is home to internationally acclaimed scientific schools and industry-specific research institutes. The region has extensive scientific, research and technological potential and boasts a deep talent pool in research areas that are in the highest demand, including IT and nanotechnologies, power engineering and pharmaceutical drug development. For visitors who are specifically interested in the theme and the objectives relating to innovation and technology, a variety of theme-related events are being planned. These will be hosted both within the thematic pavilions and in the greater Expo site. These will include various thematic congresses, forums and symposiums. The close economic and social ties of the region and increasing business travel to the region from CIS countries will provide the majority of international visits due to the fact that they share Russian as a working language and their proximity to Ekaterinburg. The creation

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

of the Customs Union of Belarus, Kazakhstan and Russia has further boosted economic ties between these countries. One of the main directions in the development of the Sverdlovsk Region’s foreign relationships is cooperation with countries in South, Central and Eastern Europe, as well as the expansion of technological cooperation with developed countries in Asia, primarily Japan, South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan. We expect delegations from these countries and high interest from them in the event. Currently, businesses and companies located in the Sverdlovsk oblast engage in foreign trade with 134 countries. There are more than 400 international companies with a presence in the Sverdlovsk Region. The main partners of the Sverdlovsk oblast are industrial countries, such as the USA, Netherlands, Germany, China, Turkey, France, and Great Britain. These countries are the main consumers of metal products, machinery and chemical industries, which form the basis of the Sverdlovsk Region’s exports.

11.7

SUMMARY VISITORS – VISITS Expo 2025 as the centre of innovation, entertainment and tourism in Russia for six months will likely attract millions of visitors. Being one of the most highly-developed cities and transportation hubs in Russia, Ekaterinburg is ready to host visitors from around the world. An active promotional campaign for Expo 2025, as well as a loyalty ticketing programme will ensure that a high percentage of people from Russia will visit World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

Expo 2025 will be of high interest not only for private citizens, but also for the companies, and universities that are the driving forces of our dynamic economy. Therefore, we expect large groups of visitors from major centres of innovation, science and modern technology, as well as universities’ student groups from major educational cities in the country, such as Novosibirsk, Vladivostok, Tomsk, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Kazan and many others. Ekaterinburg is excellently located, being home to a territorial management center that handles international and regional connections and traffic flows, such as those along the Main Corridor, an extension of the International Transport Corridor, which runs from Berlin, Moscow and Nizhny Novgorod through Ekaterinburg to Beijing. Despite the distances to Ekaterinburg, all cities mentioned have airports with direct flights, with some also having railway connections to Ekaterinburg. Equally, Expo 2025 will both attract visitors and ensure those visitors make repeat visits thanks to the existing accommodation availability. The majority of the visits (almost 51 per cent), will be made by local visitors and those living within 200 km of the site. Those living up to 500 km away will account for about 26 per cent of the total visits. The balance of the visits will be from Moscow and its region plus the remaining population of both European and Eastern Russia plus international tourists. The estimated number of visitors and visits appears reasonable, considering the transport infrastructure, the accommodation capacity of the city, its area of influence and the ticket price. The site of Expo 2025, the city of Ekaterinburg and Russia can not only easily accommodate the expected 37,080,878 visits but are also prepared in the event of a considerable uplift to this figure, guaranteeing an event that is a complete success.

VISITORS AND VISITS

TO SUMMARIZE THE EXPECTED NUMBER OF VISITORS AND VISITS, PLEASE SEE THE TABLE BELOW: Population

Name of city

up to 500 km

Ratio

Visits

Percentage

1,488,791

629,032 6,202,656 60% 3,721,594 5.0 18,728,548

KAMENSK-URALSKIY

172,040

NIZHNY-TAGIL

120

359,450

CHELYABINSK

195

1,191,994

SVERDLOVSK REMAINING REGION

157,896

CHELYABINSK REMAINING REGION

380,699

TYUMEN

295

720,575 3,266,400 55% 1,796,520 3.1

PERM

292

141,884

5,542,264

14.9

4,155,334

11.2

1,865,345

KURGAN

330

325,189

MAGNITOGORSK

390

417,563

UFA

370

1,121,429

IZHEVSK

450

643,496

BALANCE 300–500 KM

50.5

2,361,349

BALANCE 200–300 KM

Area 3 300–500 km

Visitors

GREATER EKATERINBURG

BALANCE 0–200 KM

Area 2 200–300 km

Target

EKATERINBURG

Area 1 0–200 km

Distance Population

7,154,192 35% 2,503,967 1.7

4,646,515 16,623,247 16,623,248 19,648,800

Area 4

MOSCOW OBLAST

Area 5

TOURISTS TO MOSCOW DURING EXPO (60% OF 4.5 M)

2,730,000

TOURISTS ST. PETERSBURG DURING EXPO (60% OF 2.8)

1,680,000

8,022,081

28,426,145

1,571,904 1.9 3,004,694

8.1

BALANCE TOURISTS RUSSIA (60% OF 24.5 M)

14,744,400

TOTAL TOURISTS

19,154,400

1,532,352 1.3

2,004,316

5.4

Area 6

BALANCE EUROPEAN RUSSIA

81,899,550

2,456,987 1.1

2,805,879

7.6

Area 7

EASTERN RUSSIA + BALANCE URAL DISTRICT

28,605,021

572,100 1.5

839,843

2.3

14,155,424 2.6 37,080,878

100

TOTALS

165,931,019

12.

ACCOMMODATION

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

12.1

Creating the most efficient, modern and innovative world event with the hosting of Expo 2025 means ensuring the best experience for participants and visitors, with no distractions. As all visitors want to be lodged comfortably, Ekaterinburg will provide world-class accommodation catering to all requirements and needs. Serving as shortterm accommodation during World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, the newly built lodging will initially be homes for visitors and participants, and will then provide the city with a new social and economically sustainable legacy for generations to come.

World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg

EXISTING

be built.

ACCOMMODATION WITHIN

Visitors and participants will enjoy exceptional value-for-money during the Event, thanks to binding contracts in place between the accommodation facilities and the Organizing Committee, to secure the cost of accommodation under normal market conditions, ensuring no sudden inflation caused by the Event itself.

DIFFERENT DRIVING DISTANCES Key groups and institutions, including the citizens of Ekaterinburg, the Accommodation industry of Ekaterinburg, the City Government of Ekaterinburg, the Regional Government of the Sverdlovsk Region and the Federal Government of the Russian Federation are working together to meet the accommodation demand of

with a combination of hotels, B&Bs, apartments, alternative accommodation and additional accommodation, taking into account both those which already exist and those which are planned to

Expo 2025 visitors and participants will have the benefit of a wide range of accommodation, which is highly concentrated thanks to the compact nature of Ekaterinburg. Of the cities in the Russian Federation with a population exceeding one million citizens, Ekaterinburg has the smallest footprint. The metropolitan area is 20 km from north to south and 15 km from east to west, meaning that virtually all accommodation is within 10 km of the city center and less than 15 km from the Expo Park. Additional accommodation has also been identified outside of Ekaterinburg, within a maximum radius of 100 km. While accommodation supply has been carefully projected for Expo 2025, the demand for accommodation has also been carefully calculated to anticipate the needs of each category of visitors. It has been determined that the projected supply will meet anticipated demand.

97 ACCOMMODATION

From world-renowned hotel brands to boutique and conference hotels, Ekaterinburg has a diversified portfolio of different types of accommodation. Over the past several years, the city has seen tremendous growth in the hospitality business, resulting in the opening of 49 new accommodation facilities and hotels with a capacity of 4,347 rooms, in addition to the renovation of 15 establishments since 2005. The Sverdlovsk Region Ministry of Trade, Food and Services awarded grades to 31 of those facilities (1 five-star hotel, 11 four-star hotels, 18 three-star hotels, and 2 two-star hotels). Famous hotel groups such as Hilton, Starwood, Novotel, Ramada and Angelo have increased their presence in the region. Ekaterinburg and the area within 100 km of the city currently offers 8,424 hotel rooms with a total of 16,729 beds. All city accommodation is located either close to the city’s main attractions or within the suburbs, and is connected to the city center by modern, efficient road hubs, which will provide visitors, participants and members of the media a convenient commute to the Expo City and the Expo Village. Serving as short-term accommodation for the duration of Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg, the newly built lodging will not only provide homes for visitors and participants of the event, but will go on to serve the city as a new social and economically sustainable legacy for generations to come.

During their stay in Ekaterinburg, visitors and participants will be able to book their choice of accommodation throughout the city and nearby regions at flexible, reasonable market rates, regulated by the local government. ACCOMMODATION IN EKATERINBURG CITY AND WITHIN A RADIUS OF UP TO 100 KM Number of Number of classified rooms facilities

Number of beds

CATEGORY

615

1,081

CATEGORY

1,420

2,479

CATEGORY

2,049

3,145

CATEGORY

690

1,519

UNSTARRED

115

3,650

8,505

TOTAL

197

8,424

16,729

In addition to this, the Organizer will build an Expo Village adjacent to the Expo site with the aim of accommodating visitors, particularly during peak times towards the end of Expo period. For the duration of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, the Expo Village will open its doors

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

to visitors from all over the world. This housing will start catering for guests prior to the event, and will later be handed on as part of the Expo’s long lasting legacy, as housing for inhabitants of the Sverdlovsk Region. These apartments will feature 32,880 rooms and 52,060 beds at the location, which directly adjoins the exhibition site. The mix of 27,400 large 1-2 bedroom apartments will offer spacious kitchens and living areas in building blocks of 9 to 16 stories, and will be serviced to provide hotel-like accommodation equivalent to 3-4-star grade. EXPO VILLAGE APARTMENTS FOR VISITORS (EKATERINBURG) Number of Units

Number of Rooms

/ 16,440

(

)

16,440 /

5,480

1 BDR/1-2 PERS.

24,660 1 BDR/2 PERS.

5,480 /

5,480

Number of Beds

10,960 2 BDR/3 PERS.

10,960

16,440

TOTAL

27,400

32,880

52,060

Furthermore, alternative accommodation will also be available to casual and budget travelers in student dormitories, sanitariums, sports camps, tourist camps, resorts and holiday hotels. In terms of supplemental accommodation, the Sverdlovsk Region will support local landlords who desire to offer their properties as temporary housing for visitors to the city. Comfortable student dormitories, as well as state-owned sport campuses and retreats will also be ready to partake in the housing plan. High anticipated interest in the event among youngsters in the Sverdlovsk region has triggered an initiative to

create an Expo Youth Camp which will provide reasonable and comfortable accommodation for students and adolescents. Visitors to the World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will have all types of accommodation available, both in Ekaterinburg and within the surrounding 100km radius area, offering 41,304 rooms and 68,789 beds. VISITOR ACCOMMODATION SUMMARY (EKATERINBURG AND WITHIN 100 KM RADIUS) Number of Rooms

Number of Beds

EXISTING HOTELS

8,424

16,729

EXPO VILLAGE APARTMENTS

32,880

52,060

TOTALS

41,304

68,789

The primary location for Expo 2025 accommodation will be the Expo Village, located in a scenic environment adjacent to the Expo Park on the south shore of Verkh-Isetskiy Pond and next to the hills of the Moskovskiy Forest to the west. Constructed in a new, mixed-use full cycle conglomeration of residential, business, retail and recreational facilities, the Expo Village will offer accommodation for over 52,060 people in more than 27,000 brand new units for visitors and over 8,000 beds in more than 3,000 brand new units in a separated, lowrise section for participants. Whilst serving as short-term accommodation during the period of the World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, the newly built lodging will not only provide homes for visitors and participants of the event, but serve the city as a new social and economically sustainable legacy for generations to come. During their stay in Ekaterinburg, visitors and participants will be able to book their choice

99 ACCOMMODATION

of accommodation throughout the city and nearby regions at flexible, reasonable market rates, regulated by the local government.

12.2

POTENTIAL ACCOMMODATION DEMAND The accommodation needs of World Expo visitors vary based on their origin. Visitors

While none of the local visitors from the region will require accommodation, all the international visitors will require housing. Those are just two of the visitor profiles included in the plan for the accommodation needs of World Expo visitors. In the following table, the accommodation needs of visitors are set out by visitor origin (Areas 1-7). Assumptions are made regarding the accommodation needs of each type of visitor origin, with bed nights and room nights needed being projected based on those parameters.

Visits

Recurrence Rate

Accommodation Needs Assumptions

Area

Visitor Origin

EKATERINBURG AND NEIGHBORING CITIES WITHIN 200 KM RADIUS

3,721,594

18,728,548

5.0

THESE ARE LOCAL VISITORS TO THE WORLD EXPO WHO WOULD BE IN NO NEED FOR ACCOMMODATION.

NEIGHBOURING CITIES WITHIN 200-300 KM RADIUS OF EKATERINBURG

1,796,520

5,542,264

3.1

MOSTLY NEARBY VISITORS WHO WOULD EITHER STAY WITH FAMILY AND FRIENDS OR WOULD NOT STAY OVERNIGHT. ONLY 30% WOULD STAY OVERNIGHT FOR ONE NIGHT.

2,929

CITIES WITHIN 300-500 KM RADIUS

2,503,967

4,155,334

1.7

MOST OF THESE VISITORS WOULD COME TO WORLD EXPO FOR THE WEEKEND, STAYING 1-2 NIGHTS. 50% OF THEM ARE ACCOUNTED FOR.

6,804

MOSCOW REGION

1,571,904

3,004,694

1.9

ALL OF THEM WILL REQUIRE ACCOMMODATION

8,543

FOREIGN TOURISTS

1,532,352

2,004,316

1.3

ALL OF THE WILL REQUIRE ACCOMMODATION

8,328

EUROPEAN PART OF RUSSIA

2,456,987

2,805,879

1.1

ALL OF THEM WILL REQUIRE ACCOMMODATION.

13,353

EASTERN RUSSIA AND THE BALANCE OF URAL FEDERAL DISTRICT

572,100

839,843

1.5

ALL OF THEM WILL REQUIRE ACCOMMODATION

3,109

TOTAL

14,155,424

37,080,878

Bed Nights Projection

43,066

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

100

12.3

ADDITIONAL NEEDS The additional needs for accommodation will be driven by the periods on and around national holidays that will draw extra numbers of visitors to the site. It is typical that during the final third of the Expo period the attendance increases progressively, reaching an allperiod peak towards the last two weeks of Expo. The certainty of the Expo ending, together with advertising and promotion always creates huge demand to visit the Expo at this time. This has been fully considered in establishing the design parameters for the Master Plan and it is also considered here, in terms of estimating the accommodation capacity to absorb those high numbers of visitors.

12.4

SUMMARY OF ACCOMMODATION The table below summarizes the projected visitor accommodation nightly supply and the projected visitor accommodation nightly demand. The table assumes that the visitor demand is averaged out over the 184 days of Expo 2025.

For our purposes, we have only taken into consideration the existing regular hotel capacity in Ekaterinburg and within a 100 km radius of the city plus the capacity of Expo Village. What we call Alternative Accommodation and Supplemental Accommodation have not been considered, although they will significantly add to the overall capacity to host the high numbers of visitors expected. These will have a significant impact when absorbing peak attendances. Furthermore, we have deducted the normal occupancy rate during the six-month period in the hotels of Ekaterinburg and the 100-km radius. Our calculations have been established considering the ticket mix expected from different distances to the site. These provide the following results:

101 ACCOMMODATION

Name of city

Population up to 500 km

Area 1 0–200 km

Needs

Bed/nights Where Available

EKATERINBURG

GREATER EKATERINBURG

UP TO 100 KM

Minus OCC %

10,674 6,055

4,270 3,633

3,500

2,275

Expo village

Result

KAMENSK-URALSKIY NIZHNY-TAGIL CHELYABINSK BALANCE 0–200 KM

Area 2 200–300 km

100-200 KM

SVERDLOVSK REMAINING REGION CHELYABINSK REMAINING REGION TYUMEN

2,929

PERM BALANCE 200–300 KM

Area 3 300–500 km

KURGAN MAGNITOGORSK UFA

6,804

IZHEVSK BALANCE 300–500 KM

Area 4 Area 5

MOSCOW OBLAST

8,543

TOURISTS TO MOSCOW DURING EXPO (60% OF 4.5 M) TOURISTS ST. PETERSBURG DURING EXPO (60% OF 2.8) BALANCE TOURISTS RUSSIA (60% OF 24.5 M) TOTAL TOURISTS

Area 6

BALANCE EUROPEAN RUSSIA

Area 7

EASTERN RUSSIA + BALANCE URAL DISTRICT

8,328 13,353 3,109 43,066

20,229 10,178 52,060 19,171

102

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The result is That Expo 2025 has an existing extra capacity of 19,171 beds not considering Alternative accommodation, the Supplemental accommodation capacity in the region or the plans for new hotels in the city and the region.

12.5

ACCOMMODATION FOR PARTICIPANTS’ STAFF The Expo Village Apartments for Participants, also a part of Ekaterinburg’s and Sverdlovsk’s housing modernization plan, will be immediately adjacent to

the Expo Park, but will be located separately from the Expo Village Apartments for Visitors. Just like the satellite village for visitors, the Expo Village Apartments for Participants will be completed before Expo 2025, and will be occupied by participants prior to and during the Expo period, and will then serve as housing for citizens of Ekaterinburg afterwards. Accommodations will include a variety of housing blocks consisting of spacious 1, 2, 3 and 4 bedroom units with kitchen appliances and living areas in 3 to 5-storey buildings offering collectively 8,824 rooms and 8,624 beds in 3,320 3-4-star apartments.

103 ACCOMMODATION

EXPO VILLAGE APARTMENTS FOR PARTICIPANTS (EKATERINBURG) Number of Units

Number of Rooms

2 BDR, DELUXE GRADE UNITS FOR COMMISSIONERS

/ 200

400 /

312 / /

1,560 3 BDR/3 PERS.

4,680 /

468

312 2 BDR/2 PERS.

1,560

200 1 BDR/1 PERS.

312

780

Number of Beds

4,680 4 BDR/4 PERS.

1,872

TOTALS

3,320

8,824

8,624

Bed capacities in the table above are based upon one person per bedroom (or for Commissioners, one person per apartment), thereby providing staff with their customary privacy requirements for World Expos. However, all bedrooms will have an extra bed available to accommodate additional team members or guests, for last minute emergency adjustments or for additional short-term capacity. 200 luxurious 2-bedroom, deluxe 5-star apartments will be available for Commissioners General and Deputy-Commissioners of all pavilions. These units will be distinguished by their top-of-the-range furnishings, appliances, amenities and services.

Support desks and concierge services will be available to provide a comfortable “home from home” experience all in a welcoming, relaxing environment for residents at the Expo Village Apartments for Participants. This includes, but is not limited to: •• Food services, including in-room service, fine dining, casual restaurants, food stands, snack bar, specialty store •• Shopping, including supermarket, convenience store, boutique •• Medical facilities, including fitness center, health center with a dental clinic, pharmacy •• Transportation services, including shuttle service to Expo site, taxi service, car rental service, parking slots •• Business services, including business services center, mobile phone store, Internet access (in apartment), Internet cafe, wireless Internet access hot-spots •• Entertainment, including movie theatre, leisure and game room, bar, nightclub •• Additional services, including bank, post office, police station, laundry and dry cleaning service, beauty and hair salon The Organizing Committee will be eager for participants’ staff to stay in the Expo Village Apartments for Participants, and will therefore ensure that overnight rates remain adequate and reasonable. Management of the Expo Village housing for Participants will be provided by a competent apartment management agency under the direction and authority of the Organizing Committee, and selected by the Committee following an appropriate public tender process. A centralized booking desk will be established to operate reservations and provide detailed information and navigation on requests submitted by arriving participants. The booking center will commence accepting applications two years prior to the World Expo’s aperture, thus the Expo Village will be prepared to accommodate guests at the beginning of 2024, 16 months prior to the Expo’s opening.

13.

FEASIBILITY STUDY

106

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The feasibility plan for the organization of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg covers both Capital and Operational expenditures. The budgets for capital investments and operations have been drawn up in line with the needs of Expo 2025 in relation to the city’s vision of the event. This analysis aims to ensure that all long-term investments and operational expenditures deliver a genuine legacy for the host communities and for the people of Russia. All the calculations of the preliminary operational and investment budgets of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg are based on the latest data from firsthand sources such as: •• Results of marketing researches and polls conducted in Ekaterinburg by the Bid committee •• Official statistical data on demographic and economic indicators, such as inflation, age and gender structure, growth of regional welfare provision •• Interviews with architecture and construction companies and experts in the fields of finance and economy •• Information provided by government agencies •• Analysis of previous candidature dossiers and information available on past World Expos This plan has also been developed taking into account current trends of economic reality. The Russian economy has grown consistently and quickly in recent years, in terms of both revenues and the level of investment in services for citizens. Furthermore, the Russian business sector, which is actively involved in sponsoring the country’s events, will ensure that Expo 2025 will be well-received and supported. The Organizing Committee, operating as a state-owned corporation, will oversee all financial matters involved in the organization of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, including both construction and operations.

The entire budget has been assessed at 2017 market value. The EUR/RUB exchange rate used when creating the forecast budget is 1 EUR = 68 RUB, which is the exchange rate for July 2017. For Expo 2025, the overall construction costs (including both permanent and temporary infrastructures) has been estimated at RUB 98.7 billion. That construction will be fully funded through public investments from the Federal and Regional Government budgets. The Expo Village and Expo City, which is a private real estate development program, is not included in this budget as it will be fully financed through private funding. The Russian authorities have approved this feasibility plan and will conclude treaties with trade unions to secure the on-time delivery of all infrastructures. The operational costs to organize Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg have been estimated at RUB 49.1 billion. According to the preliminary budget, operational expenditures will be covered by the revenues from ticket sales (RUB 27.2 billion) and commercial activities (RUB 28.6 billion). It has been estimated that a successful ticketing program will generate almost half of the operational revenues with 37 million visits and 14.2 million visitors. The projected cash flow in the period 2019 – 2026 will be balanced by the public authorities for both Capital Investments and Operations. The Organizing Committee of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is aware that the preparation of a budget of this size and complexity is a challenging task. Therefore, all necessary steps have been taken to establish a solid budget based on a foundation that can evolve and manage contingencies as planning continues towards the event.

107

FEASIBILITY STUDY

13.1 EXPENDITURES 13.1.1 Capital

Investments

CAPITAL INVESTMENTS Million RUB

LANDSCAPING

18,369

INFRASTRUCTURE

31,259

CONSTRUCTION

35,756

CONTENTS OF THEME PAVILIONS

13,284

98,668

100

TOTAL

To host Expo 2025, the overall infrastructure development and construction on the 500 ha site area has been evaluated at RUB 98.7 billion. This includes the exhibition area with pavilions for participants, covering 184 ha, while the remaining 316 ha will be used for entertainment venues, Media Center, pavilions of the Organizing Committee and non-governmental organizations, logistics facilities, parking, etc. CAPITAL INVESTMENTS

13% Contents of theme pavilions

36% Construction

19% Landscaping

32%

The concept of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg implies that the open zones and pavilions will continue to host public and cultural events in the city after Expo 2025: Concert and Music halls will continue to function, the Expo Arena will remain as a stadium, the Russia pavilion will function as a Shopping Mall and the office of the Organizing Committee will be a Business Centre. Landscaping The site of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is a picturesque location just west of the city center on the bank of Verkh-Isetsky Pond. The site is situated on marshy land, looking out onto the banks of the Pond itself. The location of the construction site requires relatively high expenditures on construction operations (RUB 18.4 billion), involving landscaping and land improvement, which accounts for 19% of all capital investment expenditures. Construction on wetland entails soil excavation works and waterfront fortification to prepare the construction site. This landscaping project is in line with the regional development plan and will provide the city of Ekaterinburg with an opportunity for expansion, with the development of the new area for its citizens’ needs. Two-and-a-half kilometers of waterfront will be redeveloped and continue to function as a recreational area for the citizens of Ekaterinburg. After Expo 2025 this area will be turned into a city beach and a park with related services. The table below represents the estimated costs of required construction works: EXPENDITURES FOR LANDSCAPING

Infrastructure

All developed infrastructure of the Expo 2025 site will remain after the event, providing a living legacy to the surrounding community and the city. The entire site will be turned into a new mixed-use neighborhood consisting of residential, business, recreational and retail areas, thus creating a new center of activity in Ekaterinburg.

SOIL EXCAVATION FROM THE EXPOSITION SITE SOIL EXCAVATION FROM THE TERRITORY OF THE PROJECTED PARKING WATERFRONT FORTIFICATION ARRANGEMENT OF THE EMBANKMENT

Million RUB

5,235 1,776

28 10

327 5,468

2 30

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

108

REINFORCED CONCRETE CHANNEL UNIT TRAY BACKFILLING OF THE EXPOSITION SITE WITH SAND BACKFILLING OF THE PARKING LOT WITH SAND TOTAL

Million RUB

935 3,459

5 19

1,169

18,369

100

32% of all capital expenditures accounts for the development of infrastructure on the site of Expo 2025. For the construction of 60 ha of parking, roads and paving, maintaining the internal network of roads, planting of greenery and general illumination the public authorities have provisioned RUB 31.3 billion. EXPENDITURES FOR INFRASTRUCTURE Million RUB

2,945

14,209

PLANTING OF TREES AND GARDENS

2,524

STATIONARY FENCE OF THE EXPOSITION SITE

187

607

701

7,385

ILLUMINATION OF PARKING

561

RAIN SEWAGE AND CLEANING FACILITIES OF PARKING

841

1,299

31,259

100

ARRANGEMENT OF PAVING ROADS, AREAS AND PAVEMENTS

ENTRANCES DAILY AND FESTIVE ILLUMINATION OF THE TERRITORY ARRANGEMENT OF PARKING

INTERNAL TRANSPORT

TOTAL

RUB 35.8 billion (36% of all capital investments) is planned to be provided for the design and construction of theme pavilions, facilities, media center, the pavilion of the Organizing Committee, entertainment venues and logistics objects. EXPENDITURES FOR CONSTRUCTION

Infrastructure

AREA INTERNAL NETWORKS

Construction

Million RUB

DESIGN

7,806

CONSTRUCTION OF THEME PAVILIONS

8,413

CONSTRUCTION OF OTHER FACILITIES

280

CONSTRUCTION OF MEDIA CENTER, ORGANIZING COMMITTEE OFFICE, NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS PAVILION

4,580

CONSTRUCTION OF LOGISTICS OBJECTS

6,357

CONSTRUCTION OF EXPO ARENA

6,731

CONSTRUCTION OF OTHER ENTERTAINMENT VENUES

841

CONSTRUCTION OF HELICOPTER PAD

748

35,756

100

TOTAL

Contents of theme pavilions The contents of the four Thematic pavilions and the Best Practices pavilion have been estimated at RUB 13.3 billion. These pavilions will occupy 7.5 ha of the exposition site area and will reveal and explore the theme of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg.

109

FEASIBILITY STUDY

13.1.2 Operations OPERATIONAL EXPENDITURES Million RUB

767

16,113

2.1 MAINTENANCE, CLEANING & SUPPLIES

7,011

2.2 SECURITY & SURVEILLANCE

5,248

2.3 STUDIES, RESEARCHES & CONSULTING

2,624

2.4 TICKETING MANAGEMENT

1,230

6,863

6,679

185

4. ENTERTAINMENT

6,376

5. ADVERTISING, PR AND PROMOTION

9,564

6. ASSISTANCE TO DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

3,063

7. IT

2,362

8. LOGISTICAL SERVICES

1,830

545

1,594

49,077

100

1. PLANNING & FEASIBILITY STUDIES 2. SUPPORTING ACTIVITIES

3. PERSONNEL

3.1 STAFF PERSONNEL

3.2 VOLUNTEERS

9. BIE FEES

10. OTHER

TOTAL

In addition to the investments for the development of Expo 2025 infrastructure, the Organizing Committee will also bear all the costs of management, administration, organization and technical control throughout the event.

The operational budget was created based on the current economic environment. Therefore, all revenues and expenses have been estimated as of 2017. The structure of Operational Expenditures and all associated estimates was based on operational expense statements of previous Expo holders, with adjustment for national variances and current economic trends. All the numbers presented in the budget correspond to the master plan of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and were calculated according to the information provided by specialized regional service companies and contracted construction companies. OPERATIONAL EXPENDITURES

4% 1% 3% 2% 33% 5% 6% 19%

13%

14%

Planning & Feasibility Studies Supporting activities Personnel Entertainment Advertising, PR and Promotion Assistance to developing countries IT Logistical services BIE fees Other

Planning and Feasibility studies Preliminary Studies for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg include expenditures for market research done by the Organizing Committee, remunerations to consulting companies, costs for preparation of the final master plan and other related activities. The overall expenditures for this budget item is estimated at RUB 766.7 million. Supporting Activities One-third of operational expenses is represented by Supporting activities, which involve: •• Maintenance, cleaning, supplies, electrical and plumbing works, facility management,

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

110

waste management, installation of high-end technological equipment. This budget item is estimated at RUB 7 billion. •• Security and surveillance. The costs of purchasing, installing and the maintenance of equipment required for the safety and security of the Expo 2025 site is estimated at RUB 5.3 billion. •• To ensure that Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg is successfully organized and well promoted, various polls and researches must be conducted. The cost of conducting these activities are estimated at RUB 2.6 billion. •• RUB 1.2 billion is the estimated cost of organizing a successful ticketing campaign and ensuring that ticket revenues are generated as planned. Activity

ACCESS, SECURITY AND TRANSPORT CONCESSIONS LOGISTICS MAINTENANCE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT ENTERTAINMENT EXHIBITIONS ASSISTANCE STAFF (VIP, EVENTS) ORGANIZATION TOTAL

In total, expenditures for Supporting Activities are estimated at RUB 16.1 billion. Personnel All personnel involved in the event can be divided into 2 major groups: permanent staff and volunteers. Unlike volunteers, permanent staff members are employed for the whole period of preparation and holding of Expo 2025. Expenditures for permanent staff are estimated at RUB 6.7 billion. The costs for training, communication, organization, accommodation, clothing and meals for approximately 5,000 volunteers are estimated at RUB 184.5 million. Expenditures for volunteers are detailed in the following table. Expenditures for personnel

Number of employees

Million RUB

650 100 1,300 900 650 300 650 300 150 5,000

23.99 3.69 47.97 33.21 23.99 11.07 23.99 11.07 5.54 184.5

Entertainment Throughout the event, from May 2 to November 2, 2025 the Organizing Committee and third parties will organize 30,000 events, including celebrations of such national and regional

13 2 26 18 13 6 13 6 3 100

holidays as Ekaterinburg City Day, Spring and Labor Day, Victory day, Russia Day, as well as musical and sport events, entertainment shows. Expenditures for visitor entertainment and protocol activities, ceremonies and events of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg are estimated at RUB 6.4 billion.

FEASIBILITY STUDY

Advertising, PR and Promotion The Organizing Committee is responsible for developing the promotional strategy, which will include PR activities for TV, radio, periodicals, outdoor advertising, establishment of representative offices worldwide, creation of the official website of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, promotion through social media, preparation of supporting data and collaboration with partners and corporations; a total of RUB 9.6 billion will be provided for: •• National and International promotion of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, including promotion of the theme “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” to the public via mass media, conferences, briefings and other communication channels •• Roadshows to highlight the opportunities and benefits that Expo 2025 can offer to participants, potential investors, suppliers and sponsors •• Promotion through TV, radio and print advertising to maximize visitor attendance •• PR activities and conferences targeting the press, investors, partners and the public Assistance to Developing Countries The theme “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” entails the involvement of participants from a large number of countries. To achieve this, a special fund of RUB 3.1 billion will be allocated to

111

assist countries that lack financial resources for participation. The assistance program will provide transport, accommodation, food, and other organizational assistance for the developing countries. The fund allocated for assistance is independent of further support measures taken by the Government of the Russian Federation. BIE Fees Based on the 2% BIE fee on ticket prices, the number of tickets sold and the pricing policy, the estimated cost of BIE fees is RUB 545 million. IT and logistical services In the operational budget of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg RUB 2.4 billion is allocated for IT which includes maintenance of optical fiber for high speed internet access, installation and repair of interactive displays and kiosks, ensuring proper functioning of telecommunication equipment. Approximately RUB 1.8 billion will be required for operation and maintenance of storage spaces, security checkpoints and x-ray equipment, service roads and testing laboratories. Other The organization of Expo 2025 is highly complex, involving a large number of operational areas; at this stage of analysis not all areas can be set out. To cover unforeseen expenses, a contingency budget of RUB 1.6 billion has been established.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

112

13.2

REVENUES

OPERATIONAL REVENUES

This section provides the general structure of operational revenues for Expo 2025 Although it was developed using information from previous events, one significant difference is the absence of revenue from pavilion rent at Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg: OPERATIONAL REVENUES %

1. TICKET SALES AND PARKING REVENUES

28,532

1.1 TICKET SALES

27,233

1,299

28,595

19,063

9,532

328

4. SERVICES TO VISITORS

4,310

5. SERVICES TO PARTICIPANTS

3,424

6. OTHER

2,421

67,610

100

1.2 PARKING

2. COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES

2.1 SPONSORSHIP

2.2 CONCESSIONS & LICENSING

3. NATIONAL LOTTERY

TOTAL

Ticket sales and parking revenues Commercial activities

National lottery Services to visitors Services to participants

Ekaterinburg.

Million RUB

6% 5% 4%

42%

Other

Ticket Sales Projections Ticket sale revenue is the most substantial part of operational revenues, accounting for 40% of all projected revenues. Based on the polls conducted in Ekaterinburg, as well as statistical data, comparative and quantitative analysis, it has been estimated that during the 6 months of Expo 2025, there will be 37 million visits, with the number of unique visitors exceeding 14 million. For the visitor attendance forecasts, a multi-factorial model was employed, which considered such factors as weather conditions, demographics, socioeconomics of Ekaterinburg and neighboring regions, education levels and the general interest of population in the theme of the event. Areas and visit projections The visitor estimation model is based on distances between potential visitors and the site of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. The zone analysis, which is presented in more detail in Chapter 11, predicts that three out of five inhabitants from Area 1 (local), and one out of two inhabitants from Area 2 (200300km away) are going to visit Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. Each of these visitors will also attend the Expo from three to five times on average. However, in the more distant Areas, the percentage of visits is expected to range from 2% to 35%.

13.2.1

113

FEASIBILITY STUDY

Area

Population

Unique visitors

6,202,656

3,721,594

18,728,548

5.03

3,266,400

1,796,520

5,542,264

3.09

7,154,192

2,503,967

4,155,334

1.66

19,648,800

1,571,904

3,004,694

1.91

19,154,400

1,532,352

2,004,316

1.31

81,899,550

2,456,987

2,805,879

1.14

28,605,021

572,100

839,843

1.47

165,931,019

14,155,424

37,080,878

AREA 1 EKATERINBURG AND SATELLITE CITIES WITH A RANGE OF 200KM AREA 2 MUNICIPALITIES 200-300KM AWAY AREA 3 SUPRAREGIONAL AREA (300500KM AWAY) AREA 4 MOSCOW REGION AREA 5 FOREIGN VISITORS AREA 6 EUROPEAN RUSSIA AREA 7 EASTERN RUSSIA TOTAL

Ticket Policy Since the revenues from ticket sales are the most significant part of the Expo 2025 operational revenue, efficient ticket pricing policy is crucial. Pricing decisions were based on the results of the polls and analysis of the socioeconomic situation in the Sverdlovsk Region, Russia and worldwide. The prices and types of tickets for Expo 2025 were designed to meet the following requirements and principles: •• Affordable tickets pricing for the majority of the population, primarily for the inhabitants of Ekaterinburg and adjoining

Entries

Percentage Entries to of visits to visitors total ratio

cities and regions. The rates should be comparable to other events (see the corresponding table) •• Availability of different ticket rates for different social groups (family tickets, discounts etc.) •• Availability of discounts to stimulate group visits and purchasing of multi-entry tickets •• Balanced one-day ticket prices that keep the prestigious status of the Expo 2025 and attract sufficient amounts of visitors •• The price of a ticket should cover operational expenses

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

114

COMPARISON OF TICKET PRICES FOR VARIOUS EVENTS Events

Price range (RUB) Min

Max

400

1,000

COMEDY SHOWS

1,500

5,700

CONCERTS OF RUSSIAN ARTISTS

1,300

8,300

CONCERTS OF FOREIGN ARTISTS

1,600

16,500

SHOWS AND MUSICALS

1,000

8,300

FOOTBALL MATCHES*

1,300

6,600

500

1,000

THEATRES

EXPO 2025**

The price for a one-day adult ticket, which is the basic type of ticket and therefore the reference point for the pricing of other ticket categories, is RUB 1000. Taking into consideration that there will be more than 37 million visits at Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, the revenues from the sales of tickets are projected to reach RUB 27.2 billion, which covers almost half of all operational expenditures.

* only games of first division teams were considered ** the given price is per 1 visit

Types of tickets ONE DAY ADULT ONE DAY SENIOR AND CHILD 30% DISCOUNT 3 DAYS ADULT 15% DISCOUNT ONE NIGHT 50% DISCOUNT 10 DAYS ADULT 20% DISCOUNT 10 DAYS SENIOR + CHILD 30% CHEAPER THAN ADULT 10 NIGHTS 50% CHEAPER THAN ADULT SEASON PASS (10 TIMES ONE-DAY) GROUP (+25 PEOP) 20% CHEAPER THAN 1 DAY ADULT TICKET SPECIAL 50% CHEAPER THAN 1 DAY ADULT TICKET

Price (RUB)

1,000 700 2,550 500 8,000 5,600 4,000 10,000 800 500

TOTAL

All tickets prices for 2025 have been established in order to secure the ticketing

Number of entries

7,155,509 3,101,878 5,632,306 847,977 5,279,456 4,068,042 5,605,465 3,110,712 1,494,682 784,851 37,080,878

Revenue (RUB)

6,995,085,447 2,171,314,770 4,787,459,967 423,988,359 4,223,564,928 2,278,103,654 2,242,186,176 2,592,260,160 1,195,745,652 323,345,418 27,233,054,531

business model and to guarantee royalties to the BIE.

115

FEASIBILITY STUDY

13.2.2 Parking According to the Master Plan of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg, 17,650 parking spaces, located across 60 ha, are planned for the event. The rate is RUB 600 per one parking slot a day which is comparable to the average parking rates in Ekaterinburg and 25% cheaper than Koltsovo airport day parking. Likewise, 500 parking slots for buses will be organized, at the rate of RUB 1500. 10% of all parking spaces will be allocated for disabled people. The revenue forecast for parking is based on the estimations of the number of potential visitors in cars. The following was assumed: •• The average number of passengers in a car is 2-5 people. A bus carries 40 passengers. •• Various percentages of cars and drivers apply to different ticket types and parking areas. •• Season tickets include free parking. Passengers arriving by bus can purchase a group ticket. Estimations have shown that during the 184 days of holding World Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg the average parking occupancy rate will be 70% for personal transport as well as for buses, leaving additional parking space for peak days. The total revenue from parking is estimated to be RUB 1.3 billion. 13.2.3 Commercial

Activities

Revenue from Commercial Activities is a substantial source of revenue for Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. It is estimated that total revenue from the sales of commercial and promotion rights and revenues from concessions and souvenir shops will reach RUB 28.6 billion.

The structure of commercial revenues includes: •• Sponsorship (Partners & Official suppliers) •• Food Concessions •• Commercial concessions •• Licensing & TV rights STRUCTURE OF COMMERCIAL REVENUES

29% Commercial and food concessions

62% Sponsorship

9% Licensing & TV rights

Sponsorship Both the planning period of Expo 2025 and the 6 months of the event itself will be a unique opportunity for Russian and International companies to develop valuable relationships. Potential sponsors and official suppliers will be divided according to the following categories: •• Strategic/General partners •• Partners •• Sponsors The overall revenues are estimated to reach RUB 19.1 billion. Licensing & TV Rights Expected income from the sale of commercial rights is estimated at RUB 2.8 billion, including the rights related to product marketing, commercial promotions, sports and cultural events, TV rights, musical and visual rights, static advertising and trade concessions.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

116

Food and Commercial Concessions According to the Master Plan 13,500 m2 is allocated for 90 – 100 souvenir shops and other commercial concessions areas. More than 15 restaurants, 30 fast-food restaurants and cantinas, 50 bars (50 ha of food concessions in total) will be available to the 201,500 daily visitors of Expo 2025. In order to manage the flow of approximately 400,000 visitors on peak days, mobile food stands with 1,250 seats will be added to the fast food network, as well as 10-15 units with 80-130 seats each. Altogether Food and Commercial concessions are estimated to generate RUB 6.7 billion. 13.2.4 Other

Sources of Income

In this article following items are included: •• National Lottery – RUB 328 million •• Services to visitors (VIP service, transport, interpreters, etc.) – RUB 4.3 billion •• Services to participants (waste disposal, water, electricity) – RUB 3.4 billion

•• Other revenues, such as publications, onsite publicity and entry tickets to limited seating capacity venues – RUB 2.4 billion

CASH FLOW Cash flow forecast has been developed for the period from the establishment of the Organizing Committee to its dissolution in 2026. The forecast is based on in-depth analysis of all revenues and expenses. To achieve that, the Bid Committee worked with the Public Authorities and the Master Planning team to form the precise schedule of works and related expenditures.

13.3

117

FEASIBILITY STUDY

EXPENDITURES VS. REVENUES SCHEDULE (IN MILLION RUB) 2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Total

INVESTMENT EXPENDITURES

3,635 10,517 11,364 13,464 21,682 27,446 10,561

0 98,668

1. LANDSCAPING

2,204

5,511

2,204

0 18,369

1,563

3,751 11,253 12,816 1,876

0 31,259

1,430

5,006

4,291

7,509

8,224

715

0 35,756

5,314 7,970

0 13,284

1,490

1,695

2,093

3,114

115

2. SUPPORTING ACTIVITIES

806

1,289

4,351 6,768

483 16,113

3. PERSONNEL

137

343

549

755

1,373 2,814

343

6,863

4. ENTERTAINMENT

0 6,376

6,376

5. ADVERTISING, PR AND PROMOTION

287

478

957

3,252 3,826

9,565

6. ASSISTANCE TO DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

1,072 1,991

3,063

7. IT

472

709

2,362

8. LOGISTICAL SERVICES

549

366

1,830

9. BIE FEES

545

175

239

175

1,594

OPERATIONAL REVENUES

1. VISITS

5,447 21,786

2. PARKING

0 12,989

3. COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES

4. NATIONAL LOTTERY

5. SERVICES TO VISITORS

6. SERVICES TO PARTICIPANTS

7. OTHER

2. INFRASTRUCTURE 3. CONSTRUCTION 4. CONTENTS OFÂ THEME PAVILIONS OPERATIONAL EXPENDITURES 1. PLANNING & FEASIBILITY STUDIES

10. OTHER

CASH FLOW

2,204

735 8,582

4,376 11,476 23,748 1,086 49,077 115

115

4,580 16,239 46,791

4,289 10,008 14,297 82

767

0 67,610 0 27,233 0

1,299

0 28,595

246

328

0 4,310

4,310

0 3,424

3,424

291

702 1,428

2,421

-5,124 -12,212 -13,457 -16,578 -21,478 -22,683 12,482 -1,086 -80,136

The Public Authorities are committed to covering any contingencies before the event starts

receiving the first revenues from commercial activities in 2023 and ticket sales in 2024.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

118

CASH FLOW (IN MILLION RUB) 2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Total

INVESTMENT EXPENDITURES

5,124 12,212 13,457 16,578 26,058 38,922 34,309 3,635 10,517 11,364 13,464 21,682 27,446 10,561

1,086 147,745 0 98,668

OPERATION EXPENDITURES

1,490

1,695

2,093

3,114

4,376 11,476 23,748

1,086 49,077

4,580 16,239 46,791

0 67,610

TOTAL EXP

OPERATIONAL REVENUES CASH FLOW

-5,124 -12,212 -13,457 -16,578 -21,478 -22,683 12,482 -1,086 -80,136

ACCUMULATED CASH FLOW

-5,124 -17,336 -30,793 -47,371 -68,849 -91,532 -79,050 -80,136

OPENING BALANCE PROVISION OFÂ CAPITAL

5,210 12,210 13,455 16,580 21,480 22,680

CLOSING BALANCE

83 12,566 0

0 91,615

83 12,566 11,479

BALANCE Assets INVESTMENTS

Liabilities

RUB

EUR

98,668,140,000

1,451,002,059

DEPRECIATION

-4,933,407,000

72,550,103

OPERATIONAL LIQUIDITY

11,479,200,698

168,811,775

105,213,933,698

1,547,263,731

TOTAL

RUB

EUR

EQUITY

91,615,000,000

1,347,279,412

RETAINED EARNINGS

13,598,933,698

199,984,319

105,213,933,698

1,547,263,731

TOTAL

Depreciation 5% PROFIT AND LOSS STATEMENT Expenditures RUB

Revenues EUR

RUB

EUR

OPERATING EXPENDITURES

49,077,181,091

721,723,251

REVENUES

67,609,521,788

994,257,673

DEPRECIATION

4,933,407,000 54,010,588,091

72,550,103 794,273,354

TOTAL

67,609,521,788

994,257,673 13,598,933,698 199,984,319

TOTAL

NET POSITIVE REMAINDER (RUB) NET POSITIVE REMAINDER (EUR)

To summarize the presented data and estimates, World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will be an operationally successful project. In addition to that, the assets that will remain after Expo 2025 has finished will have a value of RUB 105 billion. Furthermore, the after-

use of the urban transport system, the site and its surrounding facilities for business, cultural, and recreational purposes, will make World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg a meaningful project, with a valuable long-term legacy, from a public perspective.

FEASIBILITY STUDY

119

14.

PARTICIPATION COSTS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

122

The information presented in this chapter provides a detailed description of participation costs and describes the conditions Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg would like to offer to its future participants. The Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg plan calls for approximately 80 pavilions for international participants, including developing countries and shared pavilions, on the Expo site. All participants of Expo 2025 will be required to construct their respective pavilions and bear all their operational costs. For no charge, the Organizing Committee will provide participants with: •• Land for pavilion construction •• Connection to the general facilities: communication system, water supply, heating and sewerage •• General security •• General waste disposal and cleaning service •• Fire safety, medical and emergency services •• Information desks, billboards, etc. All pavilion construction costs are divided into four groups: external design and construction, internal design and decoration, operational expenditures, dismantling works. All participation costs have been assessed at 2017 market value. The EUR/RUB exchange rate used when creating the forecast budget is 1 EUR = 68 RUB, which is the exchange rate for July 2017.

14.1

EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION COSTS This part presents the detailed analysis of pavilion construction costs.

To simplify the cost budget, 3 types of pavilions are planned according to the Master plan: small (2,000 m2), medium (3,000 m2) and large (4,000 m2). Engineering supply for all capital facilities (electricity, water, heat, gas and sewerage) will be provided by the city networks. Ventilation and air conditioning systems will be designed individually for each pavilion. Developers of individual pavilions will be provided with access points to the city’s networks on the borders of the allocated plots. The budget of construction costs set out below includes the expenditures for: construction works (structures), infrastructure (air conditioning, electrical systems, water supply and sewerage systems). All estimations include costs for materials and services of construction personnel.

123

PARTICIPATION COSTS

EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION COSTS OF A 2,000 M2 PAVILION Item

Type of work

DESIGN AND PAVILION CONSTRUCTION

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

2,000 254.32

508,641 17,293.80

34,587,600

FOUNDATION, REINFORCED CONCRETE, ROOF, METAL STRUCTURES

FACADE, WALLS, FLOORS, DOORS, WINDOWS

2,000 446.78

893,559 30,381.00

60,762,000

WALLS, WINDOWS, DOORS, INSULATION OF THE FACADE, EXTERIOR DECORATION

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

2,000 100.08

200,157 6,805.34

13,610,688

HEATING, GENERAL EXCHANGE VENTILATION, FIRE VENTILATION, CENTRALIZED AIR CONDITIONING

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY AND AUTOMATION

2,000 127.02

254,046 8,637.55

17,275,104

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING, AUTOMATION OF ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

WEAK CURRENT

2,000

96.23

192,459 6,543.60

13,087,200

FIRE ALARM, OTHER ALARM SYSTEMS, CCTV, COMMUNICATION, COMPUTERIZATION

WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, SEWERAGE AND RAINWATER COLLECTOR

2,000

57.74

115,475 3,926.16

7,852,320

2,000 113.69

227,376 7,730.80

15,461,592

ENGINEERING SUPPLY

ENGINEERING WORKS

TOTAL (EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION)

Area, m2

Unit price, EUR

Total price, EUR

1,196 2,391,713 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

81,318 162,636,504 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

Description

HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, ELECTRICITY

FIELD SUPERVISION, TECHNICAL SUPERVISION, SECURITY, ETC.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

124

EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION COSTS OF A 3,000 M2 PAVILION Item

Type of work

DESIGN AND PAVILION CONSTRUCTION

BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS

3,000 254.32

762,962 17,293.80

51,881,400

FOUNDATION, REINFORCED CONCRETE, ROOF, METAL STRUCTURES

FACADE, WALLS, FLOORS, DOORS, WINDOWS

3,000 446.78 1,340,338 30,381.00

91,143,000

WALLS, WINDOWS, DOORS, INSULATION OF THE FACADE, EXTERIOR DECORATION

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

3,000 100.08

300,236 6,805.34

20,416,032

HEATING, GENERAL EXCHANGE VENTILATION, FIRE VENTILATION, CENTRALIZED AIR CONDITIONING

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY AND AUTOMATION

3,000 127.02

381,068 8,637.55

25,912,656

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING, AUTOMATION OF ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

WEAK CURRENT

3,000

96.23

288,688 6,543.60

19,630,800

FIRE ALARM, OTHER ALARM SYSTEMS, CCTV, COMMUNICATION, COMPUTERIZATION

WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, SEWERAGE AND RAINWATER COLLECTOR

3,000

57.74

173,213 3,926.16

11,778,480

HEATING, AIRCONDITIONING, WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, ELECTRICITY

3,000

87.84

263,531 5,973.37

17,920,116

FIELD SUPERVISION, TECHNICAL SUPERVISION, SECURITY, ETC.

ENGINEERING SUPPLY

ENGINEERING WORKS

TOTAL (EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION)

Area, m2

Unit price, EUR

Total price, EUR

1,170 3,510,037 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

79,561 238,682,484 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

Description

125

PARTICIPATION COSTS

EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION COSTS OF A 4,000 M2 PAVILION Item

Type of works

DESIGN AND PAVILION CONSTRUCTION

BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS

4,000 254.32 1,017,282 17,293.80

69,175,200

FOUNDATION, REINFORCED CONCRETE, ROOF, METAL STRUCTURES

FACADE, WALLS, FLOORS, DOORS, WINDOWS

4,000 446.78 1,787,118 30,381.00 121,524,000

WALLS, WINDOWS, DOORS, INSULATION OF THE FACADE, EXTERIOR DECORATION

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

4,000 100.08

400,314 6,805.34

27,221,376

HEATING, GENERAL EXCHANGE VENTILATION, FIRE VENTILATION, CENTRALIZED AIRCONDITIONING

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY AND AUTOMATION

4,000 127.02

508,091 8,637.55

34,550,208

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING, AUTOMATION OF ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

WEAK CURRENT

4,000

96.23

384,918 6,543.60

26,174,400

FIRE ALARM, OTHER ALARM SYSTEMS, CCTV, COMMUNICATION, COMPUTERIZATION

WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, SEWERAGE AND RAINWATER COLLECTOR

4,000

57.74

230,951 3,926.16

15,704,640

HEATING, AIRCONDITIONING, WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, ELECTRICITY

4,000

72.31

289,238 4,917.05

19,668,192

FIELD SUPERVISION, TECHNICAL SUPERVISION, SECURITY, ETC.

ENGINEERING SUPPLY

ENGINEERING WORKS

TOTAL (EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION)

Area, m2

Unit Total price, Unit price, price, EUR RUB EUR

1,154 4,617,912 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

78,505 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

Total price, RUB

314,018,016

Description

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

126

14.2

INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION COSTS This part provides information on internal design and decoration expenditures as well as the installation of audio and video equipment in all 3 types of pavilions. All estimates include prices for materials and services of construction personnel. INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION OF A 2,000 M2 PAVILION Type of works

EXHIBITION HALL WITH CONTENTS

Area, m2

Unit price, Total price, EUR EUR

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

1,600 1,305.97 2,089,553 88,806.00 142,089,600

400

515.51

OFFICE FURNITURE AND INTERNAL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

2,000

34.37

68,735

2,337.00

4,674,000

VIDEO EQUIPMENT, COMPUTERS AND SOFTWARE

2,000

27.49

54,988

1,869.60

3,739,200

ENGINEERING WORKS

2,000

6.87

13,747

467.40

934,800

PUBLIC SPACES AND AUXILIARY PREMISES

TOTAL (INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION)

206,206 35,055.00

1,217 2,433,229 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

14,022,000

82,730 165,459,600 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

Description

THE EXHIBITION HALL TRIM WITH THE INSTALLATION OF DECORATIONS AND EQUIPMENT ENTRANCES, ESCAPE ROUTES, OFFICES, TECHNICAL FACILITIES, BATHROOMS, VERTICAL TRANSPORT (20% OF THE TOTAL AREA) TABLES, CHAIRS AND OTHER FURNITURE

127

PARTICIPATION COSTS

INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION OF A 3,000 M2 PAVILION Type of works

EXHIBITION HALL WITH CONTENTS

Area, m2

Unit price, EUR

Total price, EUR

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

2,400 1,305.97 3,134,329 88,806.00 213,134,400

600

515.51

OFFICE FURNITURE AND INTERNAL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

3,000

34.37

103,103

2,337.00

7,011,000

VIDEO, COMPUTERS AND SOFTWARE

3,000

27.49

82,482

1,869.60

5,608,800

ENGINEERING WORKS

3,000

6.87

20,621

467.40

1,402,200

PUBLIC SPACES ANDÂ AUXILIARY PREMISES

TOTAL (INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION)

309,309 35,055.00

1,217 3,649,844 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

21,033,000

82,730 248,189,400 (AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

Description

THE EXHIBITION HALL TRIM WITH THE INSTALLATION OF DECORATIONS AND EQUIPMENT

ENTRANCES, ESCAPE ROUTES, OFFICES, TECHNICAL FACILITIES, BATHROOMS, VERTICAL TRANSPORT (20% OF THE TOTAL AREA) TABLES, CHAIRS AND OTHER FURNITURE

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

128

INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION OF A 4,000 M2 PAVILION Type of works

EXHIBITION HALL WITH CONTENTS

Area, Unit price, Total price, m2 EUR EUR

Total price, RUB

3,200 1,305.97 4,179,106 88,806.00 284,179,200

800

515.51

OFFICE FURNITURE AND INTERNAL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

4,000

34.37

137,471

2,337.00

9,348,000

VIDEO, COMPUTERS AND SOFTWARE

4,000

27.49

109,976

1,869.60

7,478,400

ENGINEERING WORKS

4,000

6.87

27,494

467.40

1,869,600

PUBLIC SPACES AND AUXILIARY PREMISES

412,412 35,055.00

1,217 4,866,459

TOTAL (INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION)

14.3

Unit price, RUB

(AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

28,044,000

82,730 330,919,200

Description

(AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

OPERATIONAL

Transport

EXPENDITURES

Ekaterinburg is a federally important city and as the biggest transport hub in the region it is highly accessible by most forms of transport. There are at least eight regular flights from Moscow a day and over 16 train routes to the city. Flight rates, presented in the table are applicable for the regular flights of Aeroflot and Ural Airlines with no transits. Train rates are given for special trains with reduced travel times and higher comfort levels. The approximate travel time is two and a half hours by plane and one day by train.

14.3.1 Expenditures

for personnel

Expenditures for personnel include such costs as: •• Transport •• Car rental •• Accommodation •• Meals •• Six months’ salary All the costs were estimated according to official and open sources for the six-month period of Expo 2025.

129

PARTICIPATION COSTS

Type of transport

Rate Economy class

Business class

AIRPLANE

~7,000 ~110 ~24,000 ~360

ONE-WAY TICKET

~13,000 ~200 ~44,000 ~650

RETURN TICKET

Accommodation and meals Ekaterinburg offers a wide range ofÂ accommodation, from 4 and 5-star hotels and VIP apartments located in the business districts to comfortable 3-star hotels and apartments close to the future site of Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg. In general, prices for accommodation are comparable to prices in Europe, but in Ekaterinburg it is generally far easier to find apartments for a short-term rental.

TRAIN

~6,000

ONE-WAY TICKET

~90

~8,000 ~120

Type of Accommodation

Rate (per night)

~12,000 ~180 ~16,000 ~240

RETURN TICKET

Car rental

HOTEL

~10,700 ~160

The estimated costs for mini-car rental in Ekaterinburg is 1,800 RUB (30 EUR) per day, for long-term rental. Short-term rental fees are 25% higher on average. Ekaterinburg car rental agencies have offices all around the Sverdlovsk region, including at Koltsovo airport. All rates are presented for cars with automatic transmission and include fuel costs for a standard amount of city driving:

HOTEL

~6,500 ~100

HOTEL

~4,500

FURNISHED APARTMENTS ELITE CLASS

~7,100 ~110

Car class

Rate (per day for a onemonth term)

FURNISHED APARTMENTS BUSINESS CLASS

~ 3,600

~60

FURNISHED APARTMENTS ECONOMY CLASS

~1,800

~ 30

Meal costs in Ekaterinburg are slightly lower than in Europe: Type of Restaurant

MINI (HYUNDAI GETZ, CHEVROLET SPARK)

~1,800 ~30

SMALL (HYUNDAI SOLARIS, KIA RIO)

~2,400 ~40

STANDARD (MITSUBISHI LANCER, TOYOTA CAMRY, FORD FOCUS)

~3,600 ~55

SUV

~6,000 ~90

~70

Cost (per meal)

UPPER-MEDIUM PRICE RANGE RESTAURANTS

~1,200

~18

MEDIUM PRICE RANGE RESTAURANTS

~800

~12

ECONOMY CLASS RESTAURANTS

~400

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

130

Expenditures for personnel are divided into three groups depending on the type of pavilion. The costs as set out include six months’ salary and other expenses, such as housing and transport. To simplify the presentation, all personnel is divided into three functional groups: 1. Top Administrative and engineering staff: supervisors, managers, head engineers, top administrative personnel. Generally, personnel in this group come from the participant’s country, so expenditures for food, accommodation and transport are also included.

2. Administrative and technical staff: secretaries, personal assistants, technical maintenance staff responsible for electricity, lighting, installation and maintenance of audio and video equipment, stewards and stewardesses etc. Generally, personnel in this group will be hired locally and so expenses for food, accommodation and transport are not included. 3. Interpreters and call center personnel: bilingual telephone operators and interpreters. Generally, personnel in this group will be hired locally and so expenses for food, accommodation and transport are not included.

PERSONNEL EXPENDITURES FOR A 2,000 M2 PAVILION Type of work

Number Unit price, Total price, of units EUR EUR

TOP ADMINISTRATIVE AND ENGINEERING STAFF

16,279.41

ADMINISTRATIVE AND TECHNICAL STAFF

25 6

INTERPRETERS AND CALL CENTER PERSONNEL

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

Description

244,191 1,107,000.00 16,605,000

INCLUDING WAGES, FOOD AND ACCOMMODATION, AND TRAVEL EXPENSES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

6,511.76

162,794

442,800.00 11,070,000

WAGES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

11,395.59

68,374

774,900.00

WAGES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

475,359

TOTAL

4,649,400 32,324,400

PERSONNEL EXPENDITURES FOR A 3,000 M2 PAVILION Type of work

Number Unit price, Total price, of units EUR EUR

TOP ADMINISTRATIVE AND ENGINEERING STAFF

16,279.41

ADMINISTRATIVE AND TECHNICAL STAFF

6,511.76

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

Description

390,706 1,107,000.00 26,568,000

INCLUDING WAGES, FOOD AND ACCOMMODATION, AND TRAVEL EXPENSES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

227,912

WAGES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

442,800.00 15,498,000

131

PARTICIPATION COSTS

Type of work

INTERPRETERS AND CALL CENTER PERSONNEL

Number Unit price, Total price, of units EUR EUR

11,395.59

102,560

Unit price, RUB

774,900.00

721,178

TOTAL

Total price, RUB

6,974,100

Description

WAGES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

49,040,100

PERSONNEL EXPENDITURES FOR A 4,000 M2 PAVILION Type of work

Number of units

Unit price, EUR

TOP ADMINISTRATIVE AND ENGINEERING STAFF

16,279.41

ADMINISTRATIVE AND TECHNICAL STAFF

INTERPRETERS AND CALL CENTER PERSONNEL

TOTAL

Total price, EUR

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

Description

569,779 1,107,000.00 38,745,000

INCLUDING WAGES, FOOD AND ACCOMMODATION, AND TRAVEL EXPENSES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

6,511.76

293,029

442,800.00 19,926,000

WAGES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

11,395.59

136,747

774,900.00

WAGES FOR SIX MONTHS. TWO SHIFTS

999,555

9,298,800 67,969,800

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

132

14.3.2 Expenditures

for pavilions

Expenditures for pavilions include: •• Utility tariffs •• Security and cleaning services •• Design of displays and preparation of presentation materials •• Logistics and insurance The costs were calculated for the three types of pavilions and the six-month period of Expo 2025, including all taxes and other related costs.

Utility Tariffs Type, Units

ELECTRICITY, KW⋅H

Rate (per unit)

COMMERCIAL COMMERCIAL

7.09

0.1

RESIDENTIAL

4.13

0.06

DIESEL FUEL, LITER

45.46

0.67

WATER, M3

44.28

0.65

738

10.85

TELECOMMUNICATIONS (MOBILE, INTERNET, TV, ETC.), DAY

5,904

86.82

20 FT CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION (RAILWAY), 1,000 KM

9,742

143.26

~147,600

~2,170

WASTE DISPOSAL, M3

20 FT CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION (AUTO), MOSCOW – EKATERINBURG

ESTIMATED UTILITY COSTS FOR 3 TYPES OF PAVILIONS Pavilion type

2000 M2

Months

Unit price, Total price, EUR EUR

27,132.35

162,794

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

1,845,000.00

11,070,000

40,698.53

244,191

2,767,500.00

16,605,000

4000 M2

54,264.71

325,588

3,690,000.00

22,140,000

3000 M

Description

COST FOR WATER, ELECTRICITY, TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND WASTE COLLECTION

133

PARTICIPATION COSTS

Security and cleaning services Although the Organizing Committee provides security services, general waste disposal and cleaning services for the site, participants are responsible for cleaning and establishing Pavilion type

Type of work

Months

Unit price, EUR

appropriate security measures for their own pavilions. The cost of cleaning does not include collection and processing of waste. The estimated total prices for eight months (including one month before and one month after the event) of cleaning and security services are: Total price, EUR

Unit price, RUB

Total price, RUB

SECURITY SERVICES

48,838.24

390,706

3,321,000.00

26,568,000

CLEANING SERVICES

32,558.82

260,471

2,214,000.00

17,712,000

SECURITY SERVICES

73,257.35

586,059

4,981,500.00

39,852,000

CLEANING SERVICES

48,838.24

390,706

3,321,000.00

26,568,000

SECURITY SERVICES

97,676.47

781,412

6,642,000.00

53,136,000

CLEANING SERVICES

65,117.65

520,941

4,428,000.00

35,424,000

2000 M2

3000 M2

4000 M

Design of displays and preparation of presentation materials Costs for presentation materials include: preparation and installation of indoor and outdoor advertisement banners and signs, display windows, photographs, newsletters, brochures, booklets, and other printing and promotion materials. Estimated costs for 3 types of pavilions are: •• 19,483,200 RUB (286,518 EUR) for a 2000 m2 pavilion •• 22,435,200 RUB (329,929 EUR) for a 3000 m2 pavilion •• 27,158,400 RUB (399,388 EUR) for 4000 m2 pavilion

Logistics and insurance This item includes costs for: •• Logistics services that involve delivery of all necessary equipment, printing materials, etc. •• Property and fire insurance for constructions, damage coverage for equipment •• Personnel life insurance All presented costs are calculated according to the rates of regional and federal insurance agencies and logistics companies. The period of logistics and insurance services is six months:

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

134

Service

3000 m2

4000 m2

LIFE INSURANCE

20,664,000 797,040

303,882 11,721

28,044,000 1,210,320

412,412 17,799

32,472,000 1,564,560

477,529 23,008

PROPERTY AND FIRE INSURANCE

4,168,224

61,297

6,223,288

91,519

8,349,201

122,782

25,629,264

376,900

35,477,608

521,730

42,385,761

623,399

LOGISTICS

TOTAL

14.4

2000 m2

DISMANTLING WORKS

public spaces and auxiliary

The following expenditure

premises, contents

statement sets out the

of exhibition halls, communal

costs for the dismantling

infrastructure, structures

of equipment, office furniture,

and exterior trim.

DISMANTLING COSTS OF A 2,000 M2 PAVILION Type of work

Area, Unit price, Total price, Unit price, m2 EUR EUR RUB

Total price, RUB

Description

DISMANTLING OF THE SOFTWARE, COMPUTER AND VIDEO EQUIPMENT

3,000

2.51

7,527

170.60

511,803

DISMANTLING OF THE OFFICE FURNITURE AND INTERNAL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

3,000

0.63

1,882

42.65

127,951

DISMANTLING OF THE PUBLIC SPACES AND AUXILIARY PREMISES

600

59.59

35,752

4,051.89

2,431,134

DISMANTLING OF ENTRANCES, OFFICES, TECHNICAL FACILITIES, BATHROOMS AND VERTICAL TRANSPORT

DISMANTLING OF THE CONTENTS OF THE EXHIBITION HALL

2,400

29.79

71, 496

2,025.71

4,861,708

DISMANTLING OF THE EXHIBITION HALL TRIM, DECORATION AND EQUIPMENT

DISMANTLING OF COMMUNAL INFRASTRUCTURE

3,000

74.01

222,042

5,032.96 15,098,890

DISMANTLING OF HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, SEWERAGE, ELECTRIC SUPPLY EQUIPMENT.

DISMANTLING OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURES AND EXTERIOR TRIM

3,000

137.99

413,958

9,383.06 28,149,165

DISMANTLING OF THE FOUNDATION, REINFORCED CONCRETE (METAL) STRUCTURES, ROOFS, WALLS, WINDOWS, DOORS, FACADES

376 752,657

25,590 51,180,651

TOTAL COSTS OF DISMANTLING WORKS

(AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

DISASSEMBLY OF FURNITURE

135

PARTICIPATION COSTS

DISMANTLING COSTS OF A 3,000 M2 PAVILION Type of work

Area, Unit price, Total price, Unit price, m2 EUR EUR RUB

Total price, RUB

Description

DISMANTLING OF THE SOFTWARE, COMPUTER AND VIDEO EQUIPMENT

3,000

0.37

1,114

25.24

75,719

DISMANTLING OF THE OFFICE FURNITURE AND INTERNAL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

3,000

0.93

2,784

63.10

189,297

600

88.15

52,892

5,994.41

3,596,643

DISMANTLING OF ENTRANCES, OFFICES, TECHNICAL FACILITIES, BATHROOMS AND VERTICAL TRANSPORT

DISMANTLING OF THE CONTENTS OF THE EXHIBITION HALL

2,400

44.08

105,792

2,997.44

7,193,847

DISMANTLING OF THE EXHIBITION HALL TRIM, DECORATION AND EQUIPMENT

DISMANTLING OF COMMUNAL INFRASTRUCTURE

3,000

109.50

328,486

7,445.68

22,337,046

DISMANTLING OF HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, SEWERAGE, ELECTRIC SUPPLY EQUIPMENT.

DISMANTLING OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURES AND EXTERIOR TRIM

3,000

204.14

612,431 13,881.78

41,645,340

DISMANTLING OF THE FOUNDATION, REINFORCED CONCRETE (METAL) STRUCTURES, ROOFS, WALLS, WINDOWS, DOORS, FACADES

DISMANTLING OF THE PUBLIC SPACES AND AUXILIARY PREMISES

TOTAL COSTS OF DISMANTLING WORKS

368

1,103,498

(AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

25,013

DISASSEMBLY OF FURNITURE

75,037,892

(AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

DISMANTLING COSTS OF A 4,000 M2 PAVILION Type of work

Area, Unit price, Total price, Unit price, Total price, RUB m2 EUR EUR RUB

DISMANTLING OF THE SOFTWARE, COMPUTER AND VIDEO EQUIPMENT

4,000

3.69

14,764

250.99

1,003,975

DISMANTLING OF THE OFFICE FURNITURE AND INTERNAL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

4,000

0.92

3,684

62.63

250,526

Description

DISASSEMBLY OF FURNITURE

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

136

Type of work

Area, Unit price, Total price, Unit price, Total price, RUB m2 EUR EUR RUB

800

87.73

70,181

5,965.43

4,772,341

DISMANTLING OF ENTRANCES, OFFICES, TECHNICAL FACILITIES, BATHROOMS AND VERTICAL TRANSPORT

DISMANTLING OF THE CONTENTS OF THE EXHIBITION HALL

3,200

43.86

140,352

2,982.48

9,543,934

DISMANTLING OF THE EXHIBITION HALL TRIM, DECORATION AND EQUIPMENT

DISMANTLING OF COMMUNAL INFRASTRUCTURE

4,000

108.97

435,864

7,409.69

29,638,769

DISMANTLING OF HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, WATER SUPPLY, FIREFIGHTING, SEWERAGE, ELECTRIC SUPPLY EQUIPMENT.

DISMANTLING OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURES AND EXTERIOR TRIM

4,000

203.15

812,616 13,814.47

55,257,898

DISMANTLING OF THE FOUNDATION, REINFORCED CONCRETE (METAL) STRUCTURES, ROOFS, WALLS, WINDOWS, DOORS, FACADES

DISMANTLING OF THE PUBLIC SPACES AND AUXILIARY PREMISES

369

TOTAL COSTS OF DISMANTLING WORKS

14.5

Description

1,477,462

(AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

25,117

100,467,443

(AVERAGE PRICE PER M2)

TOTAL COSTS Item

2000 m2 Pavilion

3000 m2 Pavilion

4000 m2 Pavilion

EXTERNAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

162,636,504 2,391,713 238,682,484 3,510,037 314,018,016 4,617,912

INTERNAL DESIGN AND DECORATION

165,459,600 2,433,229 248,189,400 3,649,844 330,919,200 4,866,459

OPERATIONAL EXPENDITURES

132,786,864 1,952,748 189,977,908 2,793,793 248,213,961 3,650,205

Including personnel expenditures DISMANTLING WORKS TOTAL AVERAGE PRICE PER M2

32,324,400

475,359

51,180,651

752,657

512,063,619 7,530,347 256,032

3,765

49,040,100

721,178

67,969,800

999,555

75,037,892 1,103,498 100,467,443 1,477,462 751,887,684 11,057,172 250,629

3,686

993,618,620 14,612,039 248,405

3,653

PARTICIPATION COSTS

137

2,000 M2 PAVILION COSTS

10% Dismanting works

26% Operational expenditures

32% External design and construction

32% Internal design and decoration

3,000 M2 PAVILION COSTS

10% Dismanting works

25% Operational expenditures

32% External design and construction

33% Internal design and decoration

4,000 M2 PAVILION COSTS

10% Dismanting works

25% Operational expenditures

14.6

32% External design and construction

33% Internal design and decoration

MONOPOLIES Presently there are more than 850 certified construction companies and more than 450 certified architectural and design companies in Ekaterinburg and Sverdlovsk region.

These companies are members of the selfregulatory organization (SRO). The only monopolies that will be involved in the construction works are those participating in the connection of pavilions to the city utility systems (electricity, water supply, sewerage, etc.) and garbage disposal.

15.

LEGACY AND SUSTAINABILITY

140

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Creating sustainable legacies is a fundamental commitment of the Universal Expositions; every city that hosts the Expo takes on this great responsibility, heightened by the fact that hosting such a mega-event captures worldwide attention. Expo 2025 will create a unique set of environmental, social and economic legacies that can change our community, region, and nation forever. Universal Exposition Ekaterinburg 2025, Russia represents a great opportunity for our country and Ekaterinburg as a host city. The legacies of World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will define the future technological landscape, as Innovation transforms the world and contributes to the economic wealth of humankind. Our theme “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” will give rise to major improvements in the social, economic and structural fabric of the city, region and country. This legacy will also extend beyond the borders of Russia, as the lessons of Expo 2025 will be shared and implemented worldwide. The legacy of best practices built upon the “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” universal dialogue at Expo 2025, both in Russia and around the world will serve future generations. The event highlights the emphasis on sustainable practices for the Exposition itself, the post-2025 use of the Expo site, and the considerations for long term environmental, social and economic sustainability. Finally, it outlines the vision for “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations” beyond Expo 2025, and the means by which its legacy can be produced.

15.1

ENVIRONMENTAL LEGACY The Sverdlovsk Region and the government of Ekaterinburg are united in their commitment to preserve the region’s ecologically diverse ecosystem for the future generations. Over two million hectares of land have been designated as protected natural areas within the Sverdlovsk Region, and 130,000 hectares are considered highly protected as part of federal nature reserves or parks. The region and the city of Ekaterinburg have agreed a set of ecological standards that will establish a new benchmark of excellence in sustainability and set an example for future generations in Russia. World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg has adopted a comprehensive range of sustainable principles and practices for the development and operation of Expo 2025.

Preference for supplier goods and services will be given to those companies that actively participate in following and showcasing Ekaterinburg’s commitment to the environment. We will require environmental benchmarks to be met in order for companies to be considered as prospective suppliers. All Expo 2025 vehicles used for the delivery and distribution of materials must have low or zero emission standards that meet or exceed European Union standards targeted for 2025 – 95 g/km of CO2 for new vehicles and 147 g/km of CO2 for vans. The same requirements will be applicable to the entire fleet of vehicles used by the Organizing Committee. Expo 2025 will provide our vehicle suppliers with an ideal platform to promote the latest advances in hybrid, electric or renewable energy vehicle technology. All suppliers will be required to meet a zerowaste requirement, and ensure that recovery and recycling of any excess packaging meets the minimum standards for 2025 established by the European Union’s Waste Framework Directive established in 2008. All supplier materials, as well as the development and delivery of products and services will be assessed based on their environmental impact throughout their lifecycle. To that end, we will rely on local suppliers to the largest extent

LEGACY AND SUSTAINABILITY

141

possible to reduce the impact of transportation and delivery. World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will rely almost entirely upon renewable energy, with a particular emphasis on clean energy wherever feasible. Based on advances in technology and the projected efficiencies for solar batteries and materials, we anticipate a solution that is both highly cost effective and aesthetically pleasing for our visitors and participants. Other alternative clean energy sources will be utilized in partnership with our suppliers and participants. The exhibition area will employ LED or comparable lighting that meets or exceeds any pending legislation arising from the EU’s Energy Efficiency Directive that will be established to achieve the EU’s energy efficiency goals for 2025. During Expo 2025, the site will draw the majority of its water supply from rain and groundwater on the Expo site, and include a system that utilizes the most advanced conservation and purification technologies. Bio Plato technology, a hydraulic structure that uses the properties of higher aquatic plants to absorb, decompose and transform organic and inorganic pollutants will also be used. To maximize the aesthetic appeal and environmental efficiency of the Expo site, the production of electricity and operational management of the water supply will be located in an offsite area. The entire Expo site will also be wirelessly connected, with both open and secure wireless networks for the transmission of data. All new residential infrastructures, including hotels and apartments of Expo City and Expo Village, will use the latest environmentally friendly technology to produce energy-efficient buildings. These structures will have minimal environmental impact and will also meet or exceed the EU’s energy efficiency standards for 2025.

•• Implementation of economic incentives to promote the use of environmentally sustainable technologies; •• Industry development of clean energy technologies and materials as a new sector of the local economy; •• Improvement of environmental monitoring systems and controls within and around Ekaterinburg; •• Conservation and expansion of urban parks and green ways for public use; •• Expansion of protected areas as a natural component of the urban environment; •• Growth in environmental education and awareness for all segments of the local population to promote a shared responsibility for the environment; •• Reductions in noise pollution.

World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will help the city improve the environmental quality of the urban area and raise awareness of the importance of sensitivity to the region’s environment. This positive impact will be a legacy of new environmental standards that will be established as part of Expo 2025. The objectives for this program include:

The legacy of Expo 2025 site will be a vibrant mixed-use urban district with a variety of business, retail, residential and educational functions. The Expo site is incorporated into the master plan for The City of Ekaterinburg. The Expo site is close to the city center and the plan will include several initiatives dedicated

This program is expected to deliver the following benefits: •• A reduction in environmental degradation and improvement in the environment; •• A reduction in public health risks related to poor environmental quality; •• An increase in the amount of green space; •• A recycling rate of at least 50 per cent of all waste; •• A reduction in the percentage of untreated waste water; •• A reduction in the emissions of air pollutants from stationary and mobile sources; •• An overall heightened awareness of environmental sustainability and responsibility as a result of increased public education.

URBAN LEGACY

15.2

Housing and recreation

15.2.1

142

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

to improving the overall quality of life in Ekaterinburg. As previously mentioned, it will establish new standards for the city with many of these being developed and implemented specifically for the Expo site. The principal advantage of the site layout is that a number of buildings and facilities can be permanently used for city needs in accordance with the Master Plan after Ekaterinburg 2025 has finished. The creation of the Expo Park will enable the development of an attractive multi-use district for city dwellers and visitors. The area allocated for landscaping will constitute 60% of the overall Expo site, while the Expo pavilions make it possible to use the landscaped areas as a system of open spaces for a variety of uses after the Exposition. Wide, modern roads, which will serve as pedestrian routes during Expo 2025, will later become extensions to the city’s streets. The city will also benefit from the main avenue and the esplanade running from the passenger terminal to the Russia pavilion. Left and right of the esplanade, there are eight pavilions, four on each side, representing the Russian Federal Districts. The layout of these pavilions takes into account the plans for the development of the area and the intention to use the pavilions as permanent structures. The Russia pavilion, for example, will be transformed into a multipurpose trade and entertainment center, with an Expo Museum. There will be a medical center and sports complex, a cultural center, a children’s creativity center, a multi-purpose trade and exhibition center and, of course, The Center of Innovation for Kids. At the completion of Expo 2025, the other permanent buildings located on the Expo site will be utilized to address the city’s long term housing needs for students and families. As detailed in Chapter 9, the southern and western sections of the site will be used for residential rental units. These apartment buildings will have eight to 12 floors on the southern side, and be five to seven floor lowrise units along the western side. During

Expo 2025, these buildings will serve as Expo City and Expo Village, housing the participants, media, partners and visitors. After the Expo, these will provide a legacy of affordable, comfortable housing, which will be in compliance with all applicable regulations on environmental protection, transport availability, and standards of living. It will be designed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and offer all necessary supporting infrastructure and amenities, including kindergartens, schools, service facilities, hospitals, sports facilities, and recreational areas. The apartments in the Expo City and Expo Village will be constructed to allow reconfiguration after the Expo, enabling the units to be combined or sub-divided to best meet the future needs of the city and its citizens. An entertainment and recreational complex located along the two and a half kilometers of lakefront will include residential waterfront units, which will be in high demand following Expo 2025. These will provide Ekaterinburg with long-awaited public access to the waterfront. Our concept also allocates open plaza space for a full range of cultural events, entertainment and exhibitions. For example, the Russian Pavilion, in its role as a permanent exhibition center, will be located along the Elevated Walkway Plaza. An Expo Plaza, the Expo Arena, the Amphitheatre and the Flag Mall are all permanent structures that will be located at the northern boundary of the site adjacent to Verh-Isetsky Pond. The entire site provides easy access to both public transportation and the new transport ring. The Expo Arena will be a covered structure capable of hosting events year-round, including sports and concerts. The Media Center and the Organising Committee’s Headquarters offices, located in the eastern part of the site will be used as a business centre and will be part of a public buffer

143

LEGACY AND SUSTAINABILITY

zone between the current and planned residential areas. The landscaped embankment and artificial canal that will be constructed for Expo 2025 will also continue to bring benefits to the city district. The canal is intended to be the internal transport ring and will be partially preserved after Expo 2025. It will separate the business and recreational parts of the future city district and help to create an atmosphere of variety in the area.

In addition to facilities to be used during the Expo 2025, a Passenger Transfer Terminal will be constructed that serves and connects car and rail modes of transportation. The Terminal will become a primary hub and an attractive architectural addition to the city, providing a direct rail link to Koltsovo Airport. The combined car and railway bridge will ease vehicle traffic in the central part of the city and become a high-speed road connecting the northern and western parts of Ekaterinburg.

Verh-Isetsky Pond Cinema Multimedia Venue Pier

Russia Pavilion

Joint Pavilions

Expo Arena

Amphitheatre

Russian Federal District Pavilions

Congress Centre Hotel

Theme Pavilions Media Centre/ Offices

Residential Area

Transport Hub

Residential Area

15.2.2 Transportation Russia’s commitment to Expo 2025 is an element of its overall plan to modernize its nationwide transportation system.

Many of the plan initiatives are already underway as Russia prepares to host the 2018 FIFA World Cup. A legacy of Expo 2025 will be the expanded road, rail and air access to Ekaterinburg.

144

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Expo 2025 includes the extensive development of an expanded urban transport system. In addition to the clear environmental benefits of greater public transport options, the system will meet or exceed accessibility standards and greatly advance the city’s commitment to people with all forms of disability. The transportation infrastructure throughout the city will be markedly safer, with a much larger number of pedestrian friendly zones, crossings and streets. The city will also expand the number and availability of aesthetically structured parking spaces, which will reduce traffic congestion and emissions at the same time as it increases safety. The city will also develop a system of improved traffic management, including park & ride solutions implemented as part of Expo 2025 for integration with the regulations and plans of the regional and federal authorities. Ekaterinburg will upgrade its entire bus, tram and trolleybus fleets as part of Master Plan 2025. These initiatives include the improvement of maintenance services, the extension of existing underground transit routes and the metro system and the creation of new highspeed public transport options. The upgrades to the public transportation system will result in an increase in passenger capacity and in the total size of the public transportation network – outstanding improvements that will serve the city and its visitors for 2025 and beyond. These improvements are expected to deliver the following benefits: •• A significant improvement in transportation service levels and reliability; •• A reduction in the negative impact of transport upon public health, safety and the environment; •• An increase in the number of passengers carried by the municipal public transport system; •• An increase in the total length of the public transport network; •• A total additional road network (based on construction and reconstruction); •• The addition of 12 new interchanges and three new overpasses;

•• Implementation of a system of mechanized car parks; •• Construction of park & ride lots and coop parking lots in the central district. Presidential Decree No. 321 was signed on 16 March 2010, authorizing the development of a national high-speed railway system as part of an overall expansion and upgrading of the transportation network. This is a 20-year plan that will directly benefit Ekaterinburg and provide high-speed rail access to Moscow and major cities throughout Europe. Expo 2025 will further boost and accelerate investments in high-speed rail for the region and the city. The development of Ekaterinburg into a major transportation and logistics hub is a primary component of Ekaterinburg’s long-term vision, and it is perfectly aligned with the goals of Expo 2025. The objectives of this program include: •• Development of the Ekaterinburg-based inter-agency management system for transport and commercial logistics; •• Multi-model development of the transportation infrastructure and stock to include passenger, freight, air and rail stations and services; •• Creation of an inter-terminal complex to facilitate the re-use of cargo containers; •• Development of a new international cargo complex at Koltsovo International Airport; •• An increase in freight and passenger traffic at the international, interregional and regional levels. This program is expected to elevate Ekaterinburg to an internationally competitive transport and logistics center that includes the following upgraded capabilities and characteristics: •• The implementation of the latest logistics management technologies; •• A doubling in size of the transport-logistics center capacity; •• The ability to handle two to three times the capacity of current freight and passenger traffic;

LEGACY AND SUSTAINABILITY

•• Redirection of traffic to Ekaterinburg due to its increased capacity and expertise improvements; •• Integration of Ekaterinburg into the European global transport system. Expo 2025 will have a transformational impact on all of the regional infrastructure investments by unifying support and accelerating the pace of project development and implementation. Expo 2025 itself represents a greater stake for the local, regional and national population. These projects are one of the many important legacies of Ekaterinburg 2025. 15.2.3 The

Business Infrastructure

World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will stimulate significant investment into the development of new hotel and conference infrastructure. Expo 2025 will provide an ideal showcase of Ekaterinburg’s hospitality industry and an opportunity to build business relationships that will translate into return visits. An additional legacy of Expo 2025 will be the development of the communications infrastructure, employee training programs, language capabilities and rating systems that meet global industry standards. The overriding goal is to elevate the city’s competitive standing in the world of global commerce by becoming an international business communications and exhibition center at parity with other major global cities. The objectives of this program include: •• The development and implementation of an advanced information technology infrastructure as a foundational component of the city’s business communications •• Higher competitiveness as a result of increased national and international awareness of Ekaterinburg as a modern business center •• Availability and effective delivery of real-time information regarding exhibitions, pricing and business services to attract national and international business partners

145

•• Development, upgrading and expansion of the exhibition, convention and hotel infrastructure to meet global standards for prospective business partners and exhibitors This program is expected to deliver the following benefits: •• An increase in the capacity and quality of business communications infrastructure to meet the needs of global businesses; •• An increase in the number of guests staying in hotels and similar accommodation facilities; •• An increase in the number of foreign companies with a presence in Ekaterinburg (up to 530 businesses by 2025); •• A stronger image of the city as a high quality international business center capable of hosting successful business meetings of all sizes; •• Growth of the city as a center for tourism; •• An increase in the number of consular offices to 38; •• An increase in the number of major international events (up to 18 major congress events by 2025).

SOCIO-CULTURAL LEGACY World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will have a significant impact in a number of areas prior to the actual six-months Expo period, such as Education, Art and Culture, due to the fact that these elements are an integral part of the contents of the exhibition and its planning process.

15.3

146

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

The educational and cultural fabric of Ekaterinburg will benefit from the intensive presence of the Expo, with the city and region constituting a fertile ground for them to prosper, with the foundations already present in the city and region. Likewise, the six-month Expo period and the seven-year planning process will favor a beneficial evolution in the strengthening of the cultural fabric and the business environment, with the creation of new industries associated to the Expo. Connected to this evolution of the business environment, Innovation will become a legacy in itself in so far as World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will strongly support Ekaterinburg’s goal to implement a program of modernization that upgrades its industrial infrastructure and integrates scientific innovation into its municipal business plan. This program will strengthen ties with small and medium sized manufacturing businesses as well as other local, national and global economic partners. The objectives of this program include: •• The retooling of existing industrial infrastructure for high-tech industries and engineering; •• The implementation of advanced business processes for greater efficiencies and diversity of production; •• Development of “techno-zones” to attract young and innovative professional talent; •• Development of business communities that foster integration and cooperation between businesses and financial investment sources; •• Acceleration of infrastructure development for technology and industrial parks; •• Implementation of advanced best practices for staff development and training that integrates educational institutions. This program delivers the following economic benefits: •• Growth in industrial production through the formation of an adaptive, dynamic and competitive economy; •• An increase in the number of major technological innovations;

•• An increase in annual investments in research and development; •• Reduction in the percentage of industries in Ekaterinburg that have a negative environmental impact; •• An increase in the level of investment for fixed assets in the manufacturing industry; •• An increase in the percentage of locally produced innovative products; •• An increase in the share of organizations engaged in technological innovation; •• An increase in overall employment and small manufacturing enterprises. The theme of Expo 2025 is the motivator for the region to create the International Innovative Educational Center for children. We believe that children are our richest resource and cultivating their intellect and creativity is fundamental to our future. We believe that learning is best cultivated in a relationship-based, experiential, developmentally appropriate educational environment. We will strive to build a culture of creativity and innovation in the Educational Center, where teachers receive on-going professional development and are rewarded for excellence in education. Our goal is to design a premier innovative early learning education system cultivating the best of global talent to be the world’s future leaders. In order to compete for the jobs of the future, it is essential for every child to have access to technology and science, engineering and math education. Our youth need access to education and resources that will prepare them for success in tomorrow’s high-tech world. The science of development is a powerful source of fresh thinking about how to increase opportunities early in life for all children. Using current best practices as a starting point, the Center will work with a network of researchers, practitioners, and community members to design, implement, and evaluate innovative, science-based practice models that achieve transformational change for vulnerable children and families. It will inspire children to question and explore the world around them as well as to feel responsibility towards the protection of the Earth. Each child is valued for his or her

LEGACY AND SUSTAINABILITY

individuality and is encouraged to find his or her own gifts and talents. Students will learn to work with others and to appreciate the gifts of their own rich cultures, valuing learning by doing and playing, where exploration is not only allowed, but encouraged. The students will be citizens of the world, with visions toward the future generations. Their vision will assist in the economic development of countries and help preserve and create culture and art.

15.4

THE “CHANGING THE WORLD: INNOVATIONS AND BETTER LIFE FOR FUTURE GENERATIONS” LEGACY. EKATERINBURG 2025 DECLARATION Perhaps the greatest legacy of the event will be the unprecedented collection of knowledge and best practices drawn from the world community.

147

Through our collaboration with our participants, major global issues will be addressed in the diverse realms of creativity, Innovation, commerce, culture and human well-being. Expo 2025 will generate a dialogue that is extraordinary in its scope and inclusiveness, and from that, we will deliver the most comprehensive insights into the impact of Innovation and Innovative solutions in all spheres of life worldwide. Expo 2025 will be a wellspring of solutions to our greatest challenges, and a source of long term benefit to people in every corner of the world. As we facilitate the six-month dialogue, World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg will thoroughly document the event, the issues raised and the best practice solutions that are identified and shared. The Changing the World Declaration will serve as the definitive legacy document of World Expo 2025. The Declaration will be presented at the Closing Ceremony of the World Expo and will consist of a set of recommendations based on the critical input from all participants. It will be drawn up in the form of globally relevant goals and principles, based on the discussions and output from the world’s greatest minds and participating nations, with a clear focus: to propose Innovation-based solutions and sustainable and inclusive ways to boost the wellbeing of societies, based on an ethical code of humanist values.

ANNEX I. GENERAL REGULATIONS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

150

PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS ARTICLE 1 An international registered exhibition shall be held in Ekaterinburg, Russian Federation. The title of this exhibition shall be “Universal Exposition Ekaterinburg 2025, Russia”. The theme of this exhibition will be “Changing the World: Innovations and Better Life for Future Generations”. The definition of the theme of the exhibition, as well as the details of its development will be specified in special regulation No. 1 as stipulated in Article 34 herein. Following an enquiry held on........, the Bureau International des Expositions has registered this exhibition at its session of......., in accordance with the provisions of the Paris Convention of November 22nd, 1928 on international exhibitions, as amended (hereafter referred to as the Convention).

ARTICLE 2 The exhibition, which will cover an area of approximately 500 hectares for exhibition areas and other activities, shall be located on the west from central part of Ekaterinburg on the bank of Verkh-Isetsky pond, marking the limit of the main avenue. The site is readily accessible and well linked to the road network and to the airport.

ARTICLE 3 The exhibition shall open on 2 MAY 2025 and shall be closed definitely on 2 NOVEMBER 2025.

In the event of one or more visiting days being organised before the official opening date, for special categories of guests such as press representatives, the dates for these shall be fixed with the agreement of the Steering Committee of the College of Commissioners General.

ANNEX I. GENERAL REGULATIONS

151

PART II – GOVERNMENT AUTHORITIES IN THE ORGANIZING STATE ARTICLE 4 – Government authority responsible for the exhibition The exhibition shall be under the authority of Prime Minister of the Russian Federation, member of the signatory government of the modified Convention of November 22nd, 1928, who shall be responsible for preparing or undertaking the legal, financial and other measures necessary to ensure the success and prestige of the exhibition. The Minister shall exercise his authority and his control over the exhibition through the Commissioner General of the exhibition.

ARTICLE 5 – The Commissioner General of the exhibition By1.........of the........., Mr /Mrs............has been appointed Commissioner General of the exhibition. The Commissioner General of the Exhibition shall represent the government in all matters related to the exhibition. He/She shall be responsible for ensuring that the commitments taken vis-à-vis the participants are duly honoured. He/She shall ensure that the programme of work is respected and that the general provisions of the General Regulations and special regulations are carried out. He/ She shall exercise disciplinary powers over the exhibition, and, in this capacity, he is authorised to suspend or stop any activity, and to effect at any time the withdrawal of items of whatever origin which are incompatible with the proper standing of the exhibition and which are likely to be a risk or liability. If the Organiser or the Commissioner General 1

Description of the document

of section should contest the decision of the Commissioner General of the Exhibition, the provisions set out in Article 10, which the parties have promised to respect, shall be applied. This recourse has the effect of putting the decision in abeyance except where a matter of security is in question. He/She can, under his own responsibility, delegate the exercise of his powers to his coworkers. The Commissioner General of the Exhibition may not carry out any function or mission on the Organiser’s behalf, unless these functions, in law and in fact, are purely disinterested and non-profit making.

ARTICLE 6 – Relationship between the Commissioner General of the exhibition and the Bureau International des Expositions (hereafter called the BIE) The Commissioner General of the exhibition shall communicate to the BIE as soon as he/she receives such information, the decisions taken by Governments regarding their participation, and more particularly the documents wherein Governments notify the Commissioner General of their acceptance, the nomination of Commissioners General of national sections, sites selected by participating countries etc. and, as soon as they have been signed, the Participation Contracts.

152

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

He/She shall submit to the BIE, within the periods specified in Article 34, hereunder, the texts of the special regulations. He/She shall keep the BIE fully informed, chiefly by reporting at each of its sessions, of all developments and progress relating to the preparation of the exhibition. He/She shall ensure that the use of the BIE flag complies with the regulations laid down by the BIE. He shall welcome the delegates sent by the BIE on official missions to the exhibition. He/She shall ensure that the Organiser indicates by all suitable means and particularly by mentioning it on all documents, that the exhibition has been registered by the BIE. He/She shall communicate to the BIE, in due time and for the information of the participants, the legislative, statutory or other texts adopted by the organising State and local public Authorities, in order to facilitate the participation of foreign States and ensure the success of the exhibition. He/She shall agree with the BIE on the methods and procedures by which the percentage of 2 %, in accordance with the BIE regulations, of the total receipts deriving from ticket sales (tax free) at the exhibition is to be paid to the BIE, (hereinafter referred to as “Royalty on Gate Money”). The amount of the gate money should under no circumstances be inferior to that foreseen as compensation for the cancellation of an exhibition as stipulated under Article 38 of the present Regulation.

ARTICLE 7 – College of Commissioners General / Steering Committee At the earliest possible opportunity, the Commissioner General of the Exhibition shall convene a meeting of Commissioners General of sections representing the participating countries to nominate a Chairperson and a

Steering Committee to represent them, to consider matters of mutual interest, and to exercise the powers laid down in Article 10 hereunder. When the number of States officially participating doubles after the elections, the elections shall be considered no longer valid, and new elections shall be held. Should the Chairperson of the Steering Committee be prevented for any reason from fulfilling his responsibilities, he/she shall delegate his/her powers to another member of the Steering Committee.

ARTICLE 8 – Exhibition Organiser In accordance with the law regulating World Expo 2025 Ekaterinburg and having regard to the authority of the Commissioner General the preparation, organisation, operation and management of the exhibition shall be the responsibility of “Autonomous nonprofit organization “Expo 2025 Organizing Committee”, hereinafter referred to as the Organiser. The Commissioner General of the exhibition shall communicate to the BIE, for the information of the participants and the formal records of the Bureau, the constitutional proceedings and composition of the bodies directing the exhibition, as well as the basic terms of the guarantees, benefits or constraints arising from the conventions signed by “Autonomous non-profit organization “Expo 2025 Organizing Committee”, with the State and, if the case arises, other public authorities.

ANNEX I. GENERAL REGULATIONS

153

PART III – OFFICIAL PARTICIPANTS ARTICLE 9 (A) The Government of any nation participating in an international exhibition shall be represented by a Commissioner General of section accredited to the Government of the Russian Federation. Any participating international organisation may also appoint a Commissioner General of section. The Participation Contract shall be signed by the Commissioner General of section and the Organiser, with the counter signature of the Commissioner General of the exhibition. The Commissioner General of section is solely responsible for the organisation and operation of his national section, which includes all the exhibitors and the managers of the commercial activities referred to in Chapter III of Section IV hereunder, but not the concessionaires referred to in Section V. The Commissioner General of section shall guarantee that the members of his/her national section will abide by the regulations issued by the Organiser and approved by the BIE. In order to enable the Commissioner General of section to carry out his responsibilities, he shall be entitled to the advantages listed in special regulation No. 12, referred to in Article 34. The personnel of the foreign national sections shall benefit from the accommodation facilities listed in special regulation No. 6, referred to in Article 34. All official participants shall abide by the same rules as regards both their rights and obligations. More favourable financial terms may however be offered by the Organiser to those official participants within the categories hereinafter specified:

Countries that are participating officially and that fall into the LCD (Least Developed Countries) or MSAC (United Nations List of Most Seriously Affected Countries) categories, and officially participating international organisations may be granted assistance. The content of the financial conditions may refer to: •• The rates for general services as described in Article 15 below; •• The royalties on commercial activities as described in Article 20 below; •• Other necessary elements for the participation of those countries. These terms should be explicitly included in the Participation Contract submitted to the BIE for these States or international organisations.

ARTICLE 10 – Settlement of Disputes Any disputes between an official participant and, either another official participant, or the Organiser, will be settled in the following manner: 1. If the dispute concerns the interpretation of the present General Regulations, the special regulations or the Participation Contract, considered in the light of the Convention or the compulsory rules of the BIE, the Steering Committee of the College of Commissioners General will be arbitrator after having, if the case arises, sought the opinion of the President of the BIE who, with the assistance of the ViceChairperson (Chairpersons) concerned and the Secretary General, will make a recommendation. The Commissioner General of the exhibition or the Organiser may also seek the above-mentioned opinion. This decision of the Steering Committee is immediately applicable

154

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

and without recourse. During its next session, the General Assembly of the BIE will make known whether it approves the interpretation of the office of the College of Commissioners General, which will thus constitute a precedent applicable to similar future cases; otherwise, it will indicate the interpretation which should have been given. 2. If the dispute concerns products exhibited, the Steering Committee will inform the College, according to paragraph 3 of clause 19 of the Convention. 3. If the case must be resolved by the Commissioner General of the exhibition according to the provisions of these General Regulations, any party may demand that advice of the Steering Committee be sought beforehand. 4. For any other dispute each party can demand arbitration: •• in the first instance, from the Commissioner General of the exhibition alone; •• in the second instance, from the said Commissioner General deciding after consultation with the office of the College of Commissioners General; •• in the third instance, from the office of the College of Commissioners General. The decision will be made at the level demanded by the party which chooses the highest level. 5. The above-mentioned rulings must be made within ten days. Otherwise, the dispute – if it comes under points 1, 3 or 4 above – will be brought before the College of Commissioners General, which will decide within five days. Otherwise, the request of the party which raised the dispute will be considered unjustified.

ANNEX I. GENERAL REGULATIONS

155

PART IV – GENERAL CONDITIONS OF PARTICIPATION CHAPTER I – ADMISSION ARTICLE 11 – Admission of items and exhibition material Only those items and exhibition material which relate to the theme as described in Article 1, and included in the appended list, shall be admitted to the exhibition. The origin of these products shall be governed by the provisions of Article 19 of the Convention.

c) Multinational pavilions for countries with a common link or those described in Article 9-B above. d) Corporate pavilions under the authority of the Commissioner-General of section representing the state to which they belong.

CHAPTER II – SITES – INSTALLATIONS – CHARGES ARTICLE 14 – Sites

participants

The total usable space which is placed at the disposition of the foreign national sections shall be at least equal to the space allocated to the section of the Russian Federation. If, however, this space has not been fully allocated six months before the opening of the exhibition, the Organiser shall recover the right to dispose freely of the unreserved space.

The exhibitors in national sections shall be selected by the Commissioner General of section and come under his/her sole authority.

The lots required by the official participants to erect their own pavilions shall be made available by the Organiser free of charge.

Exhibitors who do not come under any section shall deal directly with the Organiser, who shall inform the Government of the State of origin of the exhibitor concerned of their intention as soon as contact is established with such exhibitors.

Confirmation of the allocation of space to official participants shall be subject to the approval of the proposed Theme Statement as specified in special regulation No. 1, referred to in Article 34.

ARTICLE 13 – Exhibition pavilions

The Organiser shall provide at the expense of each participant, the services of gas, electricity, telecommunications, water inlets and outlets, garbage removal, etc.... Rates charged for such services shall conform to local rates.

The procedure for compliance to the theme of the exhibition shall be described in the special regulation No. 1, referred to in Article 34.

ARTICLE 12 – Admission of

There shall be the following categories of exhibition pavilions: a) Pavilions devoted to an examination of the exhibition theme defined by the Organizer. b) National pavilions and pavilions of international organizations.

ARTICLE 15 – General services

Participants shall carry out all the cleaning, maintenance, garbage disposal, and other activities ordinarily required for the operation of their site. Should a participant fail to do

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

156

so, the Organiser is authorized to carry out these activities itself and charge all expenses incurred there from.

ARTICLE 17 – Occupation of

The terms for the provision of general services shall be described in special regulation Nos. 4, 5 and 10, as referred to in Article 34.

Actual construction work shall be completed by 31 December 2024 internal conversion and finishing work by 21 March 2025 and the installation of exhibits by 16 April 2025.

ARTICLE 16 – Buildings and

In order that such a timetable is honoured, sites shall be handed over to participants on 1 November 2022 and the entry of items to be shown shall be authorized on 1 April 2025.

installations No participant may make alterations within the exhibition grounds without the Organiser’s prior approval of the project. Earthworks, landscaping and generally speaking all improvements around the buildings must also be approved in advance by the Organiser. Similarly, improvement plans drawn- up by the Organiser may not be modified unless the participants concerned are in agreement, or permission has been granted by the Steering Committee of the College of Commissioners General. Special regulation No. 4, referred to in Article 34, lists references to the construction and improvement regulations in force in the place where the exhibition will be held. It also indicates the special conditions which apply within the exhibition grounds, taking into account the temporary nature of the buildings to be erected and the improvements to be made. In addition, participants may request the Commissioner General of the Exhibition to waive the regulations. In that event the Commissioner General shall either decide the matter or arrange for the competent authorities to make a decision. Special regulation No. 5, referred to in Article 34, mentions the conditions for the installation and operation of any machines, apparatus or equipment which may be used by the participants.

the sites

The sites allocated to participants must be vacated and restored to good condition by 30 April 2026 at the latest.

ARTICLE 18 – Exhibits No exhibit or part thereof may be removed from the exhibition without the permission of the Commissioner General of the exhibition. If a participant is unable to fulfil his commitments towards the Organiser, the Commissioner General of the exhibition may proceed at the closing date of the exhibition and at the participant’s cost and risk, with the dismantling, removal, storage, attachment and sale of the participant’s goods located within the exhibition grounds, with the exclusion of items considered of national heritage and the amount due to the Organiser of the exhibition shall be deducted from the proceeds of such sale.

CHAPTER III – COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES AND MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLE 19 – General provisions Commercial or other activities carried out in the national sections must be authorized in

ANNEX I. GENERAL REGULATIONS

accordance with these General Regulations, or by the Participation Contract or by the Commissioner General of the exhibition. An official participant may avail himself of any special benefits obtained by another official participant. Such activities, including those concerning electronic commerce, fall exclusively within the jurisdiction of the appropriate Commissioner General of section. If these commercial or other activities give rise to the payment of royalties, in accordance with the terms laid down in the Participation. Contract, these royalties shall be collected by the Commissioner General of section. The space devoted to commercial activities and accessible to the public must not exceed 20% of the total covered exhibition space in order to ensure that the national presentation complies with the provisions in Article I, 1 of the Convention.

ARTICLE 20 – Commercial activities In accordance with the conditions set out in regulation No. 9, referred to in Article 34, official participants may open restaurants in which the national food of their country will principally be served. In accordance with the conditions laid down in the said regulation No. 9, referred to in Article 34, official participants may sell to the general public photographs, including slides and postcards, sound and video recordings (on films, CD’s, DVD’s or other electronic media), books and stamps from their countries. Subject to the Organiser’s approval, official participants may also sell a limited number of articles which are truly representative of their country. Such articles may be replaced during the course of the exhibition. This principle also applies to electronic sales.

157

Items exhibited in the national sections, as well as materials used to install presentations may be sold ready for delivery after the exhibition closes; by so doing the exhibitor shall relinquish his right to the benefit of temporary entry and shall be subject to taxation and customs regulations. No dues shall be payable to the Organiser on such sales. In the case where the Organiser has granted exclusive commercial rights to certain suppliers for the sale of goods or services, these rights must not be allowed to hinder the commercial activities of the official participants, whether these activities are restaurants or the sale of articles included in the national sections. Concessions made by the Organiser should respect the principle of non- discrimination between nationals and foreigners; avoid all risk of imbalance between the number and nature of concessions, and the eventual number of visitors and all excesses of commercialization leading to alterations in the objectives of an international exhibition, as established by the BIE.

ARTICLE 21 – Catering services for own personnel Any national section may organize a restaurant and refreshment services for the exclusive use of its own personnel. These activities shall not require the payment of any dues to the Commissioner General of the exhibition or to the Organiser.

ARTICLE 22 – Distribution of free samples Subject to the approval of the Commissioner General of the exhibition, Commissioner Generals of section or exhibitors coming under their authority may distribute free samples of their products or allow them to be tasted free of charge, within their own section.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

158

ARTICLE 23 – Entertainment, special events Official participants may arrange shows, special events, presentations or meetings related to the theme of the exhibition. Conditions in each case shall be agreed mutually between the Commissioner General of the exhibition, the Organiser and the Commissioner General of section.

ARTICLE 24 – Publicity a) Participants may place signboards, posters, notices, printed matter and similar such material on their stands or in their pavilions. b) The use outside this stand or pavilion of any publicity material shall be subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner General of the exhibition. The Commissioner General of the exhibition may require the removal of any such signs for which he has not given approval. c) Brochures and leaflets can only be distributed within the enclosure of the section. d) All publicity concerning special events etc. on the site must be authorised by the Commissioner General of the exhibition. All noisy advertising is prohibited.

CHAPTER IV – COMMON SERVICES ARTICLE 25 – Customs regulations In accordance with Article 16 of the Convention, and its appendix concerning

Customs regulations and the Customs system to which it will refer, special regulation No. 7 as set out in Article 34 shall determine the appropriate Customs regulations to be applied, as necessary, to goods and articles of foreign origin intended for the exhibition.

ARTICLE 26 – Handling and customs operations In the interest of good organisation and management on site, a monopoly has been instituted as regards the following activities, under the authorisation of the BIE: •• Customs clearance; •• Handling; •• Warehousing; •• Packing, unpacking, loading and unloading of trucks and related operations within the Exhibition site. Each exhibitor must handle his own on-site acceptance of goods and the reshipment of crates as well as the inspection of their contents. If exhibitors and their brokers are not present when the crates arrive within the exhibition grounds, the Commissioner General of the exhibition can have them warehoused at the risk and expense of the interested party.

ARTICLE 27 – Insurance I. Personal insurance A) Compulsory insurance required by the law 1. Workman’s compensation: In accordance with Labour legislation of the Russian Federation (i.e. Labour Code of the Russian Federation, Federal Law from 29.11.2010 №326-FZ “About obligatory health insurance in the Russian Federation”, each Commissioner General of Section must ensure (his/her personnel and the personnel of his/ hers’ exhibitors) against accidents at work/

ANNEX I. GENERAL REGULATIONS

on site in accordance with the conditions laid down in special regulation No. 8, referred to in Article 34. 2. Motor insurance: In accordance with Federal Law from 25.04.2002 №40-FZ “On obligatory insurance of civil liability of vehicle owners”, all vehicles belonging to a a national section, its members, its employees, its exhibitors and, more generally, any person coming under the authority in any capacity of a Commissioner General of section must be insured against the damage they may cause to third parties under the conditions laid down by special regulation No. 8, referred to in Article 34. B) Compulsory insurance required by this regulation 1. Civil liability: The Organiser shall underwrite a group policy covering the risks involving his civil responsibility and listed in regulation No. 8 referred to in Article 34. This insurance policy, which shall be taken out with the underwriter offering the most favourable terms, shall come into force on1 November 2022 and expire on 30 April 2026. All official participants may choose whether to take out coverage from this group policy or to provide evidence that they have taken out a policy with another insurance company approved by the Commissioner General of the exhibition covering the same risks. II. Insurance of goods A) Goods belonging to the government of the host State or the Organiser. Subscription to any insurance against theft, deterioration or destruction of such goods (building, furnishings, equipment and other items), shall be the sole responsibility of the owner, and may not be passed on to an official

159

participant in the form of a surcharge on the rent payable, even if the official participant obtains permanent or partial coverage from such an insurance. B) Goods belonging to official participants Insurance of goods (buildings, furnishings, equipment, personal property and other such items) against the risks of theft, deterioration or destruction of these goods, shall be the sole responsibility of the owner of these goods. C) The Commissioner General of the exhibition, the Organiser, the Commissioner General of section and their exhibitors mutually waive any claim which they may be entitled to make against each other as a result of material damage caused by fire or other casualty. Such a claim would not be waived in the case of foul play. This waiver should take effect automatically for each Commissioner General of section as from the date his Participation Contract enters into force. All contracts relating to the insurance of buildings, furnishings, equipment and any other items belonging to the persons mentioned in the previous paragraph, whether they take the form of a contract for the extension of coverage under a group policy or of a separate policy, must explicitly mention this waiver, which shall also be mentioned in the Participation Contract.

ARTICLE 28 – Security In accordance with the conditions laid down in special regulation No. 10 referred to in Article 34, the Organiser shall set up an overall security system to maintain peace and security, to deter violations of the law and to enforce the regulations. Commissioner General of Section may, under the conditions laid down in the special regulation mentioned above, organise special surveillance of their respective sections.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

160

ARTICLE 29 – Catalogue

CHAPTER V – PATENT

1. Each participant shall cooperate with the Organiser as regards all publication, production and communication appropriate to the promotion of the exhibition. The contents of such material must have received the approval of the Commissioner General of section concerned.

RIGHTS AND COPY RIGHTS

2. The Commissioner General of each section shall be entitled to have printed and published, at his own expense, an official catalogue of the items on display in his section.

ARTICLE 30 – Admissions to the site A) The conditions of admission are laid down by regulation No. 13 referred to in Article 34. B) The Commissioner General of the exhibition (the Organiser, with the agreement of the Commissioner General of the exhibition) shall determine the entrance fees for the exhibition. No other entrance fee may be charged inside the exhibition, without the approval of the BIE. C) Standing invitations or invitations for a limited period, complimentary entrance cards for exhibitors or concessionaires and employees’ service cards shall be issued in accordance with the conditions laid down in the regulation No. 13 mentioned above.

ARTICLE 31 – General regulations Special regulation No. 11, referred to in Article 34, on the protection of patent rights and copyrights shall specify: •• the attitude of the Russian Federation with regard to: –– Berne Convention of October 9th, 1886 on the Protection of Works of Art and Literature; –– Geneva Convention of September 6th, 1952 on Author’s Rights; –– Paris Convention of March 20th, 1883 on the Protection of Industrial Property. •• the references of applicable laws in the Russian Federation (i.e. Chapter 4 of Civil Code of the Russian Federation); •• special measures taken regarding the Ekaterinburg EXPO 2025 exhibition. Security personnel shall be instructed not to allow anyone to draw, copy, measure, photograph, cast etc. with a profit-making aim, items on display in the exhibition without the written permission of the exhibitor.

ARTICLE 32 – Photograph or other views of the exhibition The reproduction and sale of views of the pavilions of each official participant must be approved by the Commissioner General of the section concerned. However, the Organiser reserves the right to authorise the reproduction and sale of photographic or other views of the exhibition. Participants may not object to such reproduction or sale.

ANNEX I. GENERAL REGULATIONS

161

CHAPTER VI – AWARDS

4. the rules concerning construction or improvements, and fire protection;

ARTICLE 33 – Awards

5. the rules concerning the installation and operation of machines, apparatus and equipment of all types;

(optional) In accordance with Article 23 and 24 of the Convention, the judging and ranking in order of merit of exhibits shall be entrusted to one or more international juries whose rules of operation shall be laid down in special regulation No. 14, referred to in Article 34.

6. the accommodation facilities for the personnel of the official foreign sections;

The organisation of competitions between national sections is prohibited. Competitions may only be organised between the owners of the exhibits. The members of the jury are excluded from the competition. If exhibitors in a national section have decided not to take part in the competition, the Commissioner General of the section shall inform the Commissioner General of the exhibition to this effect.

8. insurance;

CHAPTER VII – SPECIAL REGULATIONS ARTICLE 34 – List of regulations and time schedules The host government shall submit to the Bureau for approval, the drafts of the special regulations. These regulations shall, in particular, concern: 1. the definition of the theme of the exhibition and the means of its implementation by the organiser and the participants; 2. the conditions for the participation of States, international organisations and private exhibitors; 3. the rules of the Steering Committee of the College of Commissioners General;

7. the regulations governing customs and handling, and any particular rates and charges;

9. the conditions under which official participants may operate restaurants or carry out sales; 10. the provision of general services: •• health and hygiene •• surveillance and security •• the distribution of water, gas, electricity, heating, air-conditioning, etc. •• telecommunications; 11. the protection of patent rights and copyrights. This regulation must specify that each Commissioner General of section shall have free non- lucrative use of the title, logo and other attributes for the exhibition; 12. the privileges and advantages of Commissioner Generals of section and of their staff; 13. the regulations governing admissions. This regulation must in particular specify the facilities registered to the Commissioner General of section; 14. the conditions governing the attributing of awards, if any. The above regulations numbered 1 to 10 inclusive shall be submitted at least three years before the date of the opening of the

162

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

exhibition. Those regulations mentioned under 11 to 14 inclusive shall be submitted at the latest eighteen months (18 months) prior to the opening of the exhibition. These regulations shall be communicated to the Steering Committee of the College of Commissioner Generals as soon as it has been formed. The Steering Committee will study them and inform the BIE of its observations. All other regulations and directives which the Organiser may lay down for the requirements of the exhibition shall come into force only after being examined by the Steering Committee of the College. Notwithstanding the time scale established for the approval of these special regulations, the organising committee shall make available early guidelines on costs or provisions necessary in assessing the financial implications of participation.

PART V – SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CONCESSIONAIRES ARTICLE 35 The above provisions apply to concessionaires with the exception of those which only concern official participants and which are the following: •• Article 6, 7, 9 and 10; •• Chapter I of Section IV; •• Article 14; •• Chapter III of Section IV, with the exception of Article 24; •• Chapters IV, with the exception of article 27, II, C and VI of Section IV; •• the special regulations referred to in Article 34 under the numbers 1, 3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12 and 14. The other conditions for participation shall be laid down in the participation contract. They shall comply with the provisions of Articles 17, 18 and 19 of the Convention.

ARTICLE 36 Individuals and firms whose countries are officially participating in the exhibition shall only be admitted as concessionaires subject to the agreement of the Commissioner General of section of their country of origin, who may establish special conditions for their admission.

ANNEX I. GENERAL REGULATIONS

163

PART VI – INDEMNITIES IN CASE OF CANCELLATION OF EXHIBITIONS ARTICLE 37

ARTICLE 39

In the event of the renunciation of organising a registered exhibition, the Organiser must compensate those countries who have accepted to participate, for expenses incurred and duly justified arising directly from their participation in the exhibition.

The Organiser should undertake to fulfil the obligations defined by articles 37 and 38 which shall be guaranteed by the State demanding the registration of the exhibition.

Nevertheless, no compensation shall be due if the cancellation is caused by “force majeure” due to a natural disaster considered as such by the General Assembly on the recommendation of the Executive Committee. Indemnities shall be set by the General Assembly, whose decision will be final, on the proposition of the Executive Committee which had overseen the claim with the documents and evidence supplied by the host State, the Organiser and all other parties involved.

ARTICLE 38 Moreover, the Organiser must compensate the BIE for the loss corresponding to the percentage of gate money for an amount established by the General Assembly according to the proposition of the Administration and Budget Committee.

The maximum amount of these indemnities shall be set before the registration by an agreement between, on the one hand the BIE, on the other hand the Organiser and the host State. These engagements shall form a part of the required documentation for registration.

ANNEX II. PARTICIPATION CONTRACT

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

166

MODEL PARTICIPATION CONTRACT Between, - ............. 1, represented ......... 2, Section Commissioner General, hereinafter called “The Participant”, on the one hand, and “Autonomous nonprofit organization “Expo 2025 Organizing Committee” represented by .......... 2, hereinafter called “The Organiser”, on the other hand, it has been agreed as follows:

TITLE I – GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 1 The object of the present contract is to establish the terms on which ...... will take part in the Universal Exposition Ekaterinburg 2025, Russia. The General Regulations and Special regulations of this Exposition, as they have been or will be approved by the B.I.E., are acknowledged as an integral part of the present contract and are binding on the contracting parties. The parties acknowledge the authority of the Commissioner General of the Exhibition as it is defined in the Convention of 22nd November 1928 as amended and in the rules approved by the B.I.E. especially article 5 of the General Regulations.

1 Name of State 2 Name and title

TITLE II – THE PARTICIPANT’S EXHIBIT Article 2 The Organiser places at the disposal and free of charge of the Participant, which hereby accepts, the space designated on the plan annexed to the contract and made up as follows: The space will be at disposal for the Participant at the latest on 1 November 2022. The structure and condition of the covered and open spaces placed at the Participant’s disposal are described in the Special Regulation nº4 designated in article 34 of the General Regulations. The Participant shall be responsible for the furnishing, the maintenance and the cleaning of the space(s) at its disposal.

Article 3 The Organiser shall provide the Participant with the services set out in the special regulations number 10 designated in article 34 of the General Regulations at the rate and on the terms mentioned in said Special Regulations.

ANNEX II. PARTICIPATION CONTRACT

167

Article 4

Article 6

The Organiser will communicate to the Participant the laws and regulations of the Russian Federation, Sverdlovsk Region, municipal regulations of Ekaterinburg applicable to it by virtue of its participation in this exposition.

The Participant undertakes: •• to keep its space open to visitors during the days and hours when the exposition is open. •• to let the Organiser install, maintain and repair, within the premises at the Participant’s disposal, all equipment or fittings necessary for the proper functioning of the exposition. •• to return no later than on 30 February 2026 all space made available to it, both covered and open, in the same condition as when it received such spaces.

Upon request by the Organiser, the Participant will provide the Organiser with all useful information, in particular information concerning the number and the professions of the personnel which the Participant intends to bring in order to prepare and carry out its participation and concerning the property and items which it intends to import for the purpose of its exhibit. This exchange of information constitutes mutual assistance tending to facilitate the success of the exposition and of each national exhibit.

Article 5 The Participant shall be solely responsible for the choice and installing of exhibitors in its national section as well as for the choice of all persons exercising an activity within that section. The Participant undertakes that its own personnel, on the one hand, and the persons mentioned above, as well as their servants and agents, on the other hand, shall comply with the present contract as well as with the regulations of the exposition and the instructions which the Organiser may give within the limits of its prerogatives. The Organiser undertakes not to communicate with the persons mentioned in the previous paragraph except through the Participant.

Should the Participant not fulfil the above obligation, the Commissioner General of the Exhibition shall be surrogated to the Organiser’s rights, under the terms of article 18 of the General Regulations.

TITLE III – THE PARTICIPANT’S COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES Article 7 The Participant may establish, within the premises made available to it, a restaurant open to all, where the cuisine of its country will be served. The Organiser shall not receive any rent in respect of the space occupied by this restaurant, but the Participant shall pay the Organiser a royalty assessed and payable in order set out in the special regulations number 9 designated in article 34 of the General Regulations. The Participant may also establish, exclusively for the use of its personnel, a restaurant and refreshment service. The operating of such service shall not give rise to the payment of any royalty in favour of the Organiser, but the space which it occupies shall be included in the space rented pursuant to article 2 above.

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

168

Article 8

Article 11

The Participant shall be entitled to sell to the public, photographs, postcards, sound recordings, videos, CD-Rom, books, stamps and films relating to its country or to its exhibit. It will also be entitled to sell one other product characteristic of its country, the selection of such product to be made with the agreement of the Organiser, with the possibility of changing such product during the course of the exposition. Such sales shall give rise to the payment of any royalty in favour of the Organiser in order set out in the special regulations number 9 designated in article 34 of the General Regulations.

The Commissioner General of the Exhibition and the Organiser shall ensure that there are no obstacles to the entry and stay of the personnel of the Participant.

Article 9 If the Participant exercises the option, provided in article 24 of the General Regulations, to sell on location any of the objects or products exhibited, such sales shall not give rise to the payment of any royalty in favour of the Organiser.

TITLE IV – BENEFITS GRANTED TO THE PARTICIPANTS Article 10 The advantages and privileges to be granted to the Section Commissioners General and other authorised persons shall be made known to the participants in Special Regulation nº12.

The Organiser shall grant the personnel of the Participant the following benefits: (a) Housing; (b) Protection against health-related risks; (c) Benefits granted to the families of the personnel of the Participant.

Article 12 The Commissioner General of the Exhibition and the Organiser will deal with the relevant governmental authorities so that they will act in a manner consistent with the best possible success of the exposition, particularly: •• by establishing the offices necessary for the performance of customs business in the most convenient places; •• by facilitating the entry of all goods and items of any type used for the exhibit of the Participant; •• by relaxing, if necessary, the import quotas on the products sold in the section of the Participant, including its restaurant; •• by communicating a list of agents approved by the Organiser to deal with customs matters on the Participant’s behalf, for a specified charge. The Participant is in no way obliged to make use of the firms mentioned above.

ANNEX II. PARTICIPATION CONTRACT

Article 13

TITLE VÂ â&#x20AC;&#x201C; ENTRY INTO

The Organiser will provide the Participant with a list of transport, handling and packing firms, of suppliers of products and items, and of contractors of all kinds, which are approved by the Organiser and which have undertaken to deal with the Participants on fair terms.

FORCE

The Participant is in no way obliged to make use of the firms mentioned above. The Commissioner General of the Exhibition and the Organiser will deal with the transport firms and their organisations for the purpose of obtaining the most favourable terms for the Participants.

Article 14 In case of a dispute between the Participant and the Organiser, the parties agree to seek a settlement through the offices either of the BIE, if the dispute relates to the interpretation of the Convention of 22nd November 1928 as amended or to the rules issued by the BIE, or of the College of Commissioners General or of the Bureau of said College, in any other case. The Organiser acting to obtain the payment of a debt due, according to Art.18 Paragraph 2 of the Model General Regulation, cannot seize objects belonging to the participating States when these possessions will have the character of public property or of national heritage according to the law of the concerned member states.

169

Article 15 The present contract shall enter into force as soon as it has been signed by the two Parties and the undertaking annexed to it has been signed by the Commissioner General of the Exhibition.

170

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Support letters

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

3 SUPPORT LETTERS

September 6, 2017 Evgeniy Kuyvashev Acting Governor Of the Sverdlovsk Region Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General  International Exhibitions Bureau  Dear Secretary General, Please accept the assurances of my highest consideration. With this letter, I would like to hereby inform you that the Prime Minister of the Russian Federation appointed Ekaterinburg as an official candidate to host the World Universal Exposition in 2025. The choice of this particular city is strategically significant, and reassures experience of receiving international events of largescale and instrumental possibilities to host the World Expo on the highest level. Today Ekaterinburg truly is:  •• The center of advanced technology and science;  •• The intellectual center that allocates 24 institutions of higher education, 89 science research funds, a regional office of the Russian Academy of Science;  •• The international center for global cooperation that ranks third in the country by the number of consulate representative offices. The city of Ekaterinburg is in committed and cooperative relations with 14 sister-cities of 9 countries, with more than 300 branches of leading international companies residing in the city; •• The center of international business tourism distinguished by hosting mega-events, such as the Summit of The Shanghai Cooperation Organization, INNOPROM international industrial exhibition, Ural Industrial Biennial, First World Congress for persons with disabilities; •• The polyfunctional cultural center with 50 museums showcasing unique collections, a modern film studio and more than 30 theatrical and cultural establishments well known in Russia and abroad. The initiative of holding the World Expo in the city of Ekaterinburg has been widely acknowledged in the region itself, as well as in the Russian Federation, as recent public opinion surveys suggest. Federal, regional and local government, business and corporate organizations, public union and civil movements stand united in support of the bid and in joint effort to bring success to the realization of this grand project. The Government of the Sverdlovsk Region guarantees the creation and implementation of the most favorable conditions and taking of all the necessary measures needed to host the Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg. Sincerely, Evgeniy Kuyvashev Acting Governor Of the Sverdlovsk Region

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

5 SUPPORT LETTERS

Valentina Matvienko Chairwoman Federation Council of The Federal Assembly of the Russian Federation Moscow, Russia His excellency Mr. Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General  International Exhibitions Bureau  75116 Avenue d’Iéna,34 Paris, France

Dear Secretary General, The nomination of Ekaterinburg as the candidate city to host the World Expo 2025 is one of the most important elements of the work of all Russian authorities aimed at further strengthening the role of our country in global economy and investment scene. On behalf of the members of the Federation Council of Federal Assembly of the Russian Federation and on my own behalf, I express the complete and full support for the idea of holding the World Expo 2025 in the Russian Federation. The Federation Council of Federal Assembly of the Russian Federation will be rendering an active and comprehensive assistance in order to create the conditions required for successful hosting of the World Expo in the city of Ekaterinburg.

Sincerely, Valentina Matvienko Chairwoman Federation Council

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

7 SUPPORT LETTERS

September 6, 2017 The State Duma of the Federal Assembly of the Russian Federation

Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General  International Exhibitions Bureau

Dear Secretary General, Deputies of The State Duma of the Federal Assembly of the Russian Federation support the initiative of appointing the city of Ekaterinburg as an official candidate to host the World Universal Exposition Expo 2025. We hereby confirm the willingness to create necessary conditions for a successful hosting of Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg.

Sincerely, Vyacheslav Volodin Chairman of the State Duma of the Federal Assembly of the Russian Federation Vladimir Vasiliev Parliamentary Leader All-Russian political party United Russia Gennady Zyuganov Parliamentary Leader of the Communist Party of Russia Vladimir Zhirinovsky Parliamentary Leader of the Liberal Democratic Party of Russia Sergey Mironov Parliamentary Leader A Just Russia Social Democratic Party of Russia

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

9 SUPPORT LETTERS

September 4, 2017 Gleb Nikitin First Deputy Minister Ministry of Industry and Trade Of the Russian Federation 7, Kitaygorodskiy Pr. 109074, Moscow

Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General  International Exhibitions Bureau  34, Avenue d’Iéna 75116, France

Dear Secretary General, I hereby present my compliments and express my deepest gratitude to the BIE for years of successful cooperation in preparation and participation of Russia in events held by your organization. The Ministry of Industry and Trade of the Russian Federation hereby expresses support to the candidacy of Ekaterinburg to host the World Expo 2025 and will undertake all required measures to secure the highest level of the event holding. Within the scope of our competency we hereby guarantee, that all necessary preparations will be performed in strict compliance with international agreements, federal laws and by-laws of the Russian Federation. Let me take this opportunity to convey to you my renewed assurances of the highest consideration.

Sincerely, Gleb Nikitin First Deputy Minister Ministry of Industry and Trade Of the Russian Federation

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

11 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

13 SUPPORT LETTERS

September 4 ,2017 Vladimir Kolokoltsev Minister of Internal Affairs of the Russian Federation 18, Zhitnaya St. 119991, Moscow Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General International Exhibitions Bureau 34, Avenue dâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;IĂŠna 75116, France

Dear Secretary General, The Ministry of Internal Affairs of the Russian Federation guarantees that if the decision of holding the World Expo 2025 in Ekaterinburg is adopted, all the required measures will be taken in the Russian Federation for the protection of public order and safeguarding public security in the Exposition site and venues, and in the places of residence of its participants.

Sincerely, Vladimir Kolokoltsev Minister, Internal Affairs

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

04.09.2017 № 32

Генеральному Секретарю Международного бюро выставок Господину Винсенте Гонсалесу Лоссерталесу

Уважаемый господин Лоссерталес, Данным письмом Российская академия наук выражает поддержку заявке Российской Федерации на проведение ЭКСПО-2025 в г. Екатеринбург. Тема ЭКСПО-2025 «Изменяя мир: инновации и лучшая жизнь для будущих поколений» согласуется и тесно взаимосвязана с деятельностью РАН. Главной целью Российской академии наук является получение новых знаний путем проведения фундаментальных исследований, а также работа над применением полученных результатов на благо общества. Мы считаем, что проведение ЭКСПО-2025 в г. Екатеринбург Российской Федерации предоставит хорошую возможность продемонстрировать высокий уровень достижений науки и технологий, организовать обмен идеями между специалистами с целью поиска инновационных подходов, решения неотложных вопросов и новых задач для улучшения уровня жизни. Российская академия наук планирует принять активное участие в ЭКСПО-2025 Екатеринбург.

И.о. Президента Российской академии наук, Академик РАН

В.В. Козлов

15 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

17 SUPPORT LETTERS

August 24 ,2017

Yan Tsenter Board member, First Vice President Gazprombank JSC 117420 Nametkina St. 16/1 Moscow, Russia Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General  International Exhibitions Bureau  75116 Avenue d’Iéna,34 Paris, France Dear Secretary General, The Government of the Russian Federation nominated Ekaterinburg as the official candidate city for World Expo 2025. If awarded such privilege, the city of Ekaterinburg would require a significant amount of public and private investments to ensure the building of Expo Park and its required infrastructure. Gazprombank Joint-stock Company – one of the largest universal financial institutions of the Russian Federation provides a broad range of banking, financial and investment services to corporate and individual clients, financial institutions, to private and governmental investors. Being among Russia’s top-3 biggest and universal financial institutions, Bank GPB ranks 3rd by net-worth amidst banking institutions of Central and Eastern Europe. GBP JSC Banking group is one of the main credit organizations carrying out grand-scale PublicPrivate Partnership projects, those of State importance and broad activities. We hereby confirm, that Gazprombank expresses support for the nomination of Ekaterinburg as the host city of Universal Exposition in 2025. Sincerely, Yan Tsenter Board member, First Vice President

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

19 SUPPORT LETTERS

August 17, 2017 Igor Drozdov Chairman of the Board Skolkovo Foundation Skolkovo Innovation Center Nobelya st.,5 Moscow, Russia Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General  International Exhibitions Bureau  75116 Avenue d’Iéna,34 Paris, France

Dear Secretary General, The Government of the Russian Federation chose Ekaterinburg as the candidate city for the World Expo 2025.  The declared theme «Changing the World: Innovation and Quality of Life» is of great scientific interest for the Russian Federation and to the entire world community. Expositions of the World Expo participants will give an opportunity for all the members of Russian scientific community to discuss the main current developments and modern technology that will lead to a great number of perspective scientific investigations and research activities. Let us, on behalf of Skolkovo Foundation, express our support for Ekaterinburg as the candidate city for the World Expo 2025 and inform you that our Foundation will be actively involved in organizing and holding the World Exposition.

Sincerely, Igor Drozdov Chairman of the Board Skolkovo Foundation

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Генеральному Секретарю Международного бюро Выставок Господину Винсенте Гонсалесу Лоссерталесу

Уважаемый Генеральный Секретарь! Федеральное агентство по туризму (Ростуризм) свидетельствует свое почтение Международному Бюро Выставок и Вам лично. Имею честь сообщить, что правительство Российской Федерации выдвинуло город Екатеринбург в качестве официального города-кандидата на проведение Всемирной выставки ЭКСПО в 2025 году. Этот город, находящийся в центре Евразийского региона, является четвертым по величине городом России, а также одним из крупнейших туристических центров нашей страны. Будучи городом с исключительной транспортной доступностью, Екатеринбург уже имеет опыт проведения саммитов БРИКС, ШОС, ЕСРоссия, а также самых крупных культурных и спортивных событий. В этом году столица Урала, Екатеринбург, проведет Всемирный конгресс для людей с ограниченными возможностями, а в 2018 г. примет у себя Чемпионат мира по футболу. С 1851 года Россия принимает участие во всемирных выставках и всесторонне поддерживает устои и традиции МБВ. Настоящим письмом прошу Вас поддержать заявку Екатеринбурга. Пользуюсь этим случаем, чтобы возобновить Вам уверения в моем глубоком к Вам уважении.

Руководитель Федерального Агентства по туризму О.П. Сафонов

21 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

23 SUPPORT LETTERS

August 31 , 2017 Alexander Yakob Chief of the Administration Of the city of Ekaterinburg Vicente Gonzalez Loscertales Secretary General  International Exhibitions Bureau  34, Avenue d’Iéna 75116, France

Dear Secretary General, The city of Ekaterinburg is honored to represent the Russian Federation in the bidding campaign to receive the right to host such grand-scaled and significant international event as the World Universal Exposition – Expo 2025. The city of Ekaterinburg has already acquired experience in hosting events of the high international level and importance. In 2009 Ekaterinburg hosted the BRICS summit and the summit of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization and is now preparing to receive spectators and athletes of the 2018 World Football Championship. The city of Ekaterinburg allocates substantial financial resources to develop its infrastructure – to create modern transportation system, technoparks, tourist and cultural attractions, and to build one of the grandest projects of residential housing in the world. If awarded the privilege to host the World Exposition in 2025, the city of Ekaterinburg will supply and fulfil all the conditions necessary for a successful preparation and holding of this event. The Administration of the city of Ekaterinburg guarantees sufficient quantity of accommodating for participants and visitors of the Exposition, the taking of all the measures needed to ensure the high level of the intercity transport service, security, sufficient number of administrative and technical personnel and other arrangements necessary to ensure a comfortable stay in Ekaterinburg for participants and visitors of the Exposition and a successful holding of the Expo 2025.

Sincerely, Alexander Yakob

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

25 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

27 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

29 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

31 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Генеральному Секретарю Международного бюро выставок Винсенте Гонсалесу Лоссерталесу

Уважаемый Генеральный Секретарь! Правительство Российской Федерации выдвинуло город Екатеринбург в качестве официального города-кандидата на проведение Всемирной универсальной выставки ЭКСПО в 2025 году. Россия предложила мировой общественности весьма актуальную и значимую тему, которая представляет серьезный научный и практический интерес для мирового сообщества. Вопросам развития стран в условиях глобальной экономики, формированию таках направлений как глобальная культура и международное образование, посвящено немало научных исследований. Экспозиции стран-участниц ЭКСПО, многочисленные мероприятия, симпозиумы, круглые столы позволят внести значительный вклад в развитие российской и мировой науки. Позвольте выразить поддержку выдвижения г. Екатеринбурга в качестве города-кандидата на проведение ЭКСПО в 2025 году и сообщить, что преподавательский коллектив и студенты Уральского федерального университета имени первого Президента России Б.Н. Ельцина примут самое активное участие в подготовке и проведении Всемирной выставки. В сентябре 2017 г. в Екатеринбурге состоится Первый Всемирный Конгресс людей с ограниченными возможностями здоровья, одним из организаторов которого выступает Уральский федеральный университет, входящий в число крупнейших университетов России. Повестка этого Конгресса, как и социальная миссия Университета, созвучна заявленной теме ЭКСПО-2025 и способствует развитию волонтерства и добровольчества, дополнительного образования детей и взрослых, содействует обеспечению нового качества жизни людей с ограниченными возможностями здоровья, их успешной социализации и раскрытию творческого потенциала. Университет готов учувствовать в подготовке необходимого количества волонтеров со знанием иностранных языков для обеспечения этого масштабного мероприятия – ЭКСПО в 2025 году.

Ректор В.А. Кокшаров

33 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

35 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

Генеральному Секретарю Международного бюро выставок Винсенте Гонсалесу Лоссерталесу

Уважаемый Генеральный Секретарь!

Свердловский областной Союз промышленников и предпринимателей был образован в 1991 году и является областным некоммерческим объединением работодателей – физических и юридических лиц, а также отраслевых объединений промышленников, предпринимателей и коммерческих организаций. В состав Союза входят более 500 предприятий, работающих на территории Свердловской области, 15 отраслевых региональных союзов. Совокупный объем производства на предприятиях – членах СОСПП составляет 70% от общепромышленного производства в Свердловской области. Численность работающих на предприятиях и организациях, являющихся членами Союза, превышает 500 000 тысяч человек. Проведение ЭКСПО 2025 в городе Екатеринбурге станет мощнейшим стимулом не только для развития действующих и создания новых предприятий, но и для социальноэкономического роста региона и страны в целом. Позвольте от имени членов Регионального объединения работодателей «Свердловский областной Союз промышленников и предпринимателей» выразить поддержку выдвижению г. Екатеринбурга в качестве города – кандидата на проведение ЭКСПО в 2025 году, а также принять все необходимые меры по обеспечению организации Всемирной выставки на самом высоком уровне и недопущению необоснованного роста цен на общие товары и услуги.

С уважением,

Д.А. Пумпянский

37 SUPPORT LETTERS

EKATERINBURG RUSSIA EXPO 2025

All images have been taken from the Internet and they are only referential.